Grab The Samsung Galaxy S20 FE For $479

The Samsung Galaxy S20 FE is on sale now for just $479. That’s going to save you $120 off of its regular price.
This brings the Galaxy S20 FE down to its all-time lowest price. Beating its previous low by about $70. So this is definitely a good time to pick one up. This price is available for all of the colors the Galaxy S20 FE comes in. That includes Cloud White, Cloud Red, Cloud Navy, Cloud Lavender, Cloud Orange, and Cloud Mint.
Galaxy S20 FE is basically a Galaxy S20 Lite, but not quite. It sports a 6.5-inch FHD+ AMOLED 120Hz display, the Snapdragon 865 chipset inside, with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. It is powered by a 4500mAh capacity battery. And you can check out the full spec sheet here. It’s regular price is $699, which pits it right in between the Galaxy A71 and the Galaxy S20 which are $599 and $999 respectively.
It’s a really great smartphone to pick up, providing you with all of the high-end features that you’d expect from Samsung, at a much lower price. It is running on Android 10 right now, but it will be getting Android 11 in the very near future. In fact, Samsung is already beta testing it on the other Galaxy S20 models. So it’s only a matter of time.
Let’s not forget the camera situation here too. Which is pretty impressive. In fact, in my review, I said it was better than the Galaxy Note 20 Ultra, which is more than twice the price of the Galaxy S20 FE normally. So that’s rather impressive.
You can pick up the Galaxy S20 FE from Amazon by clicking here. It’s unclear how long this price will last, so you’ll want to grab it now before it is gone. All six colors – Cloud White, Cloud Red, Cloud Navy, Cloud Lavender, Cloud Orange, and Cloud Mint – are part of this sale.
Galaxy S20 FE – Amazon
The post Grab The Samsung Galaxy S20 FE For $479 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Prime Day Brings Deals On Amazon Tablets, Smart Home & More

Amazon is kicking off its annual Prime Day sales event with massive deals on its own tablets, smart home gadgets, and more. That includes significant price drops on some of its most popular products such as the Amazon Fire and Kindle-branded tablets. In addition to price drops on Echo smart home gadgets, Eero Wi-Fi, Blink Cameras, and even a couple of wearables.
Prime day is short-lived though and these deals won’t stick around. So let’s take a closer look at what Amazon’s got.
Smart home from Amazon for Prime Day

Now, it wouldn’t be an Amazon Prime Day if there weren’t deals on the company’s Alexa-powered smart home ecosystem. And that starts with the first-generation Amazon Echo Show 5 and Echo Show 8. Those who don’t mind picking up the older generation of display-enhanced smart speakers can expect some of the steepest discounts yet. The Amazon Echo Show 5, for instance, is on sale for $44.99 — down from $79.99. The first-gen Amazon Echo Show 8, conversely, is down by $40 to $69.99.
As the naming implies, for that price, buyers get either a 5-inch or 8-inch smart display that includes support for Amazon Alexa. But also for the Amazon smart home ecosystem. So these can be used for everything from video calling to managing connected and linked smart home gadgets. Or just as a display-enabled gadget for listening to music with decent quality for their size.
Conversely, the second-generation Amazon Echo Show 8 is also on sale as part of the Prime Day deals promotion. That packs an updated camera and a few other small improvements. And, available in either Charcoal or Glacier White, it only costs $94.99 for Prime Day — down from $129.99.
The third-generation Amazon Echo Show 10, on the other hand, is down to its lowest-ever price at $189.99 from $249.99 and is available in the same colors. But this updated Echo Show comes with a screen that rotates for panning and zooming automatically. So it can keep track of users during video calls and during other tasks. Moreover, it works as a 13-megapixel security camera and the panning should be especially useful there. And that’s all with a 10.1-inch display.
Amazon Echo Show 5 (1st Gen)
Echo Show 8 (1st Gen)
Echo Show 8 (2nd Gen)
Amazon Echo Show 10 (3rd Gen)

For those who don’t want a full display to deal with — and the entertainment possibilities that go with that, Amazon is also offering deals on its more standard smart speakers for Prime Day. Starting with the newest generation of Echo Dot and the Echo Dot with Clock. These are the smallest of Amazon’s smart speakers and are priced to match.
The clock-free Amazon Echo Dot is priced at half off at $24.99. Getting that same desk-ready speaker with a digital clock costs around 42-percent less than usual. With that gadget’s price coming in at $34.99.
Or, for those who want a full-size Echo smart speaker, with better audio, a 3.5mm audio jack, stereo pairing, and other features, buyers can pay 40-percent less than the usual $99.99 price tag. The standard Amazon Echo smart speaker is presently priced at $59.99.
Echo Dot (4th Gen)
Echo Dot with clock (4th Gen)
Amazon Echo Speaker (4th Gen)

Now, having a smart home is not all about entertainment. Or security, which will be covered here later on. It’s also about having a solid internet connection that adapts to suit a home’s needs. And that’s where Amazon’s Eero 6 mesh Wi-Fi System enters the mix.
As its branding implies Eero 6 is a Wi-Fi system that creates a multi-connection-point home internet experience via a central hub and extenders. As part of Amazon Prime Day deals, buyers can pick up a bundle with one router and two extenders for just $181. That’s 35-percent off the usual $279.00 price tag and covers homes or businesses up to 5,000 square feet.
Additionally, Eero 6 supports Wi-Fi 6 standards in a dual-band configuration. So buyers can be sure they’re getting the best internet connection available.  And, for those that need more Eero Beacon extenders for more square footage, those are part of the deals for Amazon Prime Day too.
Of course, not everybody needs quite that much coverage. For those who just need a new router, Amazon’s Eero Pro router is down by 30-percent to $139.00. That not only offers up to 1,750 square feet of coverage with tri-band gigabit internet support. It also comes completely compatible with mesh setups in case users need that later on. Or want to incorporate the router in with their current mesh network.
Eero 6 Mesh Wi-Fi System
Eero Pro Router
Smart cameras and smart entertainment are at a discount too

Home security is at a discount as part of the Amazon Prime Day deals too. Including some of Amazon’s Blink products.
To begin with, the Blink Indoor and Outdoor camera kits are priced to move at 38-percent and 40-percent off, respectively. That puts their pricing at $49.99 and $59.99. Two-way audio, two years of battery life, motion detection, and HD recording are hallmarks for these gadgets. As is the ability to view in night-vision as needed.
Another big perk, of course, is the ability to watch the footage or review old footage from anywhere. Making these great additions to a smart home environment for those who need security cameras. In terms of differences, the primary differentiator is that the “outdoor” variant is more than capable of withstanding whatever weather is thrown at it. So it’s ready to be placed outside, as compared to the “indoor” variant.
For those who don’t need a wireless option but still want a camera with motion and sound-based capture, smartphone notifications, and smart home integration, the Blink Mini indoor security camera is on sale too. In fact, during Prime Day, it only costs $19.99. That’s 43-percent off its typical cost.
Blink Mini
Indoor Security Camera
Outdoor Security Camera

Streaming media is another area where Amazon is hitting out as part of its Prime Day deals. Starting with the most powerful Fire TV-branded streaming gadget in its roster. The Dolby Vision, HDR+, 4K-ready Fire TV Cube. Ordinarily, buyers would pay roughly $120 for this Amazon gadget. For Prime Day, it’s on sale for just $79.99. Complete with all of the accessories and Alexa support built right in.
For those who want something simpler, without losing the extras — including HDR10+ support, Amazon Fire TV Stick 4K is on sale too. That includes several bundles, such as one that includes an ethernet adapter. But the gadget, typically priced at around $50, now only costs $24.99.
Finally, for those who don’t own a 4K television yet or for those who just want the basics, without the TV controls found in the remotes of the other gadgets, there’s the Amazon Fire TV Stick Lite. The FHD gadget still brings Alexa-based voice controls. But it’s priced for Prime Day at just $17.99 rather than the more standard $30 price tag.
Amazon Fire TV Cube
Fire TV Stick 4K
Fire TV Stick Lite
Tablets are at a steep discount for Prime Day

Amazon’s Fire HD tablets may be all the rage these days, but that doesn’t mean it isn’t still pumping out and selling Kindle e-readers. And there are three Amazon Kindle tablets with deals for Amazon Prime Day too.
The Amazon Kindle Paperwhite offers great contrast, is waterproof, and features Audible support for audiobooks. For the latter feature, Bluetooth is available for headphones or speakers. As well as available covers for keeping the glare-free 300 ppi screen safe. And it’s currently on sale in all four of its available colors for just $79.99 — down from $129.99.
The most expensive of the Kindle family, conversely, can be had for Prime Day for just $184.99. That’s as opposed to its usual $249.99 price. And that adds a more robust, sleek design, as well warm light display output and physical page turn buttons.
Last, but not least, the standard base model Kindle is down by around $35 to just $54.99. While the standard base model doesn’t ship with quite the same extra features, it does offer a sleek design in two colors. And it does now come with a Built-in Front Light to make reading in low-light or at night much easier.
Amazon Kindle Paperwhite
Kindle
Kindle Oasis

For a more full-featured Amazon tablet, the Fire HD 10, which Android Headlines recently reviewed, is down to just $79.99 for Prime Day. That’s from its more typical $149.99 price tag. There are also deals on the “Plus” variant of this Amazon tablet for Prime Day, which brings even better processors, and other specs. But the biggest difference is its wireless charging, which isn’t found in the standard Amazon Fire HD 10.
The Amazon Fire HD 10 Plus typically costs $179.99. But it can be had today for just $109.99.
Of course, those are just the latest generation of Amazon Android-based tablets. And that’s to say nothing about the latest Amazon Fire HD 8 or Fire HD 8 Plus. Both of which happen to be on sale as well.
With a smaller, more portable build, great battery life, USB-C charging, and reasonable performance and specs, this is the tablet to buy for younger users. Or for those who just don’t want to lug around a 10-inch tablet. And it’s currently on sale starting from $44.99 — down from $89.99 Or for $64.99 for those who want the Plus variant.
Amazon Fire HD 10 & Fire HD 10 Plus
Amazon Fire HD 8 & Fire HD 8 Plus
…and what about wearables?

Available in both Glacier White and Black, Amazon’s second-generation Echo Buds are available in two models for today’s Prime Day deals. And both are discounted. The standard, wired charging variant can be had for just $79.99. That’s down from $119.99. While the wireless charging variant can be had for 29-percent less than is usually the case at $99.99.
The wireless charging is the biggest difference between the two configurations and the latter can also be bundled with a charging pad. But regardless of which pair is purchased, these are going to offer great audio. Not least of all thanks to active noise canceling.
Additionally, Amazon packs these with easy-access Amazon Alexa AI. And with support for other ecosystems’ AI, such as Google Assistant or Apple’s Siri. 5-hours of playback per charge, 3 mics for better quality in calls and better ANC, as well as better audio quality than in any previous Amazon earbud, all join together to make these a great value at their normal price. And a steal at this discounted price.
Amazon Echo Buds (2nd Gen)

Another wearable that’s come to Amazon Prime Day on sale is Amazon Echo Frames. These are smart glasses with an Alexa twist, available in Modern Tortoise, Horizon Blue, and Classic Black colorations. And, beyond hands-free Alexa support, they offer open-ear audio. So they push sound directly to users’ ears without disturbing others.
All of that is settings aside deeper settings for which notifications can come through, automatic volume adjustments, and support for other AI assistants. And, of course, all of that is fully enabled by voice recognition. So these won’t be responding to anybody but whoever is wearing them.
For those with prescription lenses, those are supported as well. All for around 30-percent off their usual price. With the cost down at $174.99 for Prime Day.
Amazon Echo Frames (2nd Gen)

Completing the range of wearable deals from the company for Prime Day is the Amazon Halo Band. This fitness tracker from Amazon is available in Black + Onyx, Blush + Rose Gold, or Winter + Silver colorations. And is currently priced at around 30-percent off of its usual list price at $69.99.
For that cost, buyers get full health tracking, including heart rate, sleep time, steps, body composition, and a lot more. With ready access to intensity-based activity tracking, as well as a full suite of workouts from experts. Including experts at Lifesum and SWEAT.
Some features are locked behind a subscription to Amazon’s health tracking service, of course. But Alexa integration, up to 7 days of battery life, and swim tracking make this band an excellent buy for those who need tracking without too much bulk or the extra watch-like features.
Amazon Halo Band Fitness Tracket
Anything for the gamers?

The final discount among Amazon’s products for Prime Day is one that’s already been on sale from Prime members. And more specifically, for gamers. Namely, that’s Amazon’s Luna gaming controller. Priced at 30-percent off at a price of $48.99  — or just over $61 with a clip to mount a phone — this is a controller meant to work explicitly with Amazon Luna.
Luna is Amazon’s answer to Google’s Stadia cloud gaming service. As such, it works on PC, Mac, Fire TV devices, iPhone, iPad, and Android.
Amazon Luna Controller
The post Prime Day Brings Deals On Amazon Tablets, Smart Home & More appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Level Up Your Cooking Game With These Half Off Instant Pot Deals

When it comes to kitchen tools, few are as revolutionary to have in the kitchen as an Instant Pot, and right now you can save up to half off on a handful of different Instant Pot appliances for Prime Day. There are five different items on sale right now. So while this isn’t everything that Instant Pot makes, these are good places to start. For example, Prime Day brings the price down on the Instant Pot Duo Plus 6-Quart 9-in-1 electric pressure cooker. Instead of $119.99, Amazon has it on sale for $54.99. Which is actually more than half off.
This is probably one of Instant Pot’s most popular models. As it’s been around for quite some time in the brand’s collection of appliances. But if you want something a little more advanced, consider the upgraded model. The Instant Pot Duo Crisp 11-in-1. This is an 8-quart electric pressure cooker so you get more space in there for all of your meal creations. Plus, it has two additional cooking methods that the previous model does not. Normally this retails for $199.99. But for Prime Day Amazon is dropping the price of it down to just $129.95.
There’s also the Instant Pot Duo Nova 7-in-1 model for $49.99 instead of $79.99. Though, realistically the Instant Pot Duo 9-in-1 model is a much better deal as you get more settings, more space, and it’s only $5 more. So if both are still in stock, go for that one instead. If you’re not looking for pressure cookers, Instant Pot has two other items worth looking into.
There’s the Instant Vortex Plus 6-in-1 Air Fryer, and the Instant Omni Plus 10-in-1 Air Fryer and Toaster Oven combo. The former is on sale for $64.95, while the latter is on sale for $159.99. You can find all of the items by clicking the link down below.
Instant Pot Kitchen Appliances
The post Level Up Your Cooking Game With These Half Off Instant Pot Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Incredible COWIN E7 ANC Bluetooth Headphones Are Just $50

Amazon has the incredible and best-selling COWIN E7 ANC Bluetooth Headphones on sale today for just $49.99. That’s going to save you about $10 off of the regular price. Not a huge discount for Prime day, but these are already really competitively priced.
The COWIN E7 headphones are pretty incredible because they do just about everything that the Sony WH-1000X M3 and Bose 700’s do, but for a fraction of the price. Those headphones are over $300, while the COWIN E7 are normally around $60-$70.
These sport some really impressive deep bass, so you can really hear the thump when you are listening to music. The mids and highs are still crystal clear and are not overpowered either.
It also has significant noise reduction for travel, work and anywhere in between. Advanced active noise reduction technology quells airplane cabin noise, city traffic or a busy office, makes you focus on what you want to hear, enjoy your music, movies and videos. The noise cancellation function can work well both in wire and wireless mode.
Battery life on the COWIN E7 is pretty legit too. We’re looking at 30 hours of playback with the Active Noise Cancellation turned on. You turn that off, and you can likely get a few more hours out of this one.
The COWIN E7 are also very comfortable to wear for many hours on end. This is due to the very thick leather earcups that it has. And because this isn’t made of metal, but rather plastic, it keeps them lightweight and comfortable. COWIN E7 comes in a number of colors including white, black, red, blue and green. So you can pick the color that you’d prefer.
You can pick up the COWIN E7 Active Noise Cancelling Headphones from Amazon today for just $45 by clicking here. This sale on the COWIN E7 won’t last long though.
COWIN E7 – Amazon
The post The Incredible COWIN E7 ANC Bluetooth Headphones Are Just $50 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Start Building Your Gaming PC With Huge Savings On PC Components

Amazon is having a big sale on PC components for Prime Day, which means you get to save money while building your gaming PC. Or, just a regular PC for non-gaming things. But let’s be honest, a gaming PC is more fun. With that said, there’s no shortage of really great deals here. As everything that Amazon has listed is up to 25% off. That’s a pretty huge savings on some of these items as many of them can cost hundreds of dollars. So you might as well save as much money as you can when building this monster machine.
You’ll find just about everything you need to get the PC up and running. Including CPUs, cases, motherboards, storage drives, routers and more. You can also find some CPU coolers and RAM. There are no GPUs on sale here, or power supplies. So there’s still a few things you’d have to pick up outside of these deals. But you can still save on everything else. Which will no doubt help when you go to pick up a GPU as those tend to be one of the most expensive components to get.
As for this Prime Day sale, a few PC components worth paying attention to include the Ryzen 7 3700X 8-Core CPU from AMD. Normally this retails for $329, but Amazon has it on sale for Prime Day for $265.65. If you prefer Intel, not a problem because you can also pick up the Intel Core i9-9900K CPU for $299.99. It’s normal retail price is $373.99, so you’re saving about $74 altogether. There are some good deals on 10th-gen Intel CPUs as well. Even if you don’t need to build an entire gaming PC, you can still find a few upgrades at great prices if need be.
You can find all of the PC components that are on sale by hitting the link below.
PC Gaming Components
The post Start Building Your Gaming PC With Huge Savings On PC Components appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best Gaming Headsets – Updated June 18, 2021

A gaming headset is a must-have accessory for your gaming sessions for a number of different reasons and there are lots to choose from, but if you want the best ones as options, then you need to wade through the ones that aren’t worth your effort.
We’ve put together a list that has ten different options for you so you can save some of that precious game time. Which means you can spend more time on gaming with a headset you’ll love and less time trying to find something that works. Regardless of whether you’re playing on PS4, PS5, PC, Xbox One, Xbox Series X, Nintendo Switch, or other options like mobile or Stadia.
This is a rolling post so we’ll be updating the list every month. The options on the list may not always change completely, but there will always be something that works for every user.
Best Gaming Headset Summary
Below you’ll find a short summary table of all the best gaming headsets we’ve selected.
If you’re short on time, you can scan the table below and see every option we picked, along with how much they cost and buy links to jump right to where you can get them for yourself.
Should you have a little more time, you’ll find short descriptions of each headset below the summary table along with the same information as well as videos and buy links to snag the headset of your choice.
 
Gaming Headset
Cost
Where To Buy
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay Portal
$500
Best Buy, Microsoft, Bang & Olufsen
EPOS | Sennheiser GSP 670
From $310
Amazon, Walmart
EPOS GTW 270 Hybrid
$199
Amazon, Best Buy, EPOS
SteelSeries Arctis Pro Wireless
From $330
Amazon, Walmart
Razer Kraken X USB
$60
Amazon, Razer
SteelSeries Arctis 1 Wireless
$100
Amazon, Walmart
Sony Pulse 3D
$100
Amazon, B&H, Target, Best Buy, PlayStation Direct, GameStop
Razer Black Shark V2 Pro
$160
Amazon, Best Buy, Razer
JBL Quantum One
$300
Amazon, B&H, Walmart
HyperX Cloud Alpha
$90
Amazon, Best Buy
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay Portal
Price: $500
Where To Buy: Best Buy, Microsoft, Bang & Olufsen
Where to begin. The Beoplay Portal headphones from Bang & Olufsen are packed with so many premium features that you get excited to the point you almost forget that they cost $500.
Yes, that is an absolutely insanely high amount to pay for a gaming headset. But, this is more than just a gaming headset. Not only is it a gaming headset from one of the world’s top premium audio brands, it’s also a wireless headset that can be used for on the go listening through your mobile device, or wirelessly on any other device that supports Bluetooth.
The Beoplay Portal offers lossless audio connection to both Xbox consoles and PC using Microsoft’s Xbox Wireless connection. It also connects to your mobile device and other devices using Bluetooth. Unfortunately, it doesn’t support PlayStation wirelessly. It does however allow for connecting to devices via 3.5mm mini jack. So you should be able to plug it into the DualShock 4 or DualSense controllers while playing games on your PS4 or PS5.
Beyond the connection, you’ll find things like supple lambskin ear cups, a soft cushy headband (which is basically silent as you extend and collapse it), and capacitive on-ear controls for volume and other functions. One of the best parts is the virtual boom arm for the voice chat mic.
It’s comprised of six beamforming microphones with active noise cancellation. There’s a lot more to love about this headset too. If you can reconcile with the cost.
EPOS | Sennheiser GSP 670
Price: From $310
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
When it comes to PC gaming, Sennheiser’s GSP 670 is the cream of the crop. It’s expensive, but Sennheiser knows audio and it’s excellent on this headset.
Perhaps the best part is the mic. The swivel motion that lets you flip it up to mute the mic is the easiest way to mute yourself in chat. Period. The headset is also extremely comfortable and can be worn for all-day gaming sessions without getting uncomfortable.
Speaking of comfort, it features adjustable fit on both sides of the headset as well as on the top of the band for more or less tension. The mic is also noise cancelling. So even if you’re using Discord which has a decent software-based noise filter, this just ensures that you’re voice is coming through crystal clear.
And, you have separate volume dials for regular game audio and chat audio. Letting you adjust things perfectly.
It works for PC, PS4, and mobile devices too, and it offers extremely low-latency gaming audio. It works ok with PS4 and mobile, but it doesn’t have the benefits of the PC software that really make the audio shine. For PC though there is no equal.
EPOS GTW 270 Hybrid

 
Price: $199
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy, EPOS
While these aren’t an over-ear or on-ear gaming headset, they’re still designed mostly for gaming and they’re probably the best pair of gaming earbuds we’ve tried in some time. We were extremely fond of the Razer Hammerhead True Wireless Pro, but these take things to another level because of their compatibility with the PS5 in addition to mobile, Nintendo Switch, and even PC.
They provide around 5 hours of battery life so they may not be the best choice for super long gaming sessions. If you see yourself sitting down and playing games for an entire Saturday, expect to take a few breaks to charge these up once or twice.
That aside, the sound quality is insanely good. And these are comfortable enough to wear for the entire 5 or so hours until they need a recharge. These can connect through Bluetooth to devices that support Bluetooth audio, but they also come with a tiny USB-C dongle that you can use for the PS5 and Nintendo Switch. You can use them with mobile devices too if you want a more lag-free audio experience.
Plus, you can use them with mobile devices for things other than games. And it does just as good of a job at providing great audio for things like music or video.
SteelSeries Arctis Pro Wireless
Price: $330
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
If you want lossless audio, and you want it to be high-quality, and wireless, the Arctis Pro Wireless from SteelSeries should be your pick.
This works with PC and PS4 via the wireless transmitter that you plug directly into the system that you’re playing games on. The Headset then connects to that transmitter.
It’s Discord certified meaning your game chat is going to be stellar, and it can be used for other devices that accept Bluetooth audio devices. It also has audio in and out plugs, so you could even plug it into home audio systems if you wanted. It can technically be used with Xbox One, but not wirelessly.
For it to work on that console you would need to plug the headset into the controller’s audio jack. Even then there’s no guarantee that the mic would work for game chat.
Still, this is the best headset for lossless audio if you need something for both PS4 and PC, and this works for mobile and Nintendo Switch too.
Razer Kraken X USB
Price: $60
Where To Buy: Amazon, Razer
Razer is once again on this list for our selection of the best budget headset. We’ve been big fans of the kraken line simply because it offered some of the best audio quality at a lower price.
And the Kraken X USB is essentially the pinnacle of that. It even comes in a 3.5mm version that’s $49.99 instead of $59.99 if you have the hardware on your PC to support 3.5mm audio headsets. That version is also perfect for the Nintendo Switch, and mobile phones with an audio jack.
These feature 7.1 surround sound for more immersive gaming audio, soft leatherette ear cushions and a plushy headband cushion, a bendable mic, and in-headset audio controls. They’re pretty basic, but the no-frills setup means you still get great audio for gaming without spending a whole lot.
SteelSeries Arctis 1 Wireless
Price: $99.99
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
Razer isn’t the only brand returning further down the list. SteelSeries makes all kinds of headsets and the Arctis 1 Wireless is the perfect option for mobile gamers.
This is another headset that’s multi-platform, and works with four different systems. While we consider it the best option for mobile specifically, it also works with Nintendo Switch, PC, and PS4.
It has the same high-quality audio drivers as the Arctis 7, ultra-low latency lossless audio, a detachable mic that’s Discord certified and features the ClearCast technology (never be unheard again), and of course an adjustable headband for better comfort that’s also extremely durable because it’s made of stainless steel.
Plus at $99 these are great for the price.
Sony Pulse 3D
Price: $100
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Target, Best Buy, PlayStation Direct, GameStop
Sony’s Pulse 3D wireless headset for the PS5 is probably going to be the most popular option for PS5 owners. Quite simply because it is pretty decent and it’s available at a good price point. $100 is a good price for something that offers 3D audio support, stereo sound, and a lossless 2.4GHz connection to keep you immersed.
The Pulse 3D wireless headset also has a built-in mic that doesn’t protrude outward like some other options. So if you prefer that more seamless look this is a good trait. It also makes it easy to ensure you aren’t bumping the mic if you’re ever lifting your hands up towards your mouth to take a drink or snack on something during games. There’s on-ear controls as well.
You also get pretty decent battery life of up to 12 hours of play time, and quick charge time. If you need to conserve some of that battery life, you can even plug the headset into the DualSense controller via a 3.mm audio jack. Which you may need to do from time to time. Comfort wise there may be some better options out there. But you’ll likely spend more.
So for the price, you get a very comfortable headset that carries the same design as the PS5 console, great audio quality, and because it’s coming directly from Sony you should have pretty good support if anything ever goes wrong.
Razer Black Shark V2 Pro
Price: $160
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Razer
Razer is rooted in Esports. So it shouldn’t be a surprise that our pick for the best Esports headset is Razer’s Black Shark V2 Pro.
This is a wireless headset so you’re unencumbered by long, annoying cords that do nothing but get in your way and brush up against your arm when you’re in the heat of the moment, causing the immersion to break.
It also has a detachable mic for when you don’t need team voice chat, and it supports THX 7.1 surround sound audio. The best thing about the headset though is the comfort. Whether you’re playing competitively or you’re playing on your own during your own time, you can wear these all day and not get fatigued.
The giant oval-shaped cushions help you stay comfortable during longer gaming sessions. And the infused cooling gel inside of them helps keep your ears cool and prevent sweat. Or at least excessive amounts of it.
JBL Quantum One
Price: $300
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Walmart
While there are a few wired gaming headsets on this list, none of them can do what the JBL Quantum One can do. In fact none of the other headsets can either. At least not as good.
The JBL Quantum One is a headset that features excellent gaming immersion thanks to spatial audio and head tracking. The head tracking works in such a way that when you turn your head to the left or right, that’s the ear that you hear most of the sound from. Just as you might if you turned your left or right ear towards sound coming from the right or left.
It also has active noise cancellation. Once this is on you really can’t hear anything but what’s playing through the headphones. It’s quite amazing when you’re knee deep in a game. If you need to talk to someone in the real world though, you can still leave the headset on thanks to the noise pass through. There’s even a dedicated button for it.
Press it, and the headset will almost entirely mute the audio of the game and your chat, and let in noise from the world around you. It’s rather clear too. This lets you talk to anyone in the real world who might need your attention for a few minutes, then quickly jump back into the game once you can get back to it.
Of course it also has things like a detachable Discord-certified microphone, RGB lighting, and the connection port is USB-C. Rounding out the big features are a super comfy adjustable headband and swivel ear cups.
HyperX Cloud Alpha
Price: $90
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy
HyperX has been around making gaming headsets for quite some time and the Cloud Alpha is one of its best.
This is a wired gaming headset and like many of the models HyperX makes, it features an aluminum frame so it’s pretty durable and still very comfortable.
It also works with just about every platform, comes with dual chamber drivers, and large comfy earpads so you can wear these for long gaming sessions.
The post Top 10 Best Gaming Headsets – Updated June 18, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

DroidKit Is Your Go-To Solution For Fixing Tons Of Android Issues

As an Android user you may eventually run into issues with your device that you may think are unsolvable, but on the contrary, iMobie’s DroidKit tool can help. Maybe you don’t think the problems are unsolvable but you do think that you’ll have to use several different tools to fix the issues you have.
iMobie’s DroidKit can actually solve several different issues and perform numerous tasks. Compiling a multitude of uses that would normally be found in a few different programs into one single tool that takes care of everything.
Whether you need something for Android Data Recovery, to extract data from things like Google Backup, unlock the screen, or fix system issues, iMobie’s DroidKit is your one-stop-shop solution to do it all.
This makes it convenient and fairly useful. And of course time-saving, as you don’t have to mess around with more than one program.
In fact, it can provide users with seven different features in all. This includes, recovering lost data, extracting needed data, fixing system issues, removing any type of screen lock, bypassing FRP locks, reinstalling or upgrading your system OS, and cleaning junk. Let’s take a closer look at each feature below.
iMobie’s DroidKit – The World’s First Solution for Android users to fix numerous issues all in one place

While DroidKit can be an extremely useful tool to Android users, it’s only useful if users know what it can offer them. Below you can find a more in-depth summary of each feature. Showcasing how it can be a functional tool for just about any situation you may come up with for your device.
Recovering Lost Data

While you hopefully never have to come across this situation, in the event that you do you’ll want to be prepared to handle it. With DroidKit, if you happen to accidentally delete something, or delete something and then change your mind and want it back, you’d need a solution to recover the data that was lost.
Maybe your device went through a factory reset to fix another issue entirely but that resulted in the lost data. Either way, you would need a recovery tool at this point. And this is where DroidKit comes in.
There are two modes for recovering data. Quick Recovery Mode and Deep Recovery Mode. Each one serves a distinct purpose. Quick Recovery Mode, as the name implies, will let you recover data more quickly as it only takes a single click, but it may not scan absolutely everything which means it may not recover everything.
Deep Recovery Mode is a more thorough recovery option, but it does require you to root your device first. There’s also technically a third and fourth recovery mode, which includes recovering only WhatsApp data, and recovering data from an SD card. If your device supports one.
As for all the things you can recover, you can recover data from pictures, videos, APK files, audio, LINE attachments, messages, WhatsApp attachments, contacts, call logs, calendar information, documents, books, and ZIP files.
Extract Needed Data

If your device doesn’t have any lost data, and you’re simply trying to prevent losing it, then you’ll want to make sure to back it up. To do that though you need to extract the data from your device.
This is what this particular feature is for. Grabbing the data from your device and extracting it to an external storage solution so you have a backup of it outside of your device.
If you need to extract data from your device, DroidKit will extract all the same types of files that it can recover if that data was lost. It can also help you extract data from your Google account, with seven different types of data being supported. Including WhatsApp, messages, call logs, WiFi, photos, contacts, and calendar.
Lastly you can also extract data from a SIM card if you need that information for any reason. This information isn’t always easy to pull, so DroidKit helps quite a lot here.
Remove Screen Locks

It’s happened to all of us at one point or another. You locked yourself out of your device by forgetting your PIN or password and entering in the wrong information too many times. Maybe it’s an old phone you had to go back to using and you forgot because you haven’t used it in a while.
Whatever the reason, the screen is now locked and you need to remove it. DroidKit can help with that too. It can remove any type of screen lock including PINs, passwords, fingerprints, facial recognition, digital numbers and more. And it supports all Android devices from major brands like Samsung, Sony, Huawei, Xiaomi, OnePlus, and others.
Keep in mind that unlocking the screen will erase data on your device. So before you unlock the screen you will want to back up the device data first. Otherwise you will lose it during this process.
Bypass FRP Lock

This one only works with Samsung devices. So that’s important to note right away. If you have a Samsung device, this will let you bypass any type of Google FRP lock and reset it. It works with any version of Android so there’s no worry about your device running older or newer software.
It also supports all Samsung series smartphones and tablets. This is another function that will erase the data on your device. So once again you need to make sure to back up any data you want before proceeding with removing the FRP locks.
Fix System Issues

Android devices can run into all kinds of problems and if that happens, you may not know what to do. Whether your screen goes black, the device won’t charge, your device is stuck in a boot loop, you keep getting error reports, and even if your device freezes on a particular screen, DroidKit claims it can fix the issue.
It also lists the ability to fix more serious issues like system crashes and viruses. Now, this is another feature that will only work with Samsung devices, unfortunately. But the good news is that this is only a “for now” thing, as the makers of DroidKit state that they’re working on adding support for other device brands.
Reinstall Or Upgrade Your Device OS

Sometimes if your device is having a problem the solution might be to either reinstall the operating system software or to upgrade it. Usually you could do this by downloading the update over the air. But perhaps the problem your device is having is preventing you from doing that.
With DroidKit you can easily reinstall or upgrade the OS with just a few clicks. This can help fix a number of different things, not the least of which is serious issues like system crashes or black screens. But it can also help fix things like device slowdowns, abnormal system errors, stuck devices, and more.
This is another feature that currently only supports Samsung devices. However, more device support is being worked on. This feature won’t erase system data, but you should still make a backup of anything just in case. This is also never a bad practice to have.
Clean System Junk

The last feature of this tool is the ability to clean your device of any unwanted system junk. Duplicate files, cached data you don’t really need to keep stored, etc. There are apps you can install onto the device that tend to do this for you if you want.
But then again if you could easily install that app and use it you probably wouldn’t be using this software. So this is a way to get the function of those apps when you may not be able to use the device properly.
There are four types of system junk that DroidKit can remove for you. This includes large files, cached files, APK files, and running applications. This feature will support all mainstream Android device manufacturers and various system versions.
You can also view the system junk before everything is removed, letting you have some control over what gets removed and what stays. As you can unselect anything you might want to be left alone. Once you’re ready to clean the junk you don’t want, you’re one click away from having it gone for good.
Whatever the issue, iMobie’s DroidKit has your back
As you can see, DroidKit is more than equipped to handle a multitude of problems with Android devices that need a solution. And it does it all fairly effortlessly and in many cases with just a single click.
If you’ve had these issues before and you want to ensure that you aren’t left in the lurch should they ever come up again, make sure to check out DroidKit.
The post DroidKit Is Your Go-To Solution For Fixing Tons Of Android Issues appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New Samsung Patent Shows Foldable Phone With Rotating Camera

We can sometimes tell a lot about what a company is working on by the patents that it files. Samsung is a prime example of this. A new patent filed by the company shows us a foldable phone with a rotating camera. This was spotted on WIPO.
The camera rests on the side in a cylindrical module
It looks like the foldable phone is still gaining its identity, as different foldable phone form factors are working their way into the market. We have inward folding phones, outward folding phones, clamshell folding phones, and whatever the heck the TCL ‘Fold and Roll’ was. Companies are still finding ways of improving on the flaws that haunt the foldable phone market.
It looks like Samsung’s addition to the folding smartphone market is a rotating camera. The patent images show us a folding phone with a rotating camera on board. The camera will rest inside a small rotating cylinder on the side. The form factor of this phone is identical to the company’s Galaxy Fold series.
This means that the camera package will be the same for the device whether it’s open or closed. This is something that’s not exactly new. Other OEMs have plopped their cameras onto rotating and flipping modules. This is so the user can use the more capable main camera for selfies and Vlogging.
The good and bad sides of a foldable phone with a rotating camera
Since the camera will be able to rotate a fair amount, there’s the possibility of having it rotate to a custom angle. In one of the patent images, we see what looks like a person operating the camera manually. On the bottom half of the phone, right next to the shutter button, we see an arrow on the screen. The person is swiping down, picking the angle that she wants the camera to go to. This is neat, not only for the sake of convenience but for cinematic effects and tricks.
Another good side to this camera mentality is the fact that it doesn’t cut into the screen all that much. The first generation Galaxy Z Fold had a large notch that ate up a fair amount of the inner display. In the patent images, we see that the screen is mostly complete.
The downside to having a folding phone with a rotating camera is the fact that there are now more moving parts that can get damaged. Foldable phones are better than they were back in 2019, but they are far from being durable. It being a foldable device already knocks a few points off of its durability. Having a rotating camera might not be for people who don’t baby their phones.
There’s no telling if this phone will ever see the light of day. At the end of the day, patents are only patents. It’ll still be interesting to see this phone in the future, nevertheless.

The post New Samsung Patent Shows Foldable Phone With Rotating Camera appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

NVIDIA SHIELD TV Owners Now Get The Android TV "Discover" Tab

NVIDIA SHIELD TV owners will have a new way to discover content on their devices the next time they power them on. Earlier this week, NVIDIA announced that it’s bringing some changes to the SHIELD TV as part of the new update, and this includes the Discover tab.
This is the very same Discover tab that you can find on Android TV devices. So it should make finding content to watch a whole lot easier and more convenient. You can find similar interfaces in apps like Netflix, which has everything now listed by genre so you can really hone in on what you want to watch.
NVIDIA began rolling this update out to devices as of yesterday. So the update should already be available for plenty of users. Though it may also take a little while to show up. If you haven’t used your NVIDIA SHIELD TV in a while, it’s possible the update is there waiting for you.
The Discover tab and more come to NVIDIA SHIELD TV

While the Discover tab is the biggest change here, there’s a couple more things that are part of the rollout. Users may notice that the “All Apps” view is no longer available. Instead, NVIDIA has swapped it out for an Apps tab on the main home screen.
The company says that this allows more apps to be displayed on the screen before having to scroll. And because you can see more apps, you should end up spending less time aimlessly scrolling through content and get to your entertainment quicker.
NVIDIA says that other navigation is unchanged, so the Home Screen tab still shows apps like before. You’ll also still find the Play Next recommendations and channel-organized content. So those things weren’t taken away.
Say hello to dynamically suggested content
One other thing that’s coming along for the ride is dynamically suggested content. Now when you watch stuff, that viewing history will play into future recommendations for things to watch.
According to NVIDIA this new update should be completed by June 24. So if you don’t see the update available today or sometime this weekend, look for it to show up around June 24 at the latest. As that’s the timeframe that NVIDIA expects things to finish up by.
The post NVIDIA SHIELD TV Owners Now Get The Android TV „Discover” Tab appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

One-Click Access To Chromebook Virtual Desktops Is Coming

Google is apparently working to bring the Virtual Desktops features from its Chromebook platform to the top-level UI. Meaning that users will be able to access multiple virtual desktops at a click. That’s based on a recent discovery in the Chromium Gerrit by Android Police.
Summarily, the change-up will put access to the Virtual Desktops directly on the main screen of the Chromebook interface.
So how do the new virtual desktops work on a Chromebook?
As shown in the images below, captured by the source, the way these new virtual desktops will work for Chromebook users, following the update, is straightforward. In fact, it’s never been easier. Although there are still some bugs to work out.
To begin with, users will see the new virtual desktops UI on their Chromebook from the minute they log in. That will be shown in the top margin of the display, comprised of a thin, grey bar. Within that bar, which Google is calling the “bento bar” users will see any virtual desks they’ve set up. Or at least the labels that users have given those. In the example shown below, the labels “AP,” “Design,” and “Chickens” have been set up.
A click or tap on any of those labels immediately switches to the corresponding virtual desktop.
There will also be a UI that’s more similar to what’s seen in current iterations of virtual desktops in Chrome OS. Accessible via the three-dot overflow menu at the right-hand side of the bento bar, users can expand the strip to show thumbnails of their open virtual desks. And another option is available to hide the strip altogether.
These won’t necessarily be arriving anytime soon
Now, the bento bar isn’t available yet. It’s not even on the Chrome OS Canary Channel. And it isn’t even showing up as an experimental flag feature yet either. So it likely isn’t going to be arriving anytime in the near future. If it appears in the Stable Channel at all.
That said, the feature does appear to be far enough along that Google likely won’t abandon it. And Google’s focus on switching enterprise Chrome OS updates — where this will likely prove most useful — to a longer update cycle could play into this too. So, if and when it does arrive, it will undoubtedly be with a big milestone update. That’s as opposed to a more standard monthly update.

The post One-Click Access To Chromebook Virtual Desktops Is Coming appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Full Version Of Runescape Is Out On Android & iOS This Week

Runescape for mobile devices is finally here, as Jagex announced this morning the release of the full version of Runescape is out now for Android and iOS devices. Runescape has been available on Android for a while but, the version players were able to download is the beta version.
Officially the release of Runescape for Android and iOS was yesterday, June 17. Jagex also announced earlier this year that Runescape would be leaving beta on mobile and entering into a complete release period. So the coming of the game wasn’t exactly a surprise for fans. Having said that, Jagex never announced when the game was specifically going to launch.
The release of Runescape on Android comes with some sweet rewards
Rewards are always a nice little bonus whenever a game gets released. And Jagex has put together a pretty sweet little care package for players on mobile. The rewards are for those that pre-registered though. So if you didn’t pre-register before the game’s official release, then chances are you won’t be getting the gifts.
For players that did pre-register, the gifts include a number of different things. Jagex explains that it hit all of its pre-registration goals. Which led to every tier reward being unlocked for players.
This includes five exclusive cosmetics. There’s a hairstyle for players, as well as a sword, a pet, a teleport device, and a piece of armor called the Crux Eqal. That last reward will be the biggest benefit to new players. Because it gives you a 50% XP boost for an entire week. And if you plan to play this game often, that should help you level up your characters rather quickly.
As a reminder, the game will support cross-play with the PC version of the game. So even if your friends play on PC, you can all still play together. Cross-play works with the iOS version as well.
On top of all that, the game supports cross-progression. Which means you can start playing on one platform and transfer your progress to another if you ever decide to switch. Start on mobile and make the decision to play on PC? Not a problem. Transfer your progression and carry on with all of your stuff.

The post The Full Version Of Runescape Is Out On Android & iOS This Week appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Android 12 & Google Live Space To Be A Major Upgrade For "At A Glance" Widget

We already know that Android 12 is bringing a bunch of new features along with a complete revamp in design. The latest report by 9To5Google suggests that Android 12 and Google Live Space features could supercharge the “At a Glance” widget.
The At a Glance widget goes hand in hand with the Pixel launcher. Meaning that it is enabled by default whenever you make use of the Pixel launcher.
However, with Android 12, Google will bring some major upgrades to it. In an APK Insight post, folks at 9To5Google found a new feature called “Live Space” which adds a bunch of new features to the “At a Glance” widget.
At present, the At a Glance widget shows you information such as time, upcoming calendar events, weather details, reminders, and any alerts for the work profile.
With Android 12 and Live Space, Google will take the functionality of this widget a notch above. First, there will be better integration with Google Assistant. Users can personalize Google Live Space based on the enabled settings.
Notably, users can enable and view travel plans, shopping lists, Google Pay rewards, taxi reminders with estimated arrivals, and much more.
The new “Live Space” feature was discovered in the latest Google app beta version
After enabling this feature, the Google Assistant Settings describes this feature as, “Your Assistant shows you what you need, right when you need it, on your home screen and lock screen.”
On the Preference page, under the “Personalize” section, you will see multiple options, such as Home and work, Location, Default Weather, enable Sensitive content on the lock screen.
Scrolling down further, you will be shown a list of “Proactive moments” that includes toggles to turn ON current weather info, upcoming calendar events, upcoming flight details, shopping list or Google Pay rewards, weather alerts, etc.
Moreover, there is also an unnamed “headphone” icon that no one is sure about what its feature is. Interestingly, only “At a store” is the only new addition, whereas every other feature was already there in the “At a Glance” widget.
The final UI of this Google Live Space is still under wraps, but going by the design reel “#Android12: Designed for you” that Google released during the I/O event, we can expect a material design.
All these new features and details about Google Live Space were discovered in Google app beta version 12.23. Sadly, it is not available for everyone yet. One thing is for sure, Google is making efforts to improve the widget experience with Android 12.

The post Android 12 & Google Live Space To Be A Major Upgrade For „At A Glance” Widget appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Next Step For Tamaogtchis is Smartwatches

Even though virtual pets can be easily downloaded on a smart device, Tamagotchi is still in the market for making physical devices for pets. The company has been evolving over the past 25 years and it recently just unveiled its next evolution. The Japanese Bandai site just revealed the Tamagotchi smartwatch.
It’s called The ‘Tamagotchi Smart’, and it centers around the pet, so don’t expect to answer Slack messages on it
The first Tamagotchi pets hit the store shelves back in 1996, and they’ve been a staple in 90s kids’ nostalgic ramblings ever since. The small egg-shaped devices would contain a tiny creature called a Tamagotchi. It was your job to take care of the little creature so that it could age and spawn the next generation. However, if you were not a good caretaker, you would run the risk of killing your pet.
Now, 25 years later, we have this new smartwatch form factor for Tamagotchi. The watch itself is not trying to be sleek and stylish like a Galaxy or Apple watch- it’s big, bubbly, and colorful. The screen retains the egg-shaped aesthetic of the original device, thus keeping with the theme of the brand.
So far, there are only two colors that have been showcased, bright pink and bright blue. The display is an LCD panel that shows a full-color image. It’s rectangular, leaving a significant bezel for the buttons on the bottom. The actual device seems to be wrapped in a thick silicone outer layer for protection, which extends to the band.
What can you do with the watch?
There are a few neat functions that you can do with your Tamagotchi Smart. Firstly, the small LCD panel that adorns the chassis is a touch screen. With it, you can stroke your pet to make it happy. The main functions of the watch, however, might be handled by the three buttons that are on the bottom.
One true-to-life smartwatch feature that this watch has is the ability to count steps. It seems a bit random to have a Tamagotchi that counts steps. The company doesn’t go into why the step counter was implemented into the device.
The watch has a built-in microphone that can pick up words from the user. According to Input, it’s really limited. There’s, unfortunately, no real voice recognition in the device. The device can only tell when a person is speaking, and the only thing it does is wake up the Tamagotchi.
A nice addition to the Tamagotchi Smart is the Tama-Smart card. It’s a small egg-shaped chip that can be inserted into the watch. You use this to download new content to the watch to change up the look. The data is mostly transferred to the card via the Tamagotchi app.
The watch itself costs about $60 USD and the card is an additional $10 USD. This was announced only for the Japanese market, so folks in the states will are out of luck.

 
The post The Next Step For Tamaogtchis is Smartwatches appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Waymo Pushes Toward More Staffing, Self-Driving Tech With New Funding

Google’s Waymo has now announced new funding to pay for more self-driving car technology and staff. In fact, according to recent reports, it’s received more than $2.5 billion in additional funding for the endeavor.
The funding, Waymo indicates, will pay to hire more staff and for R&D on its self-driving technology. With the ultimate goal of opening up its service for more paid riders.
Waymo has been around, so how does the funding help self-driving technology cars?
Now, Waymo has been in operation under Google parent Alphabet Inc. since 2009. And, in the interim, it has continued improving its technology and offered more rides in more places. The focus of those endeavors has been, of course, getting the service up to par to serve as a paid taxi service for riders.
The most recent of its pushes on that front happened back in late 2020. Specifically, in Phoenix Arizona. But Google isn’t operating in a vacuum either.
Setting aside the pitfalls and setbacks encountered by big competitors such as Uber and Cruise, the latter of which was recently approved to open up operations in San Francisco, Waymo could also face stiff competition from newcomers to the AI-driven space. Newcomers with long histories in the technology market, such as Huawei and others.
Waymo hasn’t detailed exactly how the funding received in the latest investment round will be spent. But it will most likely go toward increasing testing and improving both the AI and the sensors the AI utilizes to drive safely.
Why is this funding important now?
With business beginning to return to normal as more people are vaccinated against Covid-19, Waymo will need to step up its game to stay relevant in the self-driving industry. As the competition heats up and people begin to travel again. As noted above, one of its biggest competitors is Cruise. And that competitor recently received the go-ahead to begin driving in San Francisco — a big win against the Google-associated company.
While those rides haven’t started yet for Cruise, the approval does put it ahead of Waymo in the region. The company has yet to receive its permit from the California DMV and the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC). Cruise also matches Waymo in terms of funding. Last year, Waymo announced an initial funding round at around $2.25-billion. That was ultimately extended, giving the company approximately $3.25-billion.
The latest funding round puts Waymo just short of $6 billion. But Cruise also recently announced some help for its endeavors from GM. To the tune of around $5-billion.
The post Waymo Pushes Toward More Staffing, Self-Driving Tech With New Funding appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Has Added A Search Filter To The Stadia Android App

Earlier this year Google officially added a search bar to the Stadia store on the web, but not the Android app. Mind you, this is a feature that many users thought Google would have added alongside the service’s launch back in 2019.
But to everyone’s surprise it wasn’t added until much later. With the search bar now available in the Stadia Android app, narrowing down games you may be looking for will be a lot more efficient than before.
Having said that, there are some things to be aware of about the feature. Especially if you plan on using it often.
The Search bar in Stadia for Android is an experimental feature

The first thing to make note of is that this is an experimental feature. That means Google is still working on it. And development of the feature is likely to continue until Google feels that it’s at a point where it can be rolled out as part of the normal features.
To activate this feature so you can use it, tap on your profile avatar that sits in the top right corner. Then scroll down to Experiments, which should have two features in there currently. There will be one for “playing on this device” which is only usable if your device isn’t already supported, and one for the “Filter Search.”
The Filter Search feature is the one you want to enable. Tap the toggle and then you’ll be able to use the search option inside the store part of the app.
There is one other caveat though. The search bar isn’t a persistent thing that will be available throughout the entire store.
You’ll only find the search bar inside pages

To get to the search function, you’ll need to pick one of the pages. For example, the Summer Deals page. Once you tap on this page, you should see a search filter option at the top.
From there simply tap on the search filter and then enter any keywords you want to narrow down the results.
While this isn’t a true search bar that works from the store’s home page, it’s at least an option. And perhaps when the search function is no longer an experiment, Google will turn it into a search bar that’s accessible from anywhere in the store.
The post Google Has Added A Search Filter To The Stadia Android App appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Finally, Get Ready To See Ads On Instagram Reels Worldwide

It’s finally happening. According to a recent report by The Verge, Instagram Reels will now show ads for users worldwide. The TikTok rival, Instagram Reels, which launched back in 2020, will now show ads.
TikTok faced severe backlash from major countries, which gave an opportunity to other social media platforms to come up with their own take on this short-video format app.
Instagram was quick on its toes, and released Reels. It was almost a replica of TikTok, with a few new features. However, with the addition of ads on Reels, it will be interesting to see how users react to this move.
The company was previously testing ads on Instagram Reels in select markets earlier this year. These markets included India, Brazil, Germany, and Australia.
Later, the testing was expanded over to more regions such as Canada, France, the U.K., and the U.S. more recently. Fast forward to now, Instagram has finally announced ads on its short-video platform, Reels.
As per Instagram, the ads will show up on all the places where a user views Reels, i.e. on the Reels tab, in Stories, in Explore, Reels on your Instagram feed.
Ads appearing on Instagram Reels will run for 30-seconds on loop
Moreover, ads will appear in between Reels posted by users. Further, the company has told that these ads will run for 30-seconds on loop, just like Reels.
People will be able to comment, like, and even save them, if that’s what you really want to do. The company’s that are early adopters to this new format includes brands like BMW, Louis Vuitton (LV), Netflix, Uber, and more.
Instagram leader Adam Mosseri told The Verge, that although the Reels format is growing, the company is not happy with it yet. So, they have decided to include ads, as a means of revenue generation.
Ads will show up in full-screen, just like Reels, and they can be identified by a “sponsored” tag just below the advertiser’s name. Well, this decision is not taken by Instagram, out of the blue.
The new format has been introduced after news of TikTok’s climbing ad prices made rounds over the internet. Since Instagram has more than a billion active users globally, ads seem a good source of revenue for the platform.
Instagram may soon take advantage of the Reels ads to drive users to its Shops platform. Though the company has not taken this step, it seems highly likely in the coming days.
The post Finally, Get Ready To See Ads On Instagram Reels Worldwide appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here's All The New Games Joining GeForce NOW This Week

NVIDIA has a new crop of games coming to GeForce NOW as of today, including Humankind and a couple of other really popular titles.
For this week, there are a total of 10 new GeForce NOW games. Which brings the overall amount of newly added titles for the month of June to 36. NVIDIA added 13 last week and 13 the week before.
Earlier in the month NVIDIA said there were 38 new games being added to GeForce NOW for June. So next week is either going to be a really light week, or NVIDIA will end up adding a few more. Next week will also be the last week for June’s new games, as the week after switches over to July.
Humankind and more join GeForce NOW this month
First things first let’s get this out of the way. The Humankind availability is up and through both Steam and the Epic Games Store. But, only for those who were accepted into the closed beta. The game has not officially launched, but the closed beta is accessible right now.
So the GeForce NOW availability is for the closed beta participants. That being said, with the closed beta being available now, the regular launch version should be available once the game releases. Which will be on August 17.
Also worth noting is that the closed beta for Humankind only lasts until June 21. So the game will be leaving GeForce NOW starting next Monday or Tuesday. In addition to Humankind, GeForce now players also now have access to another really popular game title, Overcooked! 2. This is the Epic Games Store version of the game. And it’s also free on the Epic Games  Store right now through June 24.
It’s worth picking up just for that reason alone. But it’s also fun, so why not have a fun game you can play on the go?
Marvel’s Guardians Of The Galaxy Lands On the service on October 26
During E3, Square Enix showcased a handful of upcoming games to look forward to. One of those games is Marvel’s Guardians Of The Galaxy, which is being developed by Eidos Montreal. The same team behind the Deus Ex games.
NVIDIA says that this title will release onto GeForce NOW on October 26, the same day the game launches for all platforms.
As for the remainder of the games that are launching today, this includes Roguebook, Panzer Corps 2, Pathway, Supraland, Sword and Fairy, Sword and Fairy 2, The Universim, and World of Warships.
The post Here’s All The New Games Joining GeForce NOW This Week appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Facebook Baby Steps Toward Identifying Deep Fake Images & Their Source

Facebook and Michigan State University have revealed a new method for identifying deep fake images and tracing them back to their source. Or, at the very least, tracing back to which generative model was used to create the images. The new system, according to reports surrounding the reveal, uses a complex reverse engineering technique. Specifically, to identify patterns behind the AI model used to generate a deep fake image.
The system works by running images through a Fingerprint Estimation Network (FEN), to parse out patterns — fingerprints — in those images. Those fingerprints are effectively built from a set of known variables in deep fake images. With generative models leaving behind measurable patterns in “fingerprint magnitude, repetitive nature, frequency range, and symmetrical frequency response.”
And, after feeding those constraints back through the FEN, the method can detect which images are deep fakes. Those are then fed back through a system to separate the images via “hyperparameters” which are set to guide the system to self-learn various generative models.
This is still in its infancy but it does move one step closer toward identifying and tracing deep fake images
One of the big setbacks to the current iteration of the system serves to highlight that this is still new technology. It’s nowhere near ready for primetime. Namely, it can’t detect fake images created by a generative model that it hasn’t been trained on. And there are countless such models in use.
What’s more, this is by no means a finalized method for identifying deep fake images from Facebook and MSU.  Not only is there no way to be sure that every generative model is accounted for. There aren’t any other research studies related to this topic. Or, at the very least, there are no data sets to build up a baseline for comparison. Summarily, there’s no way of knowing, for sure, just how good the new AI model is.
The team behind the project indicates that there is “a much stronger and generalized correlation between generated images and the embedding space of meaningful architecture hyperparameters and loss function types.” And it compares that to a random vector of the same length and distribution. But that’s based on its own, self-created baseline.
So, without further research, the only takeaway is that the model detects AI-made deep fake images and their source better than a straightforward guess.
What could this be used for?
The goal of the project, as presented by the team, is to generate a way to trace deep fake images back to their source after identifying them. That could potentially serve to make enforcement of misinformation policies and rules easier. Particularly, as that pertains to social media sites and the still-rampant spread of misinformation.

The post Facebook Baby Steps Toward Identifying Deep Fake Images & Their Source appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Steam Next Fest Is A Week Of Playable Demos For Upcoming Games

Now that E3 is officially over, it’s time for the start of Steam Next Fest. What is Steam Next Fest? An understandable question given that this is Valve’s first time holding the event.
Simply put, it’s a week-long celebration of upcoming game titles. And to celebrate Valve is letting users play hundreds (yes hundreds) of demos for games that have yet to launch. This includes some of the big titles that were shown off in more detail during E3. Like Naraka: Bladepoint, Sable and more.
There’s loads of smaller indie games too. So this is the perfect time for those indies to shine and gain some more recognition. In addition, it’s a great way to discover new games you may like, that you may have never paid attention to otherwise.
The start of Steam Next Fest lands with a bang
There’s a lot going on for Steam Next Fest day one. And since it lasts all week you have a lot of time to dive into everything that’s available.
While a lot of the festival will center around installable demos, it will also include other ways of engaging with content. In addition to game demos, there will be livestreams from content creators and other users. If you don’t feel like actually playing any demos but you still want to check out what the games are like, these livestreams are a nice way to get some insight.
There will be interviews with developers of some of the games as well. Though not all broadcasts will necessarily be available throughout the entire week. The good news is that Steam has a schedule up that lists upcoming broadcasts so you can plan out your viewing times. And there’s a rotating lists of featured live broadcasts.
The event lasts until June 22
While Steam Next Fest started today, it will continue until June 22. Steam doesn’t list a time but presumably it’ll end around sometime in the early morning hours of that day. But, for now you’ve got plenty of time to check out all the demos you can stomach until the end.
Steam has everything categorized out into genres to make finding demos that you want to play a whole lot easier. So if you’re only looking for RPG demos, you can click on the RPG button up at the top of the Steam Next Fest home page and get only RPG titles.
You’ll find other genres available including sports and racing, VR, action, adventure, strategy, simulation, puzzle, platformer, and horror.
The post Steam Next Fest Is A Week Of Playable Demos For Upcoming Games appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Roku: Everything You Need To Know – Updated June 2021

Roku is one of the biggest streaming TV platforms available right now. Depending on when you’re reading this, Fire TV might be #1 or Roku. As the two tend to swap places quite a bit. Nevertheless, it is very popular. And for good reason.
It mostly keeps things very simple. Their interface has not really changed a whole lot in the past decade or more. Even as streaming TV has vastly changed in that time.
But there is a whole lot more to it than just streaming Netflix, YouTube or Sling. And we’re here to tell you everything you need to know about the Roku platform.

What is Roku?
Roku makes streaming devices, to allow you to cut the cord from Cable. It was one of the first to really jump into the streaming hardware game, and believe it or not, was founded way back in 2002. Way before any of us thought about streaming Netflix. The beginnings of Roku are pretty interesting, and included being part of Netflix. Reed Hastings, still the current CEO of Netflix, decided to nix the project, as it would hamper their ability to get onto competing products. Which back then, really only included smart TVs and their own operating systems.
Interestingly, Roku is the term used for “six” in Japanese. Which represents the sixth company that Anthony Wood founded.
Unlike some of the competitors in the space, like Apple TV, Android TV and Amazon’s Fire TV, Roku has always focused on keeping its hardware super simple. That also allowed Roku to keep its prices pretty low, and sell millions of units. It’s what also makes Roku appeal to those that are slightly tech-illiterate. As your grandma could use a Roku with almost no problems.
Fast-forward to 2021, Roku is now a publicly traded company, with a market cap of around $45 billion.
Is Roku a hardware or software?
Technically, Roku is both hardware and software.
Roku sells streaming players like the Roku Premiere, or the Streaming Stick+ at about the price it costs to make them. Where Roku makes its money is actually with the ads that it is able to sell on the apps on its platform. And from The Roku Channel, which we’ll talk about a bit more later.

Which means that the Roku OS is actually really important. And as mentioned before, Roku has kept the operating system super simple for years. In fact, it hasn’t really changed much since the first streaming player came out in the 2000s. And that’s because it didn’t really need to.
Roku also licenses out its operating system to partners like Hisense, TCL, Walmart (via its Onn brand) to use in their products. TCL has actually made a name for itself and become the fourth largest TV maker by going all-in with Roku on its TVs.
Is it free?
After you pay for the hardware, Roku is free. But you can pay for different things like HBO MAX, or Showtime through Roku. A bit like Amazon’s Prime Video Channels works. But there’s no subscription fee for Roku, thankfully. We have seen some scams going around trying to get people to pay for “customer support” from Roku. That is not real, and if you get that scam, make sure to report it and don’t fall for it.
Basically, you’ll pay for some of the apps and services on Roku, but you aren’t paying Roku itself. Roku makes its money from its partners.
Roku OS 10
Roku announced OS 10 on Tuesday, April 13. It includes a number of new features. Like the ability automatically adjust settings when you plug in a gaming console. So you can get the best experience when gaming on a Roku TV.
Roku OS 10 is also introducing Instant Resume. Allowing apps to instantly resume where you left off, the last time you were in it. Similar to the feature that the Xbox Series X|S have.
There is also a new “automatic WiFi detection” feature available. This will show you which WiFi network would be best. Particularly useful if you use both 2.4GHz and 5GHz networks in your home.
Roku will also let you customize the Live TV guide on your Roku TV, if you have an antenna plugged in. For Apple users, AirPlay2 and Homekit is also available on more devices with this update.
The Roku OS 10 update is beginning to roll out now to all supported devices.
How does Roku work?
No matter what Roku device you buy, the experience is mostly the same. Whether that’s a TV with Roku built-in, a Soundbar with it, or a set-top box. They all have an Ethernet jack, so you can go wired if your internet is not quite as powerful as you may need for 4K video. But there is also WiFi available with Roku’s devices.
The home screen uses a pretty easy to read grid, so you can go left to right, or up and down to find your favorite apps. You can also long-press on the apps to re-arrange them to your liking. For example, if your four most-used services are YouTube, HBO MAX, Netflix and Peacock, you can move those all to the top row. Making them easier to jump into.
On the left side, you’ll see different options for getting into the store, finding stuff to watch on The Roku Channel, jumping into settings and so forth. It’s all right there, making it super easy to use.
Adding Channels
On Roku, it calls “Apps” as “Channels”, likely to make it feel more like a traditional TV. Instead of just a bunch of apps on your TV. It’s very simple to add channels to your device too. Just head into the Channel Store.
From there, you can search for your favorite channels. Like any app store, it also has different categories, which you’ll find on the left. And that includes games too.
Once you find a channel to add, just click on it, then click “add”. It will then be added to your Roku account, and it’ll appear on any Roku device you might have in your home. That’s particularly useful for those that might have a few Roku’s in your home, with each TV.
You can also search the Roku Channel Store on the web and add channels to your device that way.
Finding something to watch
Roku has more channels than all of its competitors, at nearly 3,000 right now. So there’s a ton of content to watch on Roku, but it can also be a bit difficult to find something to watch on Roku, because of that.
But, Roku does have a pretty impressive universal search feature, that will search for a title across all of the channels that are on your Roku device. Not only can you search for titles, but also actors/actresses, and even lines from a movie or TV show.
Matches for your search are then sorted by the price, and there will be icons beside the titles that indicate what it is. A channel, movie or TV show. You’ll also be able to click on it to learn more about the title.
Unlike Google TV, Roku does not yet have a stream of content available on your home screen with content it thinks you might want to watch, or live content if you have  Sling TV or Fubo TV. The home screen is still limited to just showing your channels.
Update: On April 30, 2021, YouTube TV was removed from the Roku platform. Due to a carriage dispute between Roku and Google. 
This is one area where the simplicity of Roku actually counts against it. Because if you’re just browsing for something to watch, you need to open different apps to actually find something, instead of just scrolling down the home screen.
Using your voice (via Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa)
While Roku is not a huge tech company like Apple, Amazon or Google, it has done a great job of working with all of their products. Instead of building competitors, Roku wanted to make sure it supports everything. So newer devices support Google Assistant, Amazon Alexa, Google Cast and Apple AirPlay 2. Siri is not supported since it’s not really on third-party devices.
This means that you can use your voice to control your Roku device. Whether that is Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant, both will work with the Roku.
You will need to give Roku access to your Google or Amazon account to use either of these voice assistants. Which can be done in the settings on your TV, or within the Roku app. This is needed because then your Google Assistant or Amazon Alexa won’t know who you are, or have access to your account. As you can do non-TV things on Roku too. Like asking about the Weather, or turning off the lights, etc.
It’s really smart of Roku to support both of the major voice assistants, so that people can use whichever one they want, and still use this set-top box.

Casting and AirPlay 2
As mentioned, Roku does also support Google Cast and Apple AirPlay 2. So depending on whether you are an iPhone user or an Android user, you can still mirror content on your Roku device. This means that you can easily throw a YouTube video from your phone onto the TV.
The only caveat here is that not all apps support this feature. For example, before HBO MAX made its way onto Roku officially, it did not support casting to your Roku device. That has since changed. As HBO MAX is now available on Roku.
There’s free content too
Almost all of the TV Everywhere apps are available on Roku. And those for the OTA channels that you’d get in your area too. Which are free. That includes ABC, NBC, The CW, as well as Pluto TV and Crackle. The Roku Channel is also available, which we’ll talk more about a bit later. These are all free, and supported by ads. So while you’re not paying you will need to sit through some ads.
The Roku Channel
One of the ways that Roku has decided to try and make some money lately, is through The Roku Channel. It houses free content, so you don’t need to pay for it, and it’s available on all of the Roku devices by default.
This channel will give you free content that is ad-supported. Though, usually the majority of this content is older. We’re talking at least a decade old. So you may not find a whole lot of content you want to watch right away on it. But hey, it’s free.
And Roku is continuing to add more content to this channel as well. So the content will continue to grow here. There is also 100 free live TV streaming channels available here. From news providers like ABC News Live, NowThis, Reuters, and USA Today.
The Roku app
The app isn’t a must-have, in our opinion. But it is still nice to have.
With the Roku app, you are able to find channels to install and add to your Roku device. You can also move your channels around and it’ll be reflected on your Roku device.
There is a dedicated tab for the Roku Channel as well. So you can see what’s playing, and of course have it start playing on your TV.
Perhaps the best feature of the app is that it can be used as a remote. So if you lost your physical remote, you can use the app to control your TV. It can also make it a whole lot easier to search for something to watch, as you have a touchscreen keyboard, instead of moving the cursor left to right to pick each letter on the TV.
Finally, you can enable private listening by pairing a pair of headphones to the app, and still play it on the TV. Which is pretty neat. And surprisingly, there’s no lag there either.
What Roku devices are available to buy?
Roku devices range from around $20 all the way up to $100. Each offering different features. For example, the cheapest ones do not offer up 4K HDR support, while the more expensive ones do. And the most expensive one also has Dolby Atmos support. You can check out the latest sales on Roku devices here.
Roku Express

This is the cheapest option currently available. It supports HD streaming, up to 1080p. Which is fine, since most of the streaming services cap at 1080p and the studios are still filming at 720p and if you’re lucky, 1080p. It’s very small, but definitely mighty. At just $30, it’s worth buying for a secondary TV in your home.
Roku Express – Amazon
Roku Streaming Stick+

At $50 normally (though, it is almost always discounted to $40), you can get the Streaming Stick+. Which offers up to 4K HDR streaming, making it future proof for most people. This plugs into the back of your TV, so it does stay out of the way. But this may not be ideal for those that have their TV mounted on their wall.
Roku Streaming Stick+ – Amazon
Roku Ultra

This is the highest-end Roku available, coming in just a penny shy of $100. The Ultra is able to stream at up to 4K HDR quality, and also supports Dolby Atmos and Dolby Vision, and Bluetooth streaming. It also includes a pair of headphones for private listening. Amazing how the remote has a headphone jack, yet your smartphone does not.
Roku Ultra – Amazon
Is it worth it?
Roku is worth it for the sheer amount of channels that it offers. At 3,000 channels, it’s more than any of its competitors. And a big reason for this is because of how popular it is, and the fact that it has a lot of international channels. So you can watch foreign films and TV shows on your Roku device right there, without leaving the country.
Where Roku devices cost as little as $20, and sometimes cheaper during the holidays, it’s a no-brainer to pick one up. Or even get a TV with Roku built-in.
The post Roku: Everything You Need To Know – Updated June 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Razer's Latest Collaboration Is Tailored To Rainbow Six Siege Fans

Razer has teamed up with Ubisoft to release a new version of its popular Blackshark V2 Pro headset. This isn’t Razer’s first collaboration with a franchise to make branded peripherals. And it won’t be the last.
Previous product releases have seen Razer make keyboards, mice, and other headsets that are themed after games like Cyberpunk 2077, Star Wars Battlefront 2, Call Of Duty and more. This time around though Razer is targeting Rainbow Six Siege fans.
Officially called the Razer Blackshark V2 Pro – Six Siege Special Edition, the headset features various design elements that pay homage to the game. From orange-colored accent stitching to the Siege branding adorned on a white and black surface.
Razer and Ubisoft begin selling the new Blackshark V2 Pro today
If you’re crazy about Rainbow Six Siege and want to show it in as many ways as possible, you can grab this headset starting today. Razer says it’s available directly from its own website right now.
There are no new features or functional differences with this version of the headset. In fact it’s identical in that respect to the original Blackshark V2 Pro that Razer launched last year. The only differences are the design, and the price.
While the standard Black version of the Blackshark V2 Pro retails for $180, the Six Siege Special Edition model retails for $200. So you’re paying a slight premium to get the themed version. If that doesn’t bother you, Razer has the headset in stock and is shipping immediately.
You’ll be able to buy the headset from Razer’s retail partners eventually too. Though the company says that it won’t be available at other retailers until sometime in July. It should also be available from its own Razer Stores at that time.
Razer doesn’t mention which retailers will pick up the headset, but you can routinely find the company’s products on Amazon and at Best Buy. So expect to see the new headset from at least one of those two.
This new headset is one of a few new products that Razer revealed this week. On June 13 it unveiled the return of the Blade 14 laptop powered by AMD processors. It also unveiled a new version of the Raptor 27 monitor, and a new GaN charger.
The post Razer’s Latest Collaboration Is Tailored To Rainbow Six Siege Fans appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Sony Is Targeting Holiday 2022 For The PSVR 2 Release

Sony is apparently looking to release the PSVR 2 sometime in the holiday season for 2022. This is according to a new report from Bloomberg, which states that Sony is planning to use OLED panels from Samsung display in its upcoming VR headset.
While the report doesn’t mention much else in terms of the details, a release window is one important factor about the product that consumers would want to know. Even if that release window is a long way off still, it gives interested consumers an idea of when to expect the headset to show up on store shelves.
The timeline makes sense. As the next version of Sony’s PSVR headset needs a PS5 to work. And considering it’s still fairly hard to get one, a later release of the PSVR 2 gives Sony time to reach more customers. By next year’s holiday season, more people will own a PS5. Which is more potential customers for the headset.
A holiday 2022 PSVR 2 release is practical
The timing of the release for Sony’s next headset is certainly practical. If the report is accurate, Sony is giving itself time not only to reach more customers who have a compatible console, but more time to complete development.
The upcoming PSVR headset is probably nowhere near ready. Sony did already confirm that it wasn’t launching in 2021 after all. Sony also still has a lot of information to reveal about the new hardware. So far, Sony has only showed off the new controllers. Which resemble more of what you get with devices like the Oculus Quest 2.
They also incorporate some of the more advanced features that you find in the new DualSense controller for the PS5. Like the advanced haptics and the adaptive triggers. What Sony hasn’t showed off yet is the headset design.
And with a 2022 holiday release there’s plenty of time for Sony to refine the look as much as possible before unveiling it.
The report doesn’t mention anything about price. Nor does it mention any exact dates. But the holiday season starts well before people start unwrapping gifts. So a release is likely to happen sometime in November. It also wouldn’t be surprising to see Sony release the headset around the same time it released the PS5 in 2020.
The post Sony Is Targeting Holiday 2022 For The PSVR 2 Release appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Buy The OnePlus 8T For Just $549

The OnePlus 8T is currently on sale for just $549. Saving you $200 off of the regular price of this smartphone. That is a really great price for the OnePlus 8T, even though the OnePlus 9 series has been out for a few months now.
Both the Aquamarine Green and Lunar Silver colors are available at this price. And since the OnePlus 8T is not offered in other variants, these are both the 12GB/256GB models.
The OnePlus 8T sports a 6.55-inch FHD+ 120Hz display, the Snapdragon 865 chipset, with 12GB of RAM and 256GB of storage. There’s only one model of the OnePlus 8T, so they all have the same RAM and storage capacities. This is powered by a 4500mAh capacity battery, which might seem rather large, it actually isn’t. But should still get you through the day on a single charge, which is good to see.
One thing that the OnePlus 8T left out, however, was wireless charging. You do still get Warp Charge, which is now upgraded to 65W. Which is incredibly fast for a smartphone. And definitely worth utilizing when you need to quickly top up your phone before going out. There is no wireless charging here, but honestly, I’d take faster wired charging over wireless charging any day of the week. Especially since OnePlus’ wireless charging is only 30W, while Warp Charge 65 here is more than double that speed.
OnePlus has also already updated the 8T to Android 11. So you’re getting the latest and greatest from Google and OnePlus with this smartphone. And it’s a really great experience. And it will also get the update to Android 12 fairly soon after it officially launched this fall.
You can pick up the OnePlus 8T from Amazon today by clicking here. But you’d better hurry as this price is likely not going to be good for very long.
OnePlus 8T – Amazon
The post Buy The OnePlus 8T For Just $549 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Opera GX Mobile Browser Is Now Available On Android As A Beta

According to Android Police Opera is finally releasing the Opera GX Mobile browser on Android. The release is a beta, but for any mobile gamers out there who are interested, you can get it. You can download the APK from Opera which they made available just today June 15, 2021.
The Opera GX Mobile browser has the same mission as its desktop version. That mission is to be the best browser for gamers. Just like the desktop Opera GX version, the mobile version gives users a homepage dedicated to gaming news and deals.
So what types of news and deals can users expect? There will be information about upcoming game releases which will help gamers get ready for any launch. There is also a deals aggregator which will easily take users to the deals that interest them. This is shown right under the browser’s search bar, making it hard to miss.
For anyone who is heavily into gaming, those are great features, but there is more to this browser. Users will be able to customize their browser with gaming themes which will sync across to the Opera GX desktop version. For choices of themes, there are four options. Users can choose red, blue, purple, or gray.
Opera GX Mobile browser is the perfect companion for those who use the desktop Opera GX browser

There is also a built-in ad blocker with cryptojacking protection which is a good thing to have. Users will also get end-to-end encryption for the Flow feature. This will allow users to share tutorials or character builds between devices according to Opera.
The Flow feature acts as a messaging space, so having encryption is a great thing. By using flow users can leave themselves notes, send files, and link to anything on the web. Once both browsers become synced users will be able to access these files, notes, and links on both the mobile and desktop versions.
If a user opens a tab on the desktop version that tab will be accessible in the mobile browser as well. This will help create a more seamless experience. Lastly, there will be a dynamic speed dial that adheres to your browsing patterns.
So for the gamers out there who are already utilizing the Opera GX desktop version, using this is a no-brainer. You will have all of your settings sync between the desktop and mobile versions.
For anybody who is looking to use this, you will have to sideload the APK. The process isn’t hard. Just download the file and click on it and you’ll have it installed in no time.

The post Opera GX Mobile Browser Is Now Available On Android As A Beta appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Using Vertical Displays With Chrome OS Is About To Get A Lot Better

Using vertical displays on any OS can be a real pain point but that’s about to get a lot better with Chrome OS, reports suggest. That’s because Chrome OS, as seen on Chromebooks, Chrome sticks, and Chromeboxes, is about to get vertical window snapping. And that snapping is meant explicitly for vertical displays.
What does this actually do for vertical displays showing Chrome OS?
Now, the big change here was spotted in at least two different commits to the Chromium Gerrit. Both are associated with bug reports in the Chromium Bug Tracker.
The first applies to vertical split-screen snap, in clamshell mode, with regard to external monitors or a “dooly” device. So this applies more explicitly to external screens that aren’t part of the build for a Chromebook or other Chrome OS device.  And, summarily, it makes it so that users can snap a window along the top and bottom of the screen.
As Chrome OS currently works, vertical displays or not, windows can only be snapped to the left- or right-hand side. To see that in action, users simply need a window that isn’t maximized to full-screen mode. Then to drag that window all the way to the left- or right-hand side of the screen. The UI will highlight the left or right half of the screen. And when the mouse is released, the selected window will occupy that space.
With the change, users will also be able to snap windows to occupy the lower or upper half of the screen. Saving valuable real estate for content that needs to be shown in a wider format.
The second change applies more directly to vertical displays or monitors for Chrome OS. More directly, by ensuring that external vertical displays are shown with appropriate positioning and interactions for portrait mode. And that behavior is pulled directly from tablet mode, as included on some foldable Chromebooks.
What does this all mean?
The two changes in tandem, while not yet seen even on the test Chrome Canary Channel, will make productivity on vertical displays even better. Namely, by ensuring that a secondary, connected vertical display shows the OS properly. And that the windows on that display can easily be snapped to the top and bottom.
That will, in turn, make window management as that applies to portrait monitors and displays used in combination with widescreen displays, that much easier. Saving users the trouble of trying to multitask in a more manual fashion, as is the case with Windows 10 for example.
The post Using Vertical Displays With Chrome OS Is About To Get A Lot Better appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New Picture Frame Speaker Announced From Ikea And Sonos

A few months ago,  we got wind that Ikea and Sonos were collaborating on an art-centric device. Thanks to an early post on the Ikea website, we now know what that device is. It’s a picture frame speaker that hopes to add a musical spin to your home decor.
The picture frame speaker is called the SYMFONISK and it’s pretty big
The SYMFONISK is a piece of art that you hang on your wall like any other picture. The magic, however, is on the inside. Taking off the front panel reveals the large speaker that’s hiding underneath. This speaker is meant to fill the room with music to go along with the art.
Though it’s called a picture frame, it’s not one in the traditional sense. The entire front panel is the work of art, and it can be swapped out for others. The companies tapped popular artists like Jennifer Idrizi. If this really takes off, there could be a large collection of past and present artists whose art can be swapped.
The SYMFONISK is similar to other smart speakers, and also very different
The SYMFONISK shares qualities with smart speakers from the likes of Google and Amazon. It has to be plugged in to remain powered on. That’s understandable given the size of the speaker. The frame is 25.25 x 17.25 inches, and the speaker underneath is a rather big one.
It also connects to Wi-Fi like other smart speakers. Since it uses Wi-Fi, it will most likely need your phone/tablet to be connected to the same Wi-Fi connection. You will also have to download the proprietary app to control the speaker. There are also physical buttons on the left side of the frame.
The site doesn’t point to Bluetooth as a technology that it uses, but it does indicate AirPlay 2 for those who own an Apple device. It’s also compatible with Spotify Connect, making it possible to stream directly from the Spotify app.
If you buy multiple speakers, you can connect them so that they play in sync. The site doesn’t indicate an upper limit of frames that can be put on the same system. What’s neat is that the devices can be linked directly by wire so that only one speaker has to be plugged in.
Price and availability
The SYMFONISK retails for $199. That’s not a bad price when you consider the fact that this is not only a smart speaker but also a piece of art. Though it’s not exactly an Echo Show, it’s more about aesthetics. This is great for house parties or just kicking back and listening to some music. It will officially go on sale on July 15th.

The post New Picture Frame Speaker Announced From Ikea And Sonos appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Galaxy S21 FE May Have Been Delayed After All

It appears the Galaxy S21 FE launch has been delayed after all. According to a new Korea Herald report, Samsung’s upcoming affordable Galaxy flagship may arrive in September or August this year.
The Galaxy S21 FE was initially expected to be unveiled alongside the Galaxy Z Fold 3, Z Flip 3, Galaxy Watch 4, Watch Active 4, and the Galaxy Buds 2 sometime in August. While all other devices may launch on time, the new flagship killer could now arrive a month or two late.
The new report also claims that a delayed launch of the Galaxy S21 FE is a well-planned decision from Samsung and not forced by component shortages. If you recall, a report earlier this week suggested that the company had to stop the production of the Galaxy S21 FE due to a component shortage. Particularly, the reports mentioned a shortage of battery modules and Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 888 chips. However, when reached out for a comment, Samsung said, “nothing has been determined regarding the alleged production suspension.”
This suggested that the device may still arrive in the previously rumored timeframe of August but it wasn’t to be. However, the delay isn’t caused by component shortages but it’s a business strategy from Samsung. The Korean giant reportedly wants to put some gap between its two foldables and the Galaxy S21 FE. This suggests that the Galaxy Z Fold 3 and the Galaxy Z Flip 3 will both go on sale soon after their official unveiling sometime in August.
Galaxy S21 FE launch delayed, other devices could still arrive in August
There’s a lot of confusion about the launch dates of Samsung’s other upcoming devices as well. Some reports claim the Galaxy Z Fold 3, Galaxy Z Flip 3, Galaxy Watch 4, and Watch Active 4 will all launch on August 3. Meanwhile, some others suggest a later date for their unveiling. What’s consistent about these reports is that all of them say the aforementioned four devices will launch in August.
The latest report coming from South Korea also suggests the same – an August launch but not on August 3. The report further adds that the Galaxy Buds 2 will also break cover during the same online event in a couple of months.  The Galaxy S21 FE, meanwhile, seems certain to miss out on an August launch.
Anyways, we should start seeing official teasers from Samsung for its upcoming devices over the next few weeks. We will keep you updated if any new information emerges in the interim.
The post Galaxy S21 FE May Have Been Delayed After All appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New KB articles published for the week ending 13th June, 2021

Tweet Products Title Published Date Unified Access Gateway VMware Workspace ONE Intelligent Hub for macOS to end support for OS versions below macOS 10.14 Mojave (84024) 09-06-21 VMware Cloud Foundation VMware Workspace ONE Admin Assistant for macOS to end support for OS versions below macOS 10.14 Mojave (84023) 09-06-21 VMware ESXi Workaround Instructions for CVE-2021-3449 … Continued

The post New KB articles published for the week ending 13th June, 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Google Workspace & Google Chat Now Available For Everybody

In a recent development, Google has announced that it is bringing some changes to its Workspace suite of apps. Notably, as per The Verge, the company is making Google Workspace and Google Chat available to everybody.
Meaning, anyone with a Gmail account can access Google Workspace and Google Chat, officially. This is pretty significant as Google claims Workspace apps are used by over 3 billion users! Yes, billion with a “B.”
This new change will allow Gmail users to switch over to a more modern and sophisticated system for Gmail, Docs, and Chat. Users will now see all these features integrated into a single tab.
As noted, users can now open the Chat window on the left side, while the right side is occupied by the spreadsheet. The new changes are also seen to be related to the company’s “Smart Canvas” push.
FYI, “Smart Canvas” interlinks or integrates Google’s various apps into one tab using “Smart Chips.”
There is a new toggle to turn ON Google Chat within the Gmail Settings menu
Google Chat can now be turned on via a new toggle available inside the Gmail Settings menu. As already mentioned, all Gmail users will be able to access it.
Users can now use the direct message feature or join Chat Rooms. However, Google has introduced new terminology for this one. As per Google’s announcement, “evolution of Rooms in Google Chat to Spaces.”
But don’t get confused by a new name. Basically, Spaces is similar to a chat room. It is just a new fancy name to make it sound like something new and exciting.
Besides, Google is not just doing the talking here. It has also introduced new features such as improved message threading, newly added emoji reactions, user roles, tools for moderation, discoverable Spaces.
By the looks of it, it seems like Google wants to project Chat Rooms, i.e. “Spaces” as a competitor to Slack and Discord groups. Google is promising a streamlined interface by this summer for Spaces.
Further, the company has also launched a new tier called “Google Workspace Individual.” It costs $9.99  per month, and it unlocks more features, Workspace tools without the need for an own domain or custom email address.
Finally, Google is also introducing enterprising options. This will allow companies to use their client-side encryption for data, add trust roles for Drive files, and more.
The post Google Workspace & Google Chat Now Available For Everybody appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Dynamic Color For App Icons Might Come To Android 12

The latest Android 12 beta has been out for a little while and people are still discovering new features and settings. One feature, Dynamic Color, is one of the main talking points of the new software. Thanks to a tweet from kdrad0n, we now know that it will extend to the icons as well.
The icons will have a minimalist aesthetic and will change their color based on the wallpaper
Anyone who’s been following this beta should know what Dynamic Color is. The software creates a customer color palette based on the main colors that are in your wallpaper. The color palette is applied to different aspects of the UI like menus, cards, certain Google apps, etc.
Now, it looks like that’s not all that can be affected by the color palette. The aforementioned tweet shows us Dynamic Color for the icons also. App icons will share the color palette that adorns the rest of the UI.
Android achieves this by giving all the icons a flat, monotone, and minimalist design. This is most likely so that the new color palette doesn’t clash with the original colors of the app icons. In some of the screenshots, we see two different modes: one where the icon’s picture is dark while the circular background is light, and we see the reverse. This is probably a setting that you can change.
Dynamic Color for app icons is only for Google apps at the moment
As for which apps will support this, it’s not hard to guess which apps will be supported first. In the screenshots, we only see Google apps. It’s obvious that Googles’s home-grown apps will have this new aesthetic.
If you’re hoping apps like Twitter, Spotify, or other non-Google apps will support Dynamic Color for app icons, then you might be out of luck. There’s no telling if it will eventually make it to other apps at all. If not, then we can probably expect third-party launchers, like Nova, to implement the feature down the road.
Dynamic Color for app icons is still rolling out
A tweet from Quinny gives us a lot of insight as to which apps will support Dynamic Color or app icons. a snapshot was shared which shows the code that’s named “grayscale_icon_map_xml/Formatted text”. Looking down the lines, we see that the code indicates Chrome, Docs, Gmail, Google Maps, Keep, Google Photos, Quick Search, YouTube, Android settings, app settings, Play Games, Magazines, Books, Kids Family Link, and Translate will have their new icons.
Google is probably still in the process of applying the new app icons to more of its apps. We can guess that this will be completely finished by the time that the official update launches. For the time being, Dynamic Color for app icons might not be available for everyone at the moment.
The post Dynamic Color For App Icons Might Come To Android 12 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

June Security Update Rolling Out For Galaxy A50, Z Flip 5G On Sprint

The US carrier variants of Samsung’s Galaxy A50 and Galaxy Z Flip 5G smartphones are starting to receive the June 2021 Android security patch. The new update is currently rolling out for both phones on Sprint’s network. Units on AT&T, Verizon, Xfinity Mobile, and other wireless carriers in the US should also pick up the latest update in the coming days.
The June security update for the Galaxy A50 (SM-A505U) is rolling out with firmware version A505USQUCDUE4. The official changelog doesn’t mention any new features or improvements apart from this month’s security fixes. However, the version number for the new software suggests there could be more to it. Samsung pushed some Quick Share and device stability improvements with the June update for many Galaxy smartphones. The Galaxy A50 could also be receiving these improvements with the latest update on Sprint’s network.
As for the security fixes, there are plenty of those as well. According to the official bulletin, the latest security maintenance release contains fixes for more than five dozen vulnerabilities found on Google’s Android OS and Samsung’s One UI software.
The same security fixes are also rolling out to the Galaxy Z Flip 5G (SM-F707U) on Sprint’s network. The foldable is picking up the new update with firmware version F707USQS2CUE1. But unlike the Galaxy A50, this device isn’t getting any user-facing changes or improvements with the latest update.
Galaxy A50, Galaxy Z Flip 5G get the June security update on Sprint’s network
Samsung has been impressive in releasing the latest available software updates to its Galaxy smartphones and tablets recently. A report earlier this month suggested that the company pushed new software updates for 350 devices (including variants) in May. And it has picked up from where it left this month.
The Korean biggie began rolling out the June security update to its phones much before we entered the current month. Over the past couple of weeks, it has pushed the new update to over 70 Galaxy devices globally. At least a dozen Galaxy smartphones in the US have also picked up the latest security patch. The carrier variants of the Galaxy A50 and the Galaxy Z Flip 5G are now joining this ever-growing list, starting with Sprint units.
If you’re using either of the phones on Sprint’s network, you should now be able to download the new update from your phone’s Settings app. Simply navigate to the Software update menu and tap Download and install. Your phone will connect to the internet and if a new update is available, you will be prompted to download it on the next screen. If there’s no update available, it should reach your phone in the next few days. Galaxy A50 and Galaxy Z Flip 5G users on other US carriers can also expect to receive the June security update soon.
The post June Security Update Rolling Out For Galaxy A50, Z Flip 5G On Sprint appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Photos Locked Folder Is Now Rolling Out To Pixel Owners

Among other things, Google announced a new Locked Folder feature for Google Photos at Google I/O 2021 last month. The company recently said the feature will be rolled out as part of the June Pixel Feature Drop. It’s now starting to appear for some users who have installed the new software. The feature is seemingly rolling out via a server-side update. So even if you have updated your phone, you may not see this feature in your Pixel right away.
Locked Folder for Google Photos now rolling out for some Pixel users
As the name suggests, Locked Folder lets you securely hide your sensitive photos or videos in a passcode or fingerprint-protected folder. Once the feature is live in your Pixel, you will get a “Set up Locked Folder” notification from Google Photos. You can also find the new feature under the Ulitlites menu in the Library tab of the app. Tapping the said notification also takes you to this page.

You can tap “Get started” to initiate the setup process. It lets you use your device’s screen lock or set up a separate passcode. Once you set up the feature, you can start moving your existing photos or videos from your library to the Locked Folder. Those files will be hidden from your Google Photos library, search, and other third-party apps that access your device’s photos.
Items in the Locked Folder won’t even be backed up in the cloud. Moreover, if you move photos or videos that are already backed up, Google will delete them from the cloud. Essentially, the Locked Folder keeps your sensitive photos and videos secure locally in your device. You’ll need to enter the passcode or verify your fingerprint to access them.
As expected, you can’t take screenshots inside the Locked Folder. In fact, you can’t perform any other actions like edit or share, of course. All you can do is either delete the photos or move them out of the Locked Folder.
Save photos to the Locked Folder directly from the camera
If you have the latest, version 8.2.400 of the Google Camera app installed on your Pixel, you can also directly save new photos or videos to the Locked Folder. A new circular icon in the top-right corner of the camera viewfinder lets you select where you want to save the subsequent captures. You can either choose to select them in the “unlocked” Photos gallery or the Locked Folder.
Locked Folder is now rolling out to the Pixel 3, Pixel 4, and Pixel 5 phones. As said before, a server-side update will trigger the feature for you. In the meantime, make sure you have installed the June update and have updated the Google Photos and Google Camera apps to the latest versions.
The locked folder feature for Google Photos will also be coming to Android phones from other OEMs later this year. Perhaps with the stable Android 12 update, we shall see.

The post Google Photos Locked Folder Is Now Rolling Out To Pixel Owners appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Watch E3 2021 – Updated June 12, 2021

E3 is back after a year away, and you’re going to want to watch the event to catch up on all the latest gaming announcements. From big studios like Xbox and Bethesda, which is holding its own showcase, to smaller studios, E3 2021 is shaping up to be a worthwhile event to watch.
The gaming conference will be entirely digital this year. Which means no in-person interviews, no meet and greets, and none of the other stuff that comes along with a physical event. But there will be a ton of new game-related announcements which is the most important thing. Most of the bigger studios will have their own livestream events happening at different times throughout the event. Much like Xbox and Bethesda. But E3 will also have its own livestream going on across all of its social channels too.
When to watch E3

If you’re looking forward to watching E3, then you’ll need the details on when everything is happening. The conference isn’t far off. E3 just started laying out details for the event schedule, so you’ll find all the necessary details right here.
When is E3 taking place?
E3 will be spanning four days beginning June 12, and it will carry on through June 15. Not all of the big shows will be taking place the first day. So plan out your time accordingly if you want to watch things as they happen. Keep in mind all of the showcases will end up being uploaded to official channels, so you should be able to watch things later on too.
E3 2021 Schedule

The schedule for E3 2021 is starting to take shape, though it’s only June 3 and there’s still a week to go before things jump off. Having said that, expect more events to be added later on. At which point this post will be updated to include events that haven’t been announced officially yet.
Thursday, June 10
Summer Game Fest 2021 – The show starts at 11am PT and will go until 2pm PT. It’s being presented by Prime Gaming and is being hosted by Geoff Keighley.
Saturday, June 12
8AM PT – Guerilla Collective Show 2
10AM PT – E3 pre-show broadcast
12PM PT – Ubisoft Forward
2PM PT – Gearbox E3 Showcase
2:45PM PT – GamesBeat Session
Sunday, June 13
8:45AM PT – E3 pre-show broadcast
9:30AM PT – 24 Entertainment’s Naraka: Bladepoint
10AM PT – Xbox and Bethesda games showcase
12:15PM PT – Square Enix Presents
2PM PT – Warner Bros. Games’ Back 4 Blood
2:30PM PT – PC Gaming Show
4PM PT – Future Games Show
Monday, June 14
8AM PT – E3 pre-show broadcast
9AM PT – Verizon
9:45AM PT – Intellivision
10:15AM PT – Take Two Interactive Panel
11:10 AM PT – Mythical Games
12PM PT – Indie Showcase
12:30PM PT – Freedom Games
1PM PT – VENN
2:30PM PT – Capcom
3PM PT – Razer
Tuesday, June 15
8AM PT – E3 pre-show broadcast
9AM PT – Nintendo Direct and Nintendo Treehouse Live (Nintendo Direct will run for about 40 minutes. It will focus exclusively on software from Nintendo, mostly releasing in 2021 for the Nintendo Switch console. Right after the first show, Nintendo Treehouse Live will begin and run for roughly 3 hours. This show will focus on deep dives into a selection of Nintendo games).
2:25PM PT – Bandai Namco Entertainment Inc.
3:30PM PT – Yooreka Studio
3:35PM PT – GameSpot Play For All Showcase
E3 2021 closing – This year’s event will close out with the Official E3 2021 Awards Show.
Where to watch E3 2021

You’ll be able to watch the official E3 2021 broadcasts through all of E3’s official channels via YouTube, Twitch, Twitter, and Facebook.
The post How To Watch E3 2021 – Updated June 12, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best TVs For The Xbox Series X & PS5 – Updated June 11, 2021

Almost more important than the consoles themselves, are the TVs, because to play games on the Xbox Series X and the PS5, you’ll need a TV to hook them up to, and you’ll want one of the best ones if you want the experience to be optimal.
You could also use a monitor, but since PS5 won’t support native 1440p, which is what a lot of people are using for PC monitors these days, we’re not including them. We’ve put together a list of the best TVs for the Xbox Series X and the PS5 so you have an excellent gaming experience to go along with that shiny new console.
That being said, if you have a TV you plan to connect your Xbox Series X or PS5 to, that TV will certainly work. But some people may need to upgrade if they want to get the most out of the graphics features that each new console supports.
There are quite a few options for TVs out there that could work pretty well for games, but there’s more choices than you can shake a stick at which could make this a dizzying experience for some. This guide will help you weed out any TVs that really aren’t meant for or optimal for use on a gaming console. Which in the end makes your job as a consumer much easier.
Best TVs for the Xbox Series X and PS5 – Summary
Below you’ll find a summary of all the TVs we selected in an easy to read table with the name/model of each TV. If you’re short on time or simply want to get straight to looking at the TVs, you’ll also find the cost, and where to buy each TV along with the links to get to those retailers.
 
TV
Cost
Where To Buy
TCL 6-Series
From $799
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy
Sony X900H
From $1,298
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
LG NanoCell 85 Series
From $647
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
LG NanoCell 90 Series
From $947
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy
Samsung Q70T Series
From $898
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
LG CX OLED
From $1,279
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
Samsung Q80T Series
From $998
Amazon, B&H, Walmart
Hisense H9 Quantum Series
From $750
Amazon, Best Buy
Vizio P-Series
From $1,799
Amazon, Walmart
Sony Z8H
From $3,998
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy
Best TVs for the Xbox Series X and PS5 – List
While the above table is a more simplistic list of each TV we’ve selected, every TV can also be found below. Instead of just listing the models of the best TVs for the Xbox Series X and PS5 along with links to buy and what they cost, we’ve also put out some short descriptions that explain why we chose these TVs.
Most of these options will come with support for VRR (Variable Refresh Rate, which you probably should be considering), and a native refresh rate of at least 120Hz. All the TVs vary in price range as well, and we aren’t limiting our selections to just 65-inch models.
All the prices listed are the starting costs of each model as well. Which in most cases is going to mean the smallest display out of all available options. Generally around 48-inches or 49-inches.
TCL 6 Series

Price: From $799
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy
We’re kicking things off with the 6 Series TVs from TCL. Aside from being a smart TV running on the Roku TV technology, the TCL 6 Series 2020 model features 4K UHD resolution, and QLED technology which will help pictures display with brighter colors.
It also supports up to 120 fps for the refresh rate. Though it is important to note, that 120 will only be supported for 1440p and 1080p. As long as you have the Game Mode enabled. If you’re gaming in 4K, the refresh rate drops to 60 fps. So that’s something to keep in mind.
Having said that, the TV does support VRR, which is going to be available on the Xbox Series X and PS5 if the user has a TV that also supports it, making this one of the best TVs to have for either console.
This is also one of the better priced TVs on this list, so if price is a factor for you, this might be one of the best options for taking advantage of all the new visual benefits of each new console. and without spending thousands of dollars.
Sony X900H

Price: From $1,298
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
If you’re going with a PS5, then you may want to keep the TV brand in-house. Sony’s new X900H TV comes in a few different sizes and offers features specifically designed to take advantage of the PS5.
This is definitely one of the best TVs for the PS5 and the Xbox Series X due to not only 4K UHD resolution, but the ability to play games at that resolution with up to 120 fps. It also supports VRR, though Sony is sending that out to the TVs with a software update and that may not be available just yet.
According to Sony that update is coming at a later date. While the update that enables the 120 fps at 4K resolution should have already started rolling out to TV units. Which means people that buy this in the near future, or even now, should have the capability to play at 120 in 4K as soon as they get their PS5.
One thing this TV may have over many other options is the input lag. According to Sony the X900H has an input lag of 7.2ms. Which is extremely low. That being said, Sony also highlights that this testing was done internally with optimal conditions.
So it’s highly likely that the input lag will vary for you and may not be this good. Still, even as internal testing, that makes this a promising TV option for the best gaming experience.
Of course Sony’s TVs can be a little more pricey, so you’re going to pay more for those extra benefits. The TV also supports HDMI 2.1 and runs on Android TV software for the smart TV capabilities you may want.
LG NanoCell 85 Series

Price: From $647
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
If you’re looking for a TV with low input lag, consider the LG NanoCell 85 series TVs. These are going to be one of the best TVs for use with the Xbox Series X and PS5 because of the input lag, though that isn’t the only reason.
According to RTINGS, the LG NanoCell 85 series TVs have an input lag of 5.2ms at 4K and 120 fps when the TV is in Game Mode. The TV gets slightly different results at different resolutions and different frame rates. But across the board it’s pretty comparable.
In addition to the low input lag, which is one of the lowest of any TV on this list, the TV supports VRR, though it was said that it doesn’t work properly. Your results may vary here in this regard.
The other nice thing about the LG NanoCell 85 series is that if you go for the 49-inch model, it’s the lowest priced TV on this list. And after you just spent hundreds on your new console, accessories, and games, saving money on a TV isn’t a bad thing.
LG NanoCell 90 Series

Price: From $947
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy
There’s a lot of similarities between the NanoCell 90 and the NanoCell 80, including the support for VRR, a Game Mode, and pretty low input lag.
Speaking of the input lag, while it is pretty comparable to the NanoCell 80, the 90 series unfortunately has a significantly higher input lag when at 4K resolution with the 120 refresh rate. Where the 80 series was at 5.2ms, the 90 series is rated 22.9ms. So it’s not ideal.
Thankfully the input lag is still incredibly low when the resolution is set to 1080p or 1440p with the refresh rate at 120. Keep in mind that this is with Game Mode active. And you’ll want to have it active at any point you’re playing games on the Xbox Series X or PS5.
The NanoCell 90 also comes in multiple sizes, including 55-inch and going all the way up to 86-inch.
Samsung Q70T Series

Price: From $898
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
Samsung has been ramping up its efforts to make a lot of its products like TVs and smartphones more workable for gaming. Its latest Q series TVs, specifically the Q70T and Q80T, are equipped with gaming modes that allow for 120 native refresh rates, VRR, and high resolution for picture quality.
They also feature some decent input lag though it appears that this TV in particular may not have the capability to do 4K gaming at 120fps. So you’ll want to keep that in mind.
The TV also supports AMD FreeSync, and it has Alexa built-in if you wanted access to some hands-free features.
LG CX OLED

Price: From $1,279
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Walmart
There are more than a few features that matter when it comes to picking a TV for gaming. One of the best TVs, if not the best tv for gaming on the Xbox Series X and PS5, is the LG CX OLED series TV.
Not only does it come with VRR, 4K resolution, a refresh rate of 120 fps, and a bright and colorful display panel, but it has a really good input lag. The lower the input lag, the less time it takes for what you press on your controller to be visibly displayed on the TV screen.
You’re looking at around 13.6ms for both 1080p and 4K resolutions when you’re in Game Mode. So no matter which one you use at any given time the input lag for your gaming session will be low.
That’s a huge benefit, though all of that and the other features do make this TV a bit more expensive. Worth keeping in mind is that the price we have listed here is for the 55-inch model. If you want one that has a larger screen, the price jumps up significantly.
That of course isn’t the lowest input lag on this list.
Samsung Q80T Series

Price: From $998
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Walmart
For the most part, the Q80T and the Q70T are pretty similar with a few differences in features. The Q80T is the nicer of the two, and it also comes in more sizes including 49-inch, 50-inch, 55-inch, 65-inch, 75-inch, and 85-inch. Meanwhile the Q70T only comes in 55-inch, 65-inch, 75-inch, 82-inch, and 85-inch. So there’s no option for the smaller panels on that one.
The Q80T also comes with Direct Full Array 12x in everything but the 49-inch model which has Direct Full Array 8x. Whereas the Q70T has DualLED for the backlighting instead.
The Q80T also an ultra wide viewing angle compared to a wide viewing angle, and Objective Tracking Sound. It also supports 4K resolution at 120fps for games, VRR, and a fairly low input lag, though not the lowest of any TV on this list. More accurately, it’s towards the top but there are still a few options with lower input lag that you could go for.
Hisense H9 Quantum Series

Price: From $700
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy
This is the only TV on this list which doesn’t support VRR. So if you want a TV that has that then there are better options that we’ve chosen. That being said, the H9 Quantum does come in a 55-inch size and it has a 120Hz refresh rate.
So it at least has that. It’s also pretty affordable at $699.
If you’re looking to get into something that’s 4K UHD and comes with a 120Hz refresh rate then you can’t go wrong here. However, the LG NanoCell 85 series can be picked up in a 55-inch TV size as well, and it comes with VRR and for the same price.
Vizio P Series

Price: From $1,799
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
At around $1,800 the P Series Quantum from Vizio is hardly a cheap buy. In fact some of the other TVs might be a better option (like Sony’s X900H which is cheaper and is designed with the PS5 in mind) but this is still a good one to consider.
The P Series has VRR, a 120Hz refresh rate, 4K UHD resolution and ALLM. The price listed here is also for the 65-inch model, though it does come in other sizes as well.
It comes with a really low input lag too, and it also offers support for Dolby Vision and it comes with HDMI 2.1 ports.
Sony Z8H

Price: From $3,998
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy
Rounding out this list is the big boy from Sony. This is Sony’s top-tier TV for the PS5 with an 8K HDR panel along with the same Game Mode features that are found on the X900H.
That means a 120 refresh rate, VRR, and more. Worth noting is that the VRR is not going to be available on the TV right away. Just like with the X900H, Sony is sending this out with an update to the software. If they have the same time frame for release, then owners can probably expect the update that enables VRR to come around at a later date.
This is unfortunate given that the PS5 launches on November 12. But at least the 120 fps should be available for the PS5 right out of the box.
All that side, this is one of a handful of 8K TVs out there on the market. So that alone is going to make this a fairly expensive TV to pick up just for gaming. Especially when you consider all the other options on here that can play games just as well.
What you’re paying for is the 8K capabilities. And right now there aren’t going to be any games that have 8K output. If you want to stick with Sony, the X900H is a great option, and it probably has much better input lag times if Sony’s own numbers are accurate.
The post Top 10 Best TVs For The Xbox Series X & PS5 – Updated June 11, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Chromebook Update Cycle Is Changing Massively, For The Better

Chromebook users who love new features are going to love the update cycle changes Google has planned for the Chrome OS platform. That’s because, based on recent reports, the cycle is going to get a whole lot shorter sooner than later.
In fact, as of Chrome OS 96, the cycle will be as short as every four weeks. For comparison, the current upcoming jump from Chrome 92 on July 27 to Chrome OS 93 on September 7 is much longer. A total of 42 days, based on the current six-week-average schedule. Whereas every four weeks puts the updates at every 28 days.
The underlying goal, according to Google, is to evolve Chrome OS for the “next decade” to help users get things done. And, more directly, to keep the OS helpful and secure.
Enterprise and Education are getting massive changes too
As part of this fundamental shift in its approach to the Chrome browser, Google is also splitting off enterprise and education variants. Namely, by creating an entirely new channel for milestone updates.
Prior to this change, there were four channels for Chrome OS to operate on.  Those are the user-ready Stable Channel, beta Dev and Beta Channels, and the experimental and unstable Canary Channel.
With the new Channel for only the biggest milestone updates in place, the platform will be much more stable for enterprise and education users. Especially since those updates will only arrive every six months. Presumably, that’s unless security or privacy issues warrant more frequent updates.
This update cycle change for Chromebook will come later than for other platforms
Of course, Chrome OS is going to be late to the game for this change. Android, Linux, Mac, and Windows will see Chrome update cycles change as early as Chrome 94. And the Chromebook platform will even be skipping Chrome OS 95 as part of its regular update cycles. That’s so that Google can catch the platform up after years of lagging behind on version updates by two weeks or longer.
After the update to the newest cycle, Chrome OS will remain on par with Chrome on other platforms.
The post The Chromebook Update Cycle Is Changing Massively, For The Better appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Gboard Gains Android 12's "Dynamic Color" Feature

The latest Android 12 beta is proving to be a popular one. As we discover more about this latest update, we’re seeing new features and UI designs pop up. A new addition that was just discovered is Dynamic Color for Gboard.
Dynamic Color for Gboard can be toggled in the settings
One of the main talking points of Android 12 is the Dynamic Color feature. It’s an interesting facet of Material You. Basically, it takes the prominent colors in your wallpaper and changes the color palette of your UI based on those colors. Menus, cards, and certain Google apps will have a new look to them when the wallpaper is changed.
Folks who like to use and customize their Gboard should love this feature. Dynamic Color for Gboard has just been spotted by 9To5Google. In the screenshots, we see a Gboard adorned in a few different color palettes.
As per the Gboard color scheme, most of the board is one color, while the accented keys, (the “123” key, space bar, enter key, and top row carrot) have a darker color. In the screenshots, we see green, light blue, and peach color Gboards that follow this scheme. The black Gboard is an exception as its accented keys are a light green against the black background.
If you want your keyboard to remain one color and not change with the wallpaper, then don’t despair. This is a setting that can be toggled on and off. In the menu where you customize your Gboard, you will see Dynamic Color as an option. Users can still have control over their keyboard’s look and feel.
This change to Gboard comes as no surprise. Recently, Google released an update that changed the look of Gboard to a more round and cartoonish look. It has a rounded, pill-shaped, space bar and rounded accent keys. This reflects the rounded and bubbly aesthetic of Android 12 in general.
Android 12 is said to be the most popular beta to date
Whenever a new Android beta launches, people clamor to get their hands on it. Since the beta program has become something of a yearly holiday, it’s no shocker that it gets a lot of attention. Just recently, it was stated that this beta is the most downloaded one ever.
This statement was made by VP of Engineering, Dave Burk. He announced this news via a tweet. While this is interesting, there’s no proof or hard data to back this claim up.
The claim was followed by a reminder that the beta is still out, so this could have been an empty claim to gather more downloads. Hopefully, some solid numbers will pop up that show how many people have downloaded the update in the future.  The beta is available for free and you can get it on devices as old as the Pixel 3.

The post Gboard Gains Android 12’s „Dynamic Color” Feature appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Share Link-To-Text In Chrome With Stylized Chrome WebNotes Snippets

Google is planning some big changes for its direct link-to-text fragment feature in Chrome, via a new snippets feature dubbed “WebNotes Stylized.”
First spotted by Chrome Story,  stylized WebNotes in Chrome gives users a new way to share snippets of text via a link. Namely, by allowing users to share an image file of the text as a quote. When that image file gets clicked, it sends users to the page where the text was linked from. And, as with the previous link-to-text fragment feature, directly to the segment of the page that contains the quote.
WebNotes stylized are in the Chrome share menu on Android
As of this writing, one of the biggest differences is that the new feature doesn’t seem to work anywhere but on Android. And even on that platform, it’s only available in Chrome Canary, tucked behind an experimental flag setting. So users need Chrome Canary downloaded. Then they’ll need to navigate to “chrome://flags” and search for and enable “WebNotes stylized” before accessing it.
Once activated and once Chrome Canary has been closed and reopened or restarted, the feature is still not right out in the open. Instead, users need to highlight text and then choose the “Share” option. A new option appears in the resulting menu. Specifically, an option that’s labeled, “Stylize highlight.”
A tap or click on that reveals quote image options. And a tap on “Next” after scrolling over the desired option reopens the share menu for the selected option.
This is still experimental for now
As noted above, this feature is still tucked behind a hidden flag setting. So it’s still experimental. But that does provide some insight into when Google might release it. At the earliest, the new feature will arrive in Chrome 93. Since that’s the current version of Chrome Canary. That’s slated to arrive in late August.

The post Share Link-To-Text In Chrome With Stylized Chrome WebNotes Snippets appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

League Of Legends Goes 2D In This New Netflix Trailer Featuring Jinx

League Of Legends creator Riot Games continues to expand the League of Legends empire, releasing the latest trailer for its upcoming animated series headed to Netflix.
The trailer, titled Arcane which is also the name of the League Of Legends animated series, features Jinx. A popular character known for her Harley Quinn-like demeanor. Jinx is portrayed in a very different light in the trailer though.
Gone is her zany, quirky attitude. In its place is a frame of mind dominated by feelings of anger, sadness, anxiety, and rage. All things that Jinx is commonly not associated with. But that’s the beauty of this animates series. As Riot seeks to build out some of the background for the characters in its mega hit game.
The series, or at least this trailer and its predecessors, is supposed to be more of an origin story. Bringing viewers into the fold on how, and perhaps why Jinx became the Jinx that players know and love.
Jinx has a score to settle in the latest League Of Legends Animated Series Trailer
Sibling rivalry is a tale as old as time. One sibling gets all the attention while the other maybe gets picked on. Which sometimes results in the latter sibling feeling less important.
That’s not necessarily what’s going on in this trailer. But you do get a sense of emotion building up, stemming from something traumatic. Intense emotion. Bubbling up from the very core until Jinx finally unleashes her fury onto a boxing machine in a flurry of kicks and punches.
All while recalling what seems like painful memories of her and her sister Vi. If you haven’t watched the trailer yet you can view it above. And you definitely should as it helps to set the stage for possibly more trailers, and the story of the series itself.
The series will land on Netflix this Fall

Neither Riot nor Netflix has set an exact date for release yet. But the series will be dropping on Netflix sometimes this Fall. So the arrival isn’t too far off.
Although there is still a lot that’s unknown about Arcane, this latest trailer paints the picture for what the main arc of the story is going to be. A rivalry between Jinx and Vi. You can also watch the initial announcement trailer here, as well as the dev diary about the series below, which delves deep into various elements of the show from the story to the setting.

The post League Of Legends Goes 2D In This New Netflix Trailer Featuring Jinx appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Reverses Decision To Kill Full-Length URLs In Chrome

In an apparent bid to satisfy its users, Google has now decided not to kill full-length URLs in Chrome. That’s based on a recent report from Android Police, after a change in the Chromium bug tracker was spotted.
The change details the decision to end the experiment. Namely, pointing to the fact that simplifying URLs didn’t improve security for users to any significant degree.
Why did Google want to kill full-length Chrome URLs and what did that do?
Now, Google was initially changing the way Chrome displays URLs by effectively removing all but the domain name from view. So, for a site like Android Headlines, only ‘androidheadlines.com’ would have been shown.
That should have, the company argued, made it easier for users to avoid scams. Especially since it would be easier to spot red flags in the domain, such as any misspellings. For instance, the user could more easily see that a scam website was showing “androideadlines.com” instead of “androidheadlines.com.”
That change has been through multiple iterations since it was first introduced. The most recent was arguably the most useful since a click to highlight the URL showed the entire URL instead of just the domain. But the feedback from users was also not entirely positive, despite that Google left an option to show the full URL. Specifically, via a right-click on the URL Omnibox and by a click or tap on “Always show full URLs.”
With Google deciding to kill the experiment entirely, though, full-length URLs have returned to Chrome. The company did leave at least one change in place, however. The URL still does not show the “HTTPS://” segment of the domain name. Likely because Google has shifted to pushing the more secure protocol to default now.
You should already see this change in place
As to when this change will be enacted, it appears to have already begun its rollout on the server-side for the latest version of Chrome. So users shouldn’t need to worry about changing any hidden flag settings or adjusting any other Chrome options.
The post Google Reverses Decision To Kill Full-Length URLs In Chrome appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Huawei Plans On Making Self-Driving Cars By 2025

Huawei is still not out of the hot seat with the American government. President Biden has continued the Trump era ban on the company, but that doesn’t seem to be stopping the Chinese tech giant from moving forward. An executive at Huawei stated that the company is in the works of developing a completely driverless passenger car. Huawei’s self-driving car won’t be out for some time, however.
Plans for Huawei’s self-driving car are still in the beginning stages
This story was spotted by Gizmochina. Most people outside of China know Huawei as a premium smartphone manufacturer. Because of this, many people think that the US sanction that was placed on the company last year spells “Game Over.” The reality is that Huawei is one of the largest tech companies in the world. It manufactures a multitude of electronic devices and components for different markets.
The next market that Huawei is looking to make a splash in is the self-driving car market. The executive, Wuan Jun, said that they want to ‘reach true driverless passenger cars in 2025.” Now, it’s hard to say whether they plan to have a consumer product on the roads by 2025 or merely have the groundwork done by then. In any case, we can bet that the company has zero plans on launching any of their cars in the states.
It seems that self-driving car technology is a hot topic for tech companies nowadays. Companies like Tesla, Google, LG, and Xiaomi, just to name a few, are investing in the technology in some way. It’s unclear just what aspect of self-driving cars Huawei is focusing on. The company will undoubtedly have to partner with an existing car manufacturer to put their car together.
The software powering the car may possibly already exist
Huawei’s self-driving car may very well be another conduit to showcase Harmony OS. The company recently stated that it plans to launch the operating system to over 100 devices by 2022. While it’s software that we’re going to be seeing hit phones and tablets first, the company plans on having it exist across different types of devices. This includes devices like smartwatches, smart displays, and smart TVs.
This is, of course, speculation so take this with a grain of salt. The current situation that it’s facing with America has forced the company to make some tough decisions. Huawei had to quickly develop an entire operating system in order to keep its smartphone business from imploding. The company’s shift to self-driving cars is most likely a side-effect of the sanctions. As more companies dive into the self-driving car market, it’ll be exciting to see Huawei’s own take on the technology.
The post Huawei Plans On Making Self-Driving Cars By 2025 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Ciri Seeks Understanding In The Witcher Season 2's First Teaser

In addition to the announcement of WitcherCon, Netflix has just released a teaser for The Witcher season 2. The teaser is a very short TV spot for the show so you don’t get a full trailer. At least not yet.
It does its job though and it does it well. What’s the job? To get people excited about the upcoming second season of one of Netflix’s most popular shows of all time. And it seems to do that with very little effort.
Netflix Geeked tossed up the teaser clip on its Twitter page about an hour ago at the time of writing, and it’s already amassed around 4.8k likes. Suffice it to say that fans definitely seem excited for what’s to come. In addition to this teaser, there’s a chance there will be more teasers shown at WitcherCon when it kicks off next month. So that’s something fans of the show are going to want to catch.
The Witcher season 2 teaser gives another look at Ciri
Ciri may not be the leading character in the show, but she is a focal point and a character that’s central to the overall story. In the teaser, you sort of get a more in-depth look at how Ciri plays into the expansion of the story for the show’s second season.
Many of the show’s main characters will be played by the same people from the first season. This includes Ciri, played by Freya Allan. Henry Caville will also reprise his role as Geralt of Rivia, and Anya Charolta will once again play Yennefer.
The second season will also see a collection of new characters coming in. Including Peaky Blinders’ Paul Bullion, and Kristofer Hivju, who plays Tormund Giantsbane in Game Of Thrones.
Netflix will premiere the second season of The Witcher at some point this year but it hasn’t announced an official date yet. But it wouldn’t be surprising to see it premiere later rather than sooner. However, season 2 filming was wrapped up back in the beginning of April of this year. So it’s possible the show could pop up in the near future. Perhaps sometime around WitcherCon?

Lost in the woods no more. Meet Ciri in #TheWitcher Season 2. #GeekedWeek pic.twitter.com/zIweEHxtYw
— Netflix Geeked (@NetflixGeeked) June 11, 2021

The post Ciri Seeks Understanding In The Witcher Season 2’s First Teaser appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Geralt Meets Geralt At The Recently Announced WitcherCon In July

CD Projekt Red is partnering up with Netflix and has just announced WitcherCon, a global virtual event happening in July to celebrate the world of The Witcher.
Geralt meets Geralt at this upcoming event which focuses on the both the games and the Netflix series adaption of the franchise. So viewers will get to see a lot of content on both. Since the event is virtual the whole thing will be livestreamed. And fans will be able to catch the streams on YouTube and Twitch via both Netflix and CD Projekt Red’s own channels. So you’ll have four places to watch.
CD Projekt Red and Netflix will present WitcherCon on July 9
WitcherCon is happening on July 9 and both Netflix and CD Projekt Red will be presenting the event live. You’ll be able to catch the streams on the YouTube and Twitch channels of both companies.
In addition to having the streams across four channels, there will also be two streams. There will be one happening in the morning and one happening in the evening. But, according to CD Projekt Red you’ll want to watch both.
The reason being that each stream apparently has some unique and exclusive content that “you won’t want to miss.” Whether this refers to new clips and teasers from the second season of The Witcher or something else is unclear. But since each stream is fairly far apart you should easily be able to catch both if you have the day free.
The first stream begins at 10AM PT while the second stream happens at 6PM PT.
There will not be a new Witcher game announced during the event
CD Projekt Red makes this pretty clear. Just in case there’s any confusion. There will not be a new Witcher game announced at the event.
This is even stated on the landing page for WitcherCon. Presumably because CD Projekt Red doesn’t want fans to get their hopes up or go into the event with unrealistic expectations. So it’s nipping things in the bud very early on by assuring fans that they aren’t announcing a new game for the franchise.
That doesn’t mean of course that there will be no more Witcher games. There likely will be. But none will be showing up at WitcherCon. There will still be a lot of cool content to see though. Including deep dives into the making of the games, the Netflix show, upcoming anime series, and merchandise.
There will also be interactive panels with the people who helped bring the game and the show to life, as well as explorations into the lore, legends, monsters and more.

We teamed up with @WitcherNetflix to bring the world of The Witcher into your homes! Power up your megascopes on July 9th and join us for an epic online celebration of the franchise, #WitcherCon! pic.twitter.com/6RlGL5mPox
— The Witcher (@witchergame) June 11, 2021

The post Geralt Meets Geralt At The Recently Announced WitcherCon In July appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get Your First Look At Elden Ring Gameplay In This New Trailer

Elden Ring finally has a release date. Today at Summer Game Fest 2021 happening as part of E3 2021, Bandai Namco and FromSoftware showed off the first piece of footage for Elden Ring since the game’s surprise announcement a few years ago.
In its initial reveal, a release date for Elden Ring was left off the table. Instead players eager to step into the world of the next FromSoftware game were treated only to a cinematic. That did well to paint the picture of what was to come.
But with nary a peep until now, fans have been chomping at the bit to get any information at all about the game’s progress. Thanks to Summer Game Fest’s Geoff Keighley, players get both a release date and some actual gameplay footage.
Elden Ring has a planned release date of January 21, 2022
If you’re a fan of the FromSoftware games like Dark Souls 1-3, Demon Soul’s, and Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice (which is still on our Top 10 Best PC Games list), then you’re probably finding it hard to contain your excitement for Elden Ring.
As this is the next game coming out of FomrSoftware, you can expect it to be a challenge for many players. Who will no doubt grossly miscalculate their safety at numerous moments throughout their first playthrough. In addition to a launch date, the new trailer also reveals what the gameplay is like.
There’s about three minutes of solid footage. Showing off everything from character abilities to weapons to some of the ghastly horrors you’ll face during your adventure.
There’s also a bit of dialogue. Though nothing that really seems to lay out what the game’s story will be about. If you want to check out the trailer for yourself, you can view it below.
If you’re wanting to pre-order the game, you can do that too as pre-orders went live right after the trailer. Pre-orders for Elden Ring are live at Amazon, Walmart, Target GameStop and other retailers.
Elden Ring Pre-Order

The post Get Your First Look At Elden Ring Gameplay In This New Trailer appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Will Change Chromebook Alt Key Shortcuts By Chrome OS 93

Google has been prepping to change the function of the ‘alt’ key on the Chromebook platform for years. And now it’s apparently finally getting around to making that change. That’s based on recent reports, highlighting changes made to the underlying code in the Chromium Gerrit.
How will this change to the Chromebook ‘alt’ key function impact end-users?
In short, the company is remapping some ‘alt’ key functionality to the “Everything Button.” That’s the magnifying glass icon-embued Search key. And that includes remaps for “Home, End, PageUp, PageDown, Insert,” and “Delete” according to the most recent commits to the Chromium Gerrit. So, for example, pressing ‘alt’ and then the backspace key will no longer perform the delete function. Instead, that will require a press of the “Everything Button” and the backspace key.
Similarly, the ‘alt + touchpad’ function will no longer be usable for instituting a right-click action. Or a number of other shortcuts, although some will still work.
Users who try to use the then-deprecated shortcuts will be informed that the shortcuts no longer work. At least for some of the shortcuts, Chrome OS will inform users that they need to use the alternate keyboard shortcuts. And that will likely continue through at least one more update, giving users time to adapt to the change.
When is this change incoming?
Now, the change in shortcut functionality using the ‘alt’ key on a Chromebook isn’t just around the corner. As noted above, it’s been known to be in the works since 2019 at least. And in the Chromium Gerrit, it is impacting Chrome OS 93.
That’s not due for a full release on the Stable Channel until September 7. And that’s just when the rollout will start, with no guarantee it will be rolled out widely. So there’s plenty of time before the change arrives.

The post Google Will Change Chromebook Alt Key Shortcuts By Chrome OS 93 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Gearbox Reveals A Fantasy-Based Borderlands With Magic Coming In 2022

Any fan of the looter shooter genre will be familiar with Borderlands, and Gearbox just revealed a game featuring characters from the series, called Tiny Tina’s Wonderlands, via a new trailer that gives you just a peek into the title.
The reveal for Tiny Tina’s Wonderlands is part of Summer Game Fest 2021, happening right now as part of E3 this year. While this isn’t actually tied to the Borderlands games directly, it does feature at least one main character from Borderlands 2 and Borderlands 3, Tiny Tina.
It has a strong focus on using spell casting and other new elements that aren’t available in any of the Borderlands titles. The game will also explore new mechanics and other features that Borderlands players will be “sure to love.”
You can watch the Tiny Tina’s Wonderlands trailer below
Tiny Tina’s Wonderlands isn’t coming until 2022, but there’s still plenty you can learn about the game right now. Aside from its launch next year, the game will feature a large list of star power. With characters being voiced by Andy Samberg, Will Arnett, and Wanda Sykes. Ashly Burch will also reprise her role as Tiny Tina.
Tiny Tina’s Wonderlands will see the player embark on a quest to defeat a dragon lord. Which is about as much of the story as players will get at this point in time. Gearbox hasn’t shared a whole lot about the game just yet. And there’s not much to see on the game’s landing page.
But during its reveal some information is offered up. Burch, who handled the announcement, states that Tiny Tina’s Wonderlands is a completely standalone game. And it’s not a new Borderlands title. Though it is certainly a spin-off game that draws inspiration from the Borderlands world in some ways.
Although Gearbox isn’t giving out a whole lot of information on the game just yet, it’s supposed to launch in “early” 2022. So it will likely share more information about the game soon. In fact, Gearbox has an E3 2021 showcase happening at 2PM PT on Saturday, June 12. So it’s possible there will be more details about it then.
The post Gearbox Reveals A Fantasy-Based Borderlands With Magic Coming In 2022 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Xbox Game Pass Subscribers Will Get Free Disney Plus Trial

This week the Xbox team confirmed that Game Pass subscribers will get free access to Disney Plus. And just in case you were wondering, now may be the perfect time take Xbox up on its offer.
There are of course some caveats to the whole deal. As is usually the case with most promotions. Keep this in mind going forward just in case you’re excited to start streaming content through Disney Plus at no charge.
The news of this new promotion comes straight from the Xbox Game Pass official Twitter on June 8, via Tech Radar who spotted a tease for the promotion back on June 7. In the tease, the teams says it was prepared to make a “big flashy video to announce the new perk.” And that instead, it “decided to go with something more….. lowkey.” The lowkey word use being a reference to the new MCU show on Disney Plus featuring Loki, the Asgardian God of Mischief.
The show Loki also just aired its first episode on June 9. And with two other MCU shows having wrapped up their first (and possibly only) season, it’s a good time to be a Disney Plus subscriber.
 

At first we were going to make this big flashy video to tease the next Xbox Game Pass Ultimate Perk but in the end we decided to go with something a little more… Lowkey
— Xbox Game Pass (@XboxGamePass) June 7, 2021

The Disney Plus trial requires a subscription to Xbox Game Pass Ultimate
Xbox Game Pass is available in a few different variations, but only one of them gets access to this new perk.
You’ll need to subscribe to Xbox Game Pass Ultimate if you want to partake in the free Disney Plus trial. What’s more is that you can’t already be a subscriber of Disney Plus. So if you already have access, this won’t apply to you. And you won’t simply get a free month.
Xbox Game Pass Ultimate costs $14.99 a month, compared to the $9.99 you pay for the other two versions, which are for console and PC respectively.
Another notable detail is that the trial is only for one free month. So you won’t get access at no cost forever as part of Xbox Game Pass. Which is too bad, because that would be a screaming deal.
The post Xbox Game Pass Subscribers Will Get Free Disney Plus Trial appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Chromebook Notifications Will Finally Get The UI Update They Deserve

Notifications on the Chromebook platform are about to get a major usability overhaul via a brand new UI update. That’s based on a recent report from Android Police, which noticed those efforts underway in the Chromium Gerrit code repository.
More succinctly, the new code points to preparations for a complete rework of the Chromebook notifications system. Namely, by adding a feature flag that will activate the feature later on. Those are typically found in the “chrome://flags” menu, once completed or nearing completion.
So what will this new Chromebook notifications UI look like?
The change itself doesn’t provide too many details. But it does reference another bit of code that provides much wider insights.
Summarily, the new notification experience will deliver a completely new UI and grouping. With neither given much explanation. Presumably, the UI overhaul will work to create a more unified experience between mouse, trackpad, and touchscreen users. And grouping will likely deliver some separation between notifications. Potentially placing them together based on purpose or app.
The latter feature will undoubtedly be the more impactful of the two. Google could feasibly push notifications on Chromebooks to act more similarly to Android. If that’s the case, notifications on a user’s Chromebook, after the update, could potentially be split to include groups that are silent as well as those that aren’t. But there’s no way of knowing exactly what Google plans to do with the code just yet.
Secondary to that, there is also code present to add background blur when notification corners are round.
When are these changes coming?
As of this writing, there’s been no timeline associated with the new UI overhaul and there’s been no announcement of the changes either. Since Google is only just starting with these changes and even the experimental Chrome Canary Channel has no functionality associated with it,  it will likely take quite some time before users start seeing anything different from the current functionality.
The post Chromebook Notifications Will Finally Get The UI Update They Deserve appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Peacock: Everything You Need To Know – Updated June 2021

NBCUniversal’s anticipated streaming service has finally launched for everyone, starting today. Peacock, as it is known, is now available for $5 per month or $10 per month without ads.
Peacock is actually a pretty interesting streaming service from NBCUniversal, and it’s not like many of the other streaming services out there. Since there is a free tier – for Comcast customers. While services like HBO MAX, Netflix and Hulu have foregone a free tier.
So here, we’re going to tell you everything that you need to know about Peacock, NBCUniversal’s newest streaming service. And it’ll help you decide whether or not you should sign up.
What is Peacock?
Peacock is one of the newer streaming services to hit the market. It is owned by NBCUniversal and provides the majority of its content from the properties it owns. Like NBC, E!, USA and others.
Peacock launched in July 2020. And it has three plans. There is a free plan that is available for all users. Though the free tier does not have all of its content. There is about two-thirds of the Peacock library available on that free tier.
The other two tiers – Peacock Premium and Peacock Premium Plus – have more content and are $4.99 and $9.99 respectively, per month. The Peacock Premium tier has ads, while the Peacock Premium Plus tier has no ads.
This is pretty inexpensive compared to Hulu and CBS All Access which are $6 per month for ad-supported. And Disney+ is $7 but there’s no ads there.
Sign Up For Peacock
How much does Peacock Cost?
There are essentially three tiers for Peacock. There is the free tier that is available. This was originally available to only Xfinity customers, now it is available for everyone. Xfinity customers can get Peacock Premium for free though.
There is an ad-supported Premium tier that is $5 per month (this is the same tier that Xfiniy customers get for free). And then there is a $10 per month tier, called Premium Plus that does not have ads. It does also have a bit more content, like Premier League games. But the biggest reason to get the Premium Plus version is going to be the ads.
Additionally, Peacock Premium Plus gives you more content to watch, including some never-before-seen footage from The Office. Which is now exclusively on Peacock.
If you’re not a Comcast customer, you may be able to get Peacock Premium for free in the near future though. As NBCUniversal is looking to leverage similar deals with Cox and other ISPs. Which is a bit interesting for Comcast (NBCUniversal’s parent company) to try and do, as this could be a real selling point for switching to Xfinity.
It’s worth mentioning that at launch, if you sign up via an Android device – Android smartphone, tablet, TV or Chromecast – you can get three months free.
Where is Peacock available?
Currently, Peacock is only available in the US. NBCUniversal has not announced any plans to launch it in other countries, just yet. But that might change.
Some original content has been licensed by a broadcaster in Canada though.
Sign Up For Peacock
What is available to watch?
At launch, Peacock will have over 20,000 hours of content available. This is drawing from the pretty large catalog of NBC shows that it owns.
Many of its more popular shows will be available in the free tier. That includes 30 Rock, Parks and Recreation, Saturday Night Live, Psych, Monk, Royal Pains, Columbo and much more. There will also be The Matrix series, the Bourne Films and Jurassic Park franchise.

Peacock Premium expands the library with more content. Which includes Two and a Half Men, House, Frasier, Cheers, Law & Order and much more. It also brings in some Peacock originals. Some of those major original  titles that are available at launch include Brave New World (based on the Aldous Huxley novel), Psych 2: Lassie Come Home, The Capture, and Intelligence. There’s also more on the way through out the year.
Peacock, as expected, is also focusing big on live content. NBC is going to be offering some curated live news and sports coverage. This includes a 24-hour NBC News channel, and there will be a big emphasis on the Olympics, whenever they take place again. It will also include Premier League soccer games, as well as early access to the late night shows. They’ll be available at 8PM instead of the usual 11:35PM and 12:35AM time slots.

WWE on Peacock
On January 25, 2021, NBCUniversal and the WWE Network announced that Peacock will become the exclusive streaming partner for the WWE starting on March 18, 2021.
With this new deal between WWE and Peacock, the WWE Network will be shutting down in the US in April. And for half the price, you’ll get all of the same WWE Network content on Peacock, plus the NBCUniversal library. Which makes this a really great deal for those that are WWE fans.
Peacock customers will get access to the full WWE library. This includes upcoming PPVs, which are not an extra charge, like the UFC is with ESPN+. So for $4.99 per month, you are getting at least one PPV per month (normally priced at $59.99, or $74.99 for WrestleMania), along with plenty of original content.
Sports on Peacock
You’ll be able to watch plenty of sports on Peacock as well. With the Peacock Premium tier being the go-to streaming hub for sporting events. Including the Olympics, when those finally happen again. Since NBC has been the exclusive USA broadcaster of the Olympics for many years, there will be plenty of Olympic content available on Peacock. Both live and on-demand.
There is other sports-related content available on Peacock too. Including the Paralympics, the US Open, US Women’s Open, and Ryder Cup Golf.
However, as you might expect, the majority sports will be available on NBC’s channels, which are free, over-the-air. And that means Peacock is not needed.
Peacock’s Themed Channels
Peacock also has some themed channels. Which is what makes it a big differentiator from other streaming TV services out there. These channels are not actually live streams, but instead act as curated, themed feeds.
One of the more popular ones is the Today All Day channel. Which is an extension of its daily morning show. It combines show clips with Peacock-exclusive segments from Today show hosts.
There are also curated channels for The Office, SNL and Keeping up with the Kardashians. These channels are great for those that just want to watch these shows, and don’t really care about watching them in order.
TV Shows on Peacock
Peacock has every episode of Saturday Night Live, The Office, Keeping up with the Kardashians, among many other popular shows. Here are some of the more popular shows that are available to stream on Peacock right now:

30 Rock
Bates Motel
Battlestar Galactica
Brooklyn Nine-Nine
Cheers
Chicago Fire
Chicago P.D.
Chicago Med
Chrisley Knows Best
Covert Affairs
Downton Abbey
Everyone Loves Raymond
Frasier
Friday Night Lights
The George Lopez Show
House
Law and Order
Law and Order: SVU
Law and Order: Criminal Intent
Married…With Children
Mr. Mercedes
Monk
Parenthood
Psych
Royal Pains
Superstore
The Real Housewives franchise
Top Chef
Two and a Half Men
Will & Grace
Yellowstone

Movies available on Peacock
Most Universal-made movies are available on Peacock. The only exception is if they are licensed to other streaming services. For example, most of the Fast and Furious franchise are licensed to other streaming services right now. Including HBO, FX, and STARZ. Once those deals run out, they will be available on Peacock to watch.
Here are some of the more popular movies available on Peacock right now:
Lost in Translation
Shrek
Seven
The Sting
Ted
Trolls World Tour
Peacock Originals
As is the case with any streaming service, Peacock also has a ton of originals that are available to stream, exclusively on Peacock. Here are some of them.
Brave New World: A series based on the classic sci-fi novel from Aldous Huxley starring Alden Ehrenreich and Demi Moore.
Saved By The Bell: The teen comedy series now has a reboot, featuring original cast members Elizabeth Berkley and Mario Lopez.
The Capture: A crime drama from the UK about a soldier who gets accused of a murder.
Cleopatra in Space:An animated series about the previously untold teenage stories of the great Egyptian leader Cleopatra.
Curious George: An animated series based on the classic children’s books about a curious monkey named George. You can also watch the feature film Curious George: Go West Go Wild.
Five Bedrooms:This is an Australian import comedy series. It focuses on five people who meet at a wedding and decide to buy a house and live in it together.
Hitmen:Mel Giedroyc and Sue Perkins, the hosts of the popular reality series The Great British Bake Off, play best friends who also happen to be paid hitmen.
Intelligence:A UK comedy import starring Friends’ David Schwimmer as an NSA agent who is the US liaison to the UK cyber crimes unit.
Psych 2: Lassie Come Home:The second TV movie based on the classic comedy-mystery series about a man who pretends to be a psychic to help solve crimes.
Where’s Waldo:Another animated series, once again based on classic children’s books about finding a man named Waldo.
Anthony: Anthony Walker was a real black teenager in Liverpool who was killed in 2005 by white racists. This movie imagines what Anthony’s life would have been liked had he lived.
Departure: This series stars Christopher Plummer, as he investigates the mysterious disappearance of a passenger plane.
Code 404: Yep, it’s another UK import. This is a comedy about a cop who is shot and dies, but is revived with the help of computers.
Sign Up For Peacock

What devices support Peacock?
Peacock is available on most platforms at launch. This includes Android, Android TV, Apple TV, Chromcast, iOS, Xbox One, VIZIO SmartCast TVs, LG Smart TVs and Samsung Smart TVs. And there is also a web player available for Mac, Windows and Chromebook.
After the initial launch of Peacock, NBCUniversal brought the service to Roku, Fire TV and the PlayStation 4. Covering just about every platform out there.
Update: On June 9, 2021, Peacock did finally make its way to Samsung’s smart TVs. Covering almost all smart TVs that aren’t running on Roku, Android TV or Fire TV.

HBO MAX did something similar when it launched last month, skipping out on Roku and Fire TV. But there is a workaround. Since both of those platforms support Chromecast, and Peacock works with Chromecast, you   can simply Cast content to either Fire TV or Roku.
Can I share it with others?
Peacock launched profiles on May 25, 2021. Allowing you to create up to six profiles on a single account. It’s very simple to setup and start using as well. There is also a kids profile that you can set up and control what content your kid(s) are able to watch on Peacock.
Peacock, does however support three concurrent streams. So you can still share it with your family. And there is also a PIN system available for parental controls, so you can keep kids from watching content they should not be seeing.
Sign Up For Peacock
Is there 4K and HDR support?
Again, a lot like the HBO MAX launch, Peacock is also missing 4K HDR and Dolby Atmos at launch. Though, NBCUniversal is planning to add it later on. There’s no date as to when those features will be added, unfortunately.
This shows that Disney+ did the right thing in waiting a bit to launch, until it had 4K HDR and Dolby Atmos (as well as Dolby Vision) support available for a good number of titles.
Currently, Peacock will stream in HD. And that likely means 720p and not 1080p. The good thing is that it won’t use a whole lot of your data cap.
How many people can stream at once?
Peacock is available on most platforms, which means that multiple people can use it at the same time. But how many people can stream at the same time? The answer is three. Peacock allows for three concurrent streams at a time. Which is right on par with the competition. And it means that you can share it with others in your home (or outside of your home).
Unfortunately, as of right now, you can only create one profile per Peacock account. That might change in the future, though Peacock has not announced anything in regards to that happening.
Parents might be wondering about some parental controls for Peacock. And well, that’s not available. Peacock is advertised as a platform that is available for users age 13 and older. And does not give users a way to block contents from kids watching. However, NBCUniversal does say that it has the ability to notify subscribers when a child under 13 has viewed content on Peacock. Though it’s not quite clear how that works.
How can I sign up for Peacock?
If you’re an Xfinity customer, you will need to sign up through Xfinity X1 or Xfinity Flex. Just enter your email address and you’re all set. That is the only way to get the service for free as an Xfinity customer though. So you are stuck using their hardware.
Otherwise, you can head to Peacock’s website or download the app and sign up from there. Remember, if you sign up from an Android device, you can get your first three months for free. Which is definitely worth doing.
Sign Up For Peacock
The post Peacock: Everything You Need To Know – Updated June 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Everything You Need To Know About Final Fantasy VII First Soldier

The closed beta for Final Fantasy VII First Soldier is over, but there’s more to come as the game will be released later this year. During our time with the beta there was a lot to learn about what Square Enix is looking to create with this new title. You can read about our hands-on time with the game here.
If you’re simply eager to learn all there is to know so far about the game though, that’s what this guide will essentially break down. Keep in mind that Square Enix may even reveal more about the game at its E3 showcase happening on June 13.
With that said, this post will be updated regularly. As Square Enix releases new information about the game or as new features are added. For now, here’s everything you need to know about Final Fantasy VII First Soldier.
What is Final Fantasy VII First Soldier?

Final Fantasy VII First Soldier is a new game from Square Enix set in the Final Fantasy VII universe. It’s a battle royale game that features high-stakes multiplayer, blending elements of Final Fantasy combat with the fast-paced action of a battle royale shooter like PUBG, Fortnite and other similar games in the genre.
It’s one of two new mobile titles that will be part of the Final Fantasy VII universe that Square Enix is currently working on.
Will there be a beta?
Square Enix recently held a closed beta that ended on June 8. It hasn’t said that there would be any more closed beta tests. It also hasn’t said anything about open beta tests. So there is a possibility that more tests could happen but there’s no guarantee as Square Enix has not confirmed either way.
When is Final Fantasy VII First Soldier releasing?
Sometime in 2021. Square Enix hasn’t confirmed an exact release date for the game. But seeing as it just went through a closed beta period, chances are the launch isn’t too far off. The game could release sometime this Summer. Although it could also release later in the year.
Will the game have a battle pass?

There wasn’t a battle pass in the closed beta, but it’s highly likely that Square Enix will include one down the line. Potentially during another test or when the game officially launches later this year.
It would be pretty weird for there not to be a battle pass too, as this is a battle royale game and battle passes are more or less mainstays of games in the genre. In fact battle passes are fairly common across a whole slew of games on mobile. Even outside of battle royale titles.
That being said, we can’t guarantee that Final Fantasy VII First Soldier will have a battle pass. It’s simply a logical move for Square Enix to include it, so we’re speculating that there will be one.
Does Final Fantasy VII First Soldier have micro transactions?

Probably. The game does have a shop where you can buy things. This was available in the closed beta and there was a daily rotation of new items being made available. Though the shop definitely didn’t feel like it was up to scale for what will be offered in the full version of the game.
Once the game is officially available, expect there to be many more items you can purchase within the shop. Also worth noting is that the shop in the closed beta only allowed players to spend Gil to make purchases. Players should also expect though, that there will be various other ways to buy items, including real money, once the game goes live.
During the beta, you could buy costumes and weapon skins with Gil. There’s no way to know if these things will cost other types of currencies once the game is out though.
How do I earn Gil in the game?

Gil is the official currency within Final Fantasy games. And it has a place here too. To earn Gil in Final Fantasy VII First Soldier, you can do a number of different things. You will earn small amounts of Gil by completing matches.
But you can also earn Gil by completing tasks. Some tasks will require you to kill a certain amount of monsters and this can be spread out over multiple matches. Other tasks will require you to kill a certain number of other players, but you will have to do so within a short time period in a single match.
You will also earn small amounts of Gil when you level up. There is a possibility that you can earn Gil in other ways too, that perhaps weren’t present during the closed beta.
What is combat like?

Combat is a mix of your typical battle royale shooter game and elements of newer Final Fantasy games in the mainline series that feature action RPG combat. Your main weapons will be a plethora of guns and other things you can shoot enemies with.
But you will also be able to fight with melee weapons like daggers, swords, staves and your fists. You can also use magic abilities by finding and equipping different types of materia.
Since this is a battle royale game, you will drop into the map, a section of Midgar, and you will need to scavenge the areas around you for useful weapons and items. All while trying to fight off other players who are trying to be the last person standing to win the match.
You can battle it out against players or monsters
While the meat and potatoes of the combat revolves around defeating other players, there are other ways to level up too. In each match you will find tons of monsters across the map that you can fight.
These will be monsters from various games in the series, so Final Fantasy fans should be familiar with many of them. Though you won’t want to spend all of your time fighting with monsters, because that means you aren’t paying attention to other players.
And constantly having shootouts or battles with non-player enemies is an easy way to draw attention to yourself. Especially when the best way to win is to try and get the drop on other players before they get the drop on you.
Does Final Fantasy VII First Soldier have jobs?

Just like other Final Fantasy games, Final Fantasy VII First Soldier will offer jobs. Although they’re not actually called jobs in this game. Instead they’re called Styles, and there are four different styles to choose from.
This includes the Warrior, the Ranger, the Monk, and the Sorcerer. One thing to keep in mind is that there are a lot of different job types within the Final Fantasy franchise. So there is a possibility that Square Enix will add more at some point down the line.
A pretty strong possibility at that, as this is one way Square Enix could introduce fresh content. By giving players more styles to check out and level up on their way to mastery of each one.
Each style can also unlock new abilities and skills as you level up that style. So there’s incentive to try out all of them and play with each one as much as you can. As you never know which one you might like best and which one might feel the most powerful according to your own personal play style.
Is there any character customization?

There will be some character customization, but maybe not in the way some players are envisioning. You can’t create your character with the same depth you can in some other games. For instance, you can’t change things like the width and size of eyes, cheekbone height, body type and size, etc. like you’re able to in games like Black Desert Mobile.
You can however choose between both male and female characters. And there will be costumes you can apply to your characters, whether you unlock them or purchase them through the shop as they become available.
The game will also have emotes that you can initiate, with the possibility to unlock and acquire more through various means. So your character can not only look stylish, but it can also engage in some friendly taunting.
Can you customize weapons?

It does not look like you can customize weapons to a very high degree. However there is some customization. It won’t be to the scale that you find in games like Call Of Duty: Mobile. But there are weapons skins to acquire. Both for the guns and the melee weapons.
Some of these you will probably be able to unlock, while others you will have to buy from the specialty shop. This appears to be the extent of weapon customization within the game.
Can you pilot vehicles like in other battle royale games?

You certainly can. In fact there are more than just your standard vehicles. You’ll find familiar looking vehicles like Shinra helicopters and motorcycles, as well as jeep-style all terrain vehicles, and even chocobos.
Because it wouldn’t be a Final Fantasy game without chocobos. There could be more vehicles added to the game later on, but as of now only these four options are present.
How many players will be allowed in a match?

Matches in Final Fantasy VII First Soldier will support up to 75 total players. The goal obviously being to be the last one alive so you can achieve victory.
How many match types does the game have?
There will be a handful of different match types within the game that players can engage in. This includes tutorial matches, where you can more or less practice your skills a little bit against NPC players, as well as standard matches against live players, and then ranked matches against live players.
You will not be required to play ranked, but there could end up being rewards for leveling up in that match type so it might be worth considering.
Does Final Fantasy VII First Soldier include a chat system?
Yes, there is a chat system. This can be accessed both from the game’s home screen, and probably within matches, with the ability to add emoji into messages.
Where is the game going to be available?

Square Enix hasn’t put out a definitive list of all the regions and countries where Final Fantasy VII First Soldier is being released. But this will be a globally available game, so it will be landing in North America and Japan, and likely many countries in Europe, Latin America, the Middle East, and parts of Central and Southeast Asia.
What are the device requirements to play?
You won’t need a gaming phone like the ROG Phone 5 Ultimate to play, but Square Enix has designed the game with a recommended set of specifications. For Android, you will need a device that is running on Android 7.1 or later.
It’s also recommended that the device you use has at least 3GB of available memory. Square Enix says these are tentative requirements and that they could change upon the game’s official release. So keep this in mind when it launches later this year.
Also worth noting is that while you won’t need a top-tier phone to play, having one will certainly afford you better visuals and frame rates.
Does Final Fantasy VII First Soldier have controller support?
The closed beta didn’t show any evidence of official controller support, but that doesn’t mean there won’t be any or that it wasn’t there. Presumably, this is something that Square Enix has at least considered and may be working on.
But as of now there’s no confirmation on whether or not the game will support controllers. Another thing to consider is that even if it doesn’t officially support controllers, there will be ways to make controllers work.
Just one example is the ROG Phone 5 Ultimate and its compatible version of the Kunai gamepad. As you would be able to map in-game actions to the buttons on the gamepad. If official controller support does arrive, expect it to work with the Xbox Wireless controller as well as controllers like the DualShock 4 and DualSense controller, in addition to a range of mobile-specific controllers like the Razer Kishi.
The post Everything You Need To Know About Final Fantasy VII First Soldier appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Android 12's Wallpaper-Based Themes Are Finally Here In Beta 2!

Among the many features that Google touted about Android 12 at I/O last month, wallpaper-based themes was probably the most impressive. And most exciting. Unfortunately, they were not available in the first beta for Android 12. But they are here with Beta 2. They are also on by default. Meaning that all you need to do is change your wallpaper and you’ll see the lock screen and in the notification panel.
It’s a really cool feature, and it’ll be cool to see how well this works later this year when more Google apps (and third-party apps) have added in support for this. But for now, it is really limited to just the lockscreen clock, the notification panel and the quick setting toggles.
The biggest visual change to Android in years
Now, because of this, and Google’s new Material You design, this is actually the biggest visual change to Android in years. Really since 2014, when Google first introduced Material Design.
The whole point of this is to make themes that are designed specifically for you. Google is using color science to be able to do this, and pulling some colors out of your wallpaper to use for these different elements. This means that the entire operating system will follow a similar theme, which is really impressive. And it makes it look a lot more cohesive.
It’s likely the most exciting feature of Android 12 to be quite honest. Considering the entire update isn’t all that big, mostly consisting of smaller updates tot he operating system. Of course, iOS 15 is also a pretty small one too, when we look at features. And that’s because both of these have become pretty mature operating systems.
This is the second of four betas for Android 12 and we will see the final release around August/September, as we have for the past few years.

The post Android 12’s Wallpaper-Based Themes Are Finally Here In Beta 2! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get Your Free Google Nest Power Connector To Power Your Thermostat

Are you having problems keeping your Nest Thermostat powered up? Well according to 9to5Google, a Google Nest Power Connector is being offered by Google to help with that. This is good news for anybody who has found themselves struggling to provide enough power to their Nest Thermostats.
Last month Google began selling a $25 accessory to aid in this problem. Now though, the search giant is providing users with a free Nest Power Connector. If you are not sure if your thermostat is having any problems, Google will alert you.
On your device, you will receive a notification that something is wrong with your Nest Thermostat. Google will also alert you through the mobile app, and over email. The company is making sure that you know you are having an issue.
For the email, you should look for a subject line that starts with “Your Nest thermostat needs more power.” If you see an email with that then you should check it out as soon as possible. Within the email, it will tell you to “properly power your thermostat with a C-wire or Google Nest Power Connector.”
The free Google Nest Power Connector will help properly power your Nest Thermostat
Now, within that email is a link which will take users to the Google Store. There will be a promotional code that users can enter to get their free Google Nest Power Connector. Make sure you act quickly though. The free offer is only available while supplies last, or until July 7, 2021.
Here is what the email says:
“To properly power your thermostat, you can install a C-wire or get a Google Nest Power Connector, which is available for free until July 7, 2021, or while supplies last. This offer is non-transferable and we may verify your account or thermostat details to process the request.”
One thing to note is that this offer is only available for U.S. and Canadian users. So for users elsewhere, you will have to pay for your power connector.
However, Google does point out that this a more affordable alternative to “hiring an electrician to install a new C wire through walls.” Thankfully, everything you need to set up your power connector is in the kit.
This includes an instruction booklet with diagrams for various cooling and heating configurations. It is good that Google is providing users with a free alternative to having to hire an electrician. Unfortunately, users outside the U.S. or Canada will have to purchase the power connector. But, as mentioned it will still be cheaper than hiring an electrician.
The Nest Power Connector works with the 3rd-gen Nest Learning Thermostat, Thermostat E, and the new Nest Thermostat which cost $129.
The post Get Your Free Google Nest Power Connector To Power Your Thermostat appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The New Wear OS May Leave Behind Current Fossil Smartwatches

It looks like Fossil simply has no room in its current lineup for the new Wear OS. Earlier this year, when Google announced the new Wear OS revamp that’s coming soon, what it didn’t elaborate on was compatibility with current devices.
That’s probably because it wants to leave that up to the manufacturers themselves. Google may be making all the software available for manufacturers to update existing hardware. And if that’s the case, then manufacturers would have the final say in whether existing devices get that new software.
In Fossil’s case, it’s now being reported that the company might not be updating existing smartwatches to the new Wear OS. Instead, the company is choosing to focus its efforts elsewhere.
Fossil will have a new “premium” smartwatch that runs the new Wear OS
It doesn’t appear that Fossil has made any official statements yet about upgrading its current smartwatches. But it does seem to have confirmed that it will be releasing a new “premium” smartwatch. This new watch will run on the updated platform.
There’s a lot that’s been left unsaid about this upcoming new device. However Fossil has shared a couple of key pieces of information. Aside from the upcoming watch being premium, the device is also going to have some “major hardware upgrades.” Thinking about the hardware, this could be why current and previous Fossil smartwatches don’t get the software upgrade. If Fossil chooses not to update them.
It’s possible that the new Wear OS will need more powerful hardware to work properly. During its keynote, Google touted numerous benefits. Such as noticeably increased performance. The new Wear OS will also have better battery life, and advanced health features.
All of which are likely things that Fossil is focusing on. This also probably means that the watch won’t be as affordable as past Fossil devices.
Fossil plans to offer just one premium watch for the new platform
If you look back at Fossil’s current and past smartwatches, there’s a lot of them. And that’s not even considering the models from brands under Fossil Group.
With this new platform though, Fossil is planning to release just one premium watch. This suggests that Fossil is looking to cut down on its offerings for this segment of its products. Consumers can probably still expect to see other watch brands under Fossil create its own offerings though.
Fossil says it will continue to send out updates to its Gen 5 and Gen 5E watches. But it doesn’t confirm what those updates will look like or if that includes the new Wear OS.
The post The New Wear OS May Leave Behind Current Fossil Smartwatches appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 2 Grabs June 2021 Security Update

After being available for the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5G, the June 2021 security update is now available for the company’s foldable device, the Galaxy Z Fold 2.
The company’s flagship Galaxy Z Fold 2 foldable is getting served with the latest patches available with this new update.
Without a doubt, Samsung has aced the position in making proper commercial foldable phones. Although foldable phones are still in their early stages and they are fragile, the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 2 is potentially the best choice if someone is looking for a foldable device.
The latest June 2021 security update is arriving for the Galaxy Z Fold 2 models in Ukraine. Today, Samsung has published detailed documentation on what fixes this latest June 2021 security patch brings for its devices.
If you are interested in knowing all the details about this latest patch, you can head over here. To give you a brief, Samsung has fixed 19 Samsung vulnerabilities and exposures (SVE).
However, SVE is a security issue that only affects the Korean models of Galaxy devices. So, nothing to worry about for the global variants holders.
The Galaxy Z Fold 2 June 2021 security update arrives with version F916BXXS1DUE5
Moreover, the update is expected to reach out to other markets including Asia, Europe, North America, and South America, in the next couple of weeks.
Talking about the firmware version, according to Sammobile, the latest June 2021 security update for the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 2 arrives with version F916BXXS1DUE5.
Sadly, there is no information available on whether this new update brings some other changes or new features for the device or not. We assume it is an incremental security update that touches upon improving system stability and performance at max.
Whatever it may be, it is always beneficial and recommended installing the latest update available for your device. As usual, Samsung is pushing this update via OTA in batches.
This means that it won’t be available for all the units straightaway. The good thing is that you can manually check for the update on your Galaxy Z Fold 2 unit.
To trigger a manual check, head over to Settings > System Updates. Then, tap on the “Download and Install” option. You can proceed with downloading and installation of the update if your device detects a new update.
Galaxy Z Fold 2 came with Android 10 One UI 2.5 out of the box. It received the Android 11 One UI 3 update earlier this year, followed by the One UI 3.1 update.
The post Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 2 Grabs June 2021 Security Update appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google One VPN Users Can Pick Apps To Bypass VPN

Google One is the company’s all-in-one cloud storage service that unifies your Gmail, Google Drive, and Google Photos storage. The VPN function just got a new feature that users should enjoy. Thanks to XDA Developers, we now know that users will be able to pick apps to bypass the VPN.
This feature is much more convenient than disabling the Google One VPN
XDA Developers discovered this in an APK teardown a few weeks ago. The function is now starting to make its way to some users. This feature makes it easy and straightforward to pick which app that you want to bypass the VPN.
You just go to your settings and go to VPN Settings. Under the advanced settings, you’ll see the option to “allow apps to bypass VPN.” From there, you’ll be presented with a list of your installed apps. This basically adds the app to an allowed list
that just won’t run on the VPN.
This could alleviate a lot of headaches for people who need certain apps off of the VPN. Sometimes, apps can have trouble operating on a VPN. Before, you would need to disable the VPN as a whole in order to do this, and there were obvious issues with that. Now, you’ll be able to just choose which app that you want to pass over the VPN and keep the others safe. Google is still rolling the feature out, so if you don’t have the feature just yet, just hang tight.
What is a VPN and why is it important
Nowadays, cyber-security is extremely important. There are bad players out there who can easily steal your information when you connect to a public Wi-Fi connection. Any sensitive data that you have passing through the network can be scooped up by a hacker. Information like your home address, bank account number, or information about your family is vulnerable.
This is where a VPN comes in. It stands for Virtual Personal Network and the name says it all. It’s a way of protecting your data when on a public network. It puts a veil over your data that passes through the network, which makes it harder for hackers to find and take your information.
You can also view content that’s not available in your area. Sometimes, content like videos from streaming services is region locked- you can’t access them if you live in a certain part of the world. When you use a connection from your country, you are bound to that country’s servers. This means that you can only access the content that’s available in that country. A VPN gives you the ability to change which servers that you use, giving you access to the region-locked content.
There are tons of VPN services that can be utilized for cheap, so it would be worth it to look them up if you care about your cyber-security.

The post Google One VPN Users Can Pick Apps To Bypass VPN appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Stadia Pro Becomes A Free Perk For AT&T Subscribers

Stadia Pro is now officially going to be a perk for subscribers of AT&T. In the latest partnership between Google and another big-name company, Stadia is being used as a leveraging tool to entice mobile customers.
Prior to AT&T, Google partnered with Verizon to give away free Stadia bundles, which come with a Stadia Pro subscription for 90 days. Verizon also gave away the Stadia version of Marvel’s The Avengers last year. So this is hardly the first time Google has banded together with a wireless provider to spread the word about Stadia.
It may not be the last time either. This is also the third big announcement from the Stadia team this week. Following details about Stadia coming to Google TV and Android TV devices, and that Rainbow Six Siege was coming to the service.
Stadia Pro will be free for AT&T wireless and fiber customers
This deal isn’t limited to just wireless customers. So if you have AT&T Fiber but not its mobile service, you can still snag the deal.
Naturally, though, there are some requirements to meet. To qualify for this promotion, AT&T wireless customers can be new or existing. However, you do need to be on a specific plan. The plan will need to be unlimited and it seems not all unlimited plans are eligible. So subscribers will need to check with AT&T in their local area.
Lastly, subscribers who are on an eligible plan will need to add or upgrade to a 5G smartphone. As for Fiber customers, this extends to new and existing customers as well. If you’re a new AT&T Fiber customer, you’ll need to be on one of three plans. This includes the 300Mbps, 500Mbps, or 1GIG speed plans.
If you’re an existing AT&T Internet customer, you can upgrade to any of those three Fiber plans and qualify for the deal.
The Pro subscription stays free for six months
Stadia Pro is $9.99 a month. Which isn’t all that bad when you think about what you’re getting. But that doesn’t mean it wouldn’t be better if it simply didn’t cost you anything at all.
With this new promotion, qualifying AT&T customers will get to keep Stadia Pro at no cost for an entire six months. Which is double the time you get if you purchased a Stadia bundle. One thing to keep in mind is that you may even be able to stack that six months with the three months you get if you picked up a bundle.
This isn’t made clear though so it’s something customers will want to check on.
The post Stadia Pro Becomes A Free Perk For AT&T Subscribers appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New KB articles published for the week ending 6th June, 2021

Tweet Products Title Published Date VMware NSX-T Edge node without BGP enabled may raise alarms continuously indicating that it is unable to get BGP neighbor status. (83973) 06-03-2021 VMware ESXi HPE Nimble Storage Connection service CIM Provider (83953) 06-01-2021 VMware ESXi VMware Tools installer can fail when overlapping with Windows updates (83949) 06-01-2021 VMware ESXi … Continued

The post New KB articles published for the week ending 6th June, 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

EarFun Free 2 Review – The Highest Value, Most Affordable AptX Headphones You'll Find

EarFun is among the younger audio accessory companies on the market and EarFun Free 2, sent to us for review, is a follow-up from last year’s EarFun Free. Last year’s model was, with good reason, widely lauded. With only one or two minor caveats to speak of and plenty to love.
The biggest benefit from this year’s model over last years is three-fold. First, these earbuds support aptX for better audio than ever before. And for audio that’s certainly better than last year’s model. Secondary to that, these earbuds are effectively fully waterproof. They won’t survive if submersed permanently, of course, but they will survive being submerged for much longer than most earbuds on the market. That’s thanks to an IPX7 rating and SweatShield technology.
Beyond even that, serving as the third benefit these earbuds cost just $49.99, making them some of the most affordable truly wireless earbuds on the market. And that’s without any consideration for the features noted above. Or the ongoing promotion, wherein using the “FREEOFF2” and available coupon on Amazon brings the price down to just $39.99.
So let’s take a deeper look at how EarFun Free 2 did under a thorough review.
EarFun Free 2 hardware is familiar but more refined
EarFun Free 2 brings a high-value offering to the table on the hardware front
At first glance, my review unit for EarFun Free 2 seemed all-too-familiar. Namely, because it takes a near-identical form to the original. And to many other truly wireless earbuds that are available. The company centered its design around a smooth, pebble-shaped earbud with a slender but somewhat tall case for charging. But none of that is to say that this design should be looked down on.
In fact, on closer inspection, especially compared to the previous iteration of EarFun Free, there are quite a few differences here too. To begin with, the shape fits better in-ear than the previous version. So these earbuds are easily the most comfortable EarFun has released up to this point. And that point really can’t be overstated.
EarFun also included a longer-than-average USB-A to USB-C cable, as well as a total of six earbud tips. So users should be able to find a size that works best for their own ears. And the charging cable length will make it easier than ever for these to be powered up just like any other gadget. All too often, the cable that’s included is too short to be charged via anything but a laptop or power bank.
The design of the case, conversely, is well-made for easier one-handed operation. While not easy to define, in terms of the exact “why,” the new shape is easier to hold steadily in one hand. And it is, therefore, easier to open the case, remove buds, or put them back, without using two hands. stability in one hand.

But EarFun Free 2 is also well-made in terms of aesthetics. The case itself is sleek and well-balanced, with smooth curves and a minimal appearance. The earbuds follow suit, with very few lines interrupting the uniform look. There’s something almost charming about the straightforward utilitarian look EarFun has given these earbuds.
Now, we’ll discuss the biggest hardware changes later on. Those are to do with new water resistance features and audio quality. But, in terms of pure usability, the touch zones on the earbuds themselves are less sensitive as well. And that’s a good thing. Too many companies include touch controls that are overly touchy, resulting in accidental touches and other problems. These earbuds, while not difficult to use at all, definitely require a deliberate touch to control playback.
The hardware is also solidly put together, with no creaking or complaints from the hinges and a smooth in-hand feel. Especially with regard to the carry and charge case. The charge-check button and the USB-C charging port, conversely, are snugly fitted and snappy.
EarFun Free 2 battery life is an all-day affair backed by mediocre charging
Battery life from EarFun Free 2 is stellar, given its price point
As always, the results from the battery test during any review — not just EarFun Free 2 — are subjective. There are a number of factors from distance and range to volume and media type or call type that impact battery life. And there are still other factors such as the listening environment that will factor in too. So these results are not necessarily typical.
Having said that, I noted more than 7-hours of listening time, playing music from YouTube Music, with EarFun Free 2. And that wasn’t under the most efficient conditions either. Instead, that listening was with noise-canceling features active, at a distance averaging over 20-feet, and with the volume up to just two clicks short of the maximum.
With the included carry and charging case accounted for, that pushed my total listening time well over the advertised 30-hours.
While that’s all fairly standard for the more battery-conscientious earbuds on the market, it isn’t at all in this price range. So, what users are getting here is a great listening experience for hours on end, lasting effectively all day. All without having to pay top dollar.
Perhaps more impressively, and surprisingly, charging was exactly as advertised by EarFun during my review of Free 2. Ten minutes of charge netted me just over 2-hours of playback. It took just under one-and-a-half hours for the earbuds themselves to charge completely, and roughly two hours for the charging case to charge via USB-C.
Placing these on an aftermarket fast wireless charging pad resulted in around three-and-a-half hours to refuel everything. Since they can also be charged wirelessly, which is another uncommon feature in sub-$50 earbuds.
Great audio comes in an unassuming package with EarFun Free 2
These earbuds definitely have the audio features and quality you want, without the bank-breaking cost
Starting with the sole ‘caveat’ for EarFun Free 2, under review, these were just not the best I’ve used for calls.
That isn’t to say that the pickup from mics was awful. In fact, it was still easy for those I called to hear what I was saying. Clearly, even. And I could easily hear what was being said to me. But the background noises from my surroundings were also clearly audible for those I called for the test. Qualcomm cVc 8.0 Echo Cancelling and Noise Suppression (ECNS) went a long way to keep my voice clear regardless.
However, my voice was also distant, as though I was on speakerphone.
Noise suppression wasn’t perfect either, especially when I was cycling around to snap photos and try them out. And that came down mostly to wind coming through. While I’ve certainly heard earbuds that perform worse under those conditions, I’ve also heard better. Making these a middle-of-the-road option for that use case.
Conversely, these earbuds are also among the most affordable you’ll find on the market with aptX support. Enabled by Qualcomm’s advanced QCC3040 SoC, coupled with Bluetooth 5.2 for as close to a lossless audio experience as is possible via Bluetooth. While the chips’ TrueWireless Mirroring Technology helps keep connections stable and latency low. In fact, Low Latency Mode offers latency as low as 60ms, and as few as 2-percent of truly wireless headphones currently have a latency that low.
In terms of real-world experience, all of that equates to music that’s well-balanced, if lacking in the bass end at lower volumes. Turned up over 50-percent, bass tones come through clearly, with plenty of punch and shake — at least where that’s intended. At lower volumes, the bass is certainly present but not overpowering. At no point does it outplay or overshadow lows or mids. And at no point is there any unwanted distortion.
Sound placement, conversely, is good but not perfect in terms of where the audio feels like it’s coming from. Most users won’t notice a big difference between these earbuds and top-of-the-line buds on that front.
And it’s worth noting at this point that is all packed in at a shockingly value-focused price under $50.
Premium connectivity, up to a point, with one truly killer feature
Strong connections and features from EarFun Free 2? How about real water resistance?
With EarFun Free 2, there weren’t exactly a lot of fancy features to parse through during my review. And that’s not surprising at all, since these cost less than $50. There’s no in-ear detection, for example. And that’s unfortunate because it means manually pausing playback with a touch or with the source device instead of just taking the buds out of your ears.
Similarly, there are deep and complex applications to explore. No equalization to play with and no specialty features on that front at all beyond noise cancellation. The latter of those features is enabled via the use of the above-mentioned Qualcomm chipset, which includes both cVc 8.0 ECNS & TrueWireless Mirroring.
TrueWireless Mirroring technology keeps the connection between the buds, individually, more stable. And it helps ensure that users can listen to either earbud independent of the other. Qualcomm’s cVc 8.0 ECNS ensured that my voice remained clear and stable in calls throughout my review as well as providing some noise-canceling.
But Qualcomm cVc 8.0, in these buds, also didn’t help fix the somewhat distant-sounding audio of my voice. Giving it a speakerphone-like effect. And it did allow background noises to come through too, although dampened just enough to make a conversation possible. Even in a louder environment.
Meanwhile, Bluetooth 5.2 kept the connections solid even just beyond the advertised 15-meters — roughly 50-feet — as long as no obstacles were in the way. Although obstacles did drop that range to under 30-feet.
But the biggest extra feature here is going to be the waterproofing, sweat-proofing SweatShield technology. Giving these earbuds an IPX7 rating, that keeps them working even if they’ve been submerged for up to 30-minutes. And that works as claimed by the company.
EarFun also says that’s corrosion proof, at least with regard to corrosion from sweat. So users can use these even while swimming or in the shower. Although that probably shouldn’t be the primary use. They do work that way under testing but with some fairly severe cut-out issues when fully submerged. Most likely caused by interference from the water.
It’s also worth mentioning, of course, that the carry and charge case is absolutely not waterproof at all. Just the earbuds.
Is EarFun Free 2 worth the money?
EarFun is a new company but with offerings like Free 2, it should be on your radar
When we’re looking to pick up some new earbuds, there are a few factors that really stand out as important. For instance, are the earbuds waterproof? Sweat-resistant? Is the audio powerful but not overbearing at any specific frequency? How’s the battery life and how long does it take to charge?
In most ways, EarFun Free 2 far surpasses competitors under review and its predecessor as well. Not in terms of any of those aspects, necessarily. But in terms of the cost of those aspects, with only minor caveats when it comes to charging up and the mics on this wearable. More directly, all for under $50, without sacrificing top-dollar features such as aptX support.
Stacking atop that, EarFun Free 2 is completely waterproof to the point of being swim-ready over short durations.  Put shortly, anybody looking at earbuds in the sub-$100 range should be considering these earbuds.
The post EarFun Free 2 Review – The Highest Value, Most Affordable AptX Headphones You’ll Find appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Samsung Has Developed Stretchable Displays

Samsung is truly the king of displays. A research team at Samsung has made a breakthrough in display technology by developing a Samsung stretchable display. This news comes to us from a Samsung blog post.
The displays can stretch up to 30%
A team of researchers at the Samsung Advanced Institute of Technology (ASIT) has developed an OLED panel that can stretch up to 30% without any deterioration. It’s made from a material that can be applied as a thin film on the skin. Since it can stretch, it can form to the shape of your movements.
One of the major challenges that the team had to face was making a working display that could change its form without breaking or cracking. We’re used to traditional displays that will break when too much stress is added to them. Even foldable displays have their limits.
The team was able to achieve a stretchable display by modifying a material called an “elastomer.” It’s a material that has high elasticity and resilience. They were able to apply this to existing semiconductor manufacturing processes. This means that the main electronic components needed to power the LEDs can live on the elastic material and stretch along with it. The team said that the material was able to be stretched over 1,000 times before any issues.
What is this Samsung stretchable display used for?
The team was able to integrate this technology into a heart-rate monitor. The monitor is able to adhere to the skin and match its form. The OLED display can rest on the inner wrist and display the heart-rate results in real-time. One benefit of this is that the user can keep the display on their wrist, even when sleeping or working out. It will just feel like a part of their skin.
The team was happy to report that with the stretchable display, they were able to get heart-rate readings that were about 2.4 times more accurate than standard monitors. This will undoubtedly be beneficial to folks who need to constantly monitor their hearts.
The Samsung stretchable display is still in its very early stage
Don’t expect a stretchable display on your Galaxy device any time soon. This technology is still in its early stages. There’s no saying whether Samsung plans to implement this technology into any recreational devices. Right now, it looks like the team is planning on commercializing this for the sake of health.
The team says that in the future when the technology is more mature, it could be used for measuring blood pressure, peripheral oxygen saturation, and electromyogram.

The post Samsung Has Developed Stretchable Displays appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Chromecast With Google TV: Everything You Need To Know – Updated June 2021

Google announced its fourth-generation Chromecast (with Google TV) on September 30.
Chromecast with Google TV is a big change in terms of features, looks, price and more for the Chromecast, compared to the first three models. It is now a proper dongle, and comes with a remote and Android TV built-in. It also sports Google’s new “Google TV” interface that will be coming to Android TV devices in the future.
Here’s everything you need to know about the new Chromecast with Google TV.
What is Chromecast with Google TV?
Chromecast with Google TV is the fourth-generation Chromecast, which turned out to be a massive hit for Google when it was announced back in 2013. It was originally a $35 dongle that you plugged into your TV and instantly able to stream all sorts of content to your TV with ease.
Now, seven years later, it was time for Google to improve the Chromecast. So here comes Chromecast with Google TV. It now includes a physical remote control, and has an actual interface. Chromecast, never had an actual interface. Instead, you would hit the Cast button on your phone in a specific app, and that was it. Chromecast with Google TV has Android TV baked in, so it’s not an entirely new operating system, but the Google TV launcher on top is brand new.
The Chromecast with Google TV is made completely from recycled materials. So by purchasing the new Chromecast, you’re actually helping the environment. This is likely also why some of the parts of the Chromecast – the remote and batteries – have an interesting texture.
Chromecast with Google TV: User Interface
What is Google TV?
Google TV is the new launcher that is on top of Android TV on Chromecast with Google TV. This might all sound very confusing, especially if you remember the fact that Google had Google TV up until it killed it off in 2014 in favor of Android TV.
But now Google TV is back, sort of. It’s a new launcher on Android TV, that aims to make it easier to find content to watch on your big screen. There are a few new tabs at the top, that highlight different content. So the “Live” tab will highlight what is currently on TV, if you are a YouTube TV subscriber. Movies and Shows highlight movies and TV shows you can watch from a variety of different apps that are installed – as well as Google Play. Then there is the Apps library, where you can launch your apps, like you normally would.
Google TV will come to other Android TV devices starting in 2021. Though, Google hasn’t said much about what devices will be first, or when in 2021 this new interface will be available. But it won’t be exclusive to the new Chromecast forever.
What streaming apps work with Google TV?
Anything that has an Android TV app, or works with Chromecast will work with Chromecast on Google TV. But for the new Movies and Shows tabs, Google TV only integrates certain apps. Here’s the list of the apps that are currently compatible with Google TV. Google says it’ll be adding more in the future.
Update: On December 16, 2020, Google announced that Apple TV (channels and Apple TV+) would be coming to Chromecast with Google TV in early 2021.
ABC
Amazon Prime Video
AMC
A&E
CBS All Access
Crackle
Comedy Central
DC Universe
Disney NOW
Disney+
Epix Now
Fox Now
Hulu
HBO Go
HBO Max
History
Lifetime
MTV
NBC
Netflix
Peacock
Pluto TV
Showtime
Showtime Anytime
Sling TV
Starz
TBS
The CW
TNT
Tubi TV
VH1
YouTube TV
As you’ll see there are a couple of larger streaming services missing here like Peacock. Which might be surprising, but it does still work on Google TV, it just doesn’t integrate into the movies and shows tabs on Google TV. You can still open the app and watch content the old fashioned way on the Chromecast with Google TV.
Chromecast with Google TV: YouTube TV
Which Live TV services work with Google TV?
For the Live tab in Google TV, Sling TV and  YouTube TV are supported. At launch this was limited to YouTube TV, and now Sling TV has been added. We will likely see more options added. Just sign into your Sling TV or YouTube TV account, and it’ll appear in the Live Tab.
For a limited time, Google is giving new YouTube TV subscribers a free Chromecast with Google TV. So if you sign up for YouTube TV for a month, you can get a Chromecast for free. A month of YouTube TV does cost you $65, so you’re basically paying for a Chromecast and then $15 for the first month of YouTube TV. It’s a great way to check out YouTube TV and get a Chromecast for free.
Update: On June 7, 2021, Google announced that Sling TV is now supported in the Live TV tab for Google TV. So if you’re a Sling TV or YouTube TV subscriber, you can see Live TV listings right on the home screen.
What HDR specs does it support?
The Chromecast with Google TV does support 4K HDR content. But just like with anything else, there are different forms of HDR available.
Currently, it only supports HDR10 and HDR10+. Which should cover most people and most content.
Outside of HDR, it does also support both Dolby Atmos and Dolby Vision, for great sound and picture quality.
Can you use it wired, instead of wireless?
While the Chromecast is used wirelessly, and connects to 2.4GHz and 5GHz networks, you can use it wired. Via an ethernet cable. But, that will cost you extra.
Google does have plans to offer an Ethernet adapter for the Chromecast, but it is not yet available.
How does Google decide what content to list “For You”?
Google TV is able to access things you have watched already, as well as what you have put on your wishlist in the Play Movies & TV app – before it was rebranded to Google TV.
The recommendations “For You” are not that great in the very beginning, especially if you did not create a wishlist. But the more content you watch, the better it’ll get over time.
You can still add stuff to your wishlist (now called “watchlist”) on Google TV. Just search for a movie or show, and then add it to your watchlist.
Chromecast with Google TV: Remote
What buttons are on the new Chromecast remote?
Google kept the remote on the Chromecast pretty simple. It has the necessary buttons like a directional pad, home, back, volume controls, and Google Assistant. There is also a power button and inputs. But Google also added two other buttons for popular streaming services.
There is a YouTube button and a Netflix button. As you’d expect, pressing either one takes you directly into those apps. This is not anything new, Android TV manufacturers, Roku and Fire TV all do something similar – though they do it based on who is paying. So depending on when you buy your Roku, you may have different buttons on your remote.
Can they be customized?
The YouTube and Netflix buttons on the Chromecast with Google TV remote cannot be customized, at least not yet. Google has hinted at the fact that it may add the ability to customize them in the future.
Though, considering the fact that they have YouTube and Netflix logos on them, there’s not a whole lot of customizing you can actually do here.
Can the remote control my TV too?
Yes. The Chromecast with Google TV remote can control your TV as well.
It supports HDMI-CEC, which is a protocol that allows HDMI devices to talk to each other, allowing for multiple devices to be controlled by a single remote.
The remote is able to turn on/off the TV, switch inputs (to the Chromecast input, only), adjust volume and mute.
During the setup, Chromecast will walk you through controlling your TV and soundbar if you have one. It works with most brands of TVs and sound bars, including Sonos.
This way you won’t need to use another remote to control your TV or your soundbar.
Can you play games on Chromecast with Google TV?
Chromecast with Google TV does support Stadia. But not officially until 2021. Surprisingly, you cannot play Stadia on Chromecast with Google TV, out of the box. Which is a clear oversight by Google, obviously.
However, many users have reported being able to sideload the Stadia app and play on the new Chromecast now. So there doesn’t seem to be anything stopping users from playing Stadia now – other than it not being officially available in the Play Store to download to that device.
You can still download games onto the Chromecast with Google TV, like you would on any Android TV device. But keep in mind the limited storage space on the Chromecast. Because there is so little space available, you won’t be able to download a lot of games, like Asphalt. As there’s just not enough space.
Are there parental controls available?
In March 2021, Google announced that parental controls were coming to Google TV. And on March 30, those started to rollout in the US.
With Google TV, you can set how long kids can watch TV, set the limit on ratings for content they watch and even the apps they can watch. As well as setting a profile lock so they aren’t able to make changes without the parents approval.
How much storage is available on Chromecast? And can you expand it?
Speaking of storage, the Chromecast with Google TV comes with only 8GB of storage. You’ll have around 5GB of space available out of the box. After installing all of your apps, you’ll likely be down to around 4GB of space.
You can technically expand the storage on Chromecast. As it does plug in via USB-C, and as we’ve seen already, USB-C hubs do work on the Chromecast. So you could theoretically get a USB-C hub and plug it into the Chromecast, and plug in a hard drive that way. But installing apps likely won’t be possible, because they can only be installed on internal storage. But that storage is good for running something like a Plex server on your Chromecast. Or something else that plays local files.
Can I use headphones with Chromecast?
Yes, you are able to use a pair of Bluetooth headphones to listen to movies and shows from Chromecast.
This is a feature that Roku has made pretty popular, and it’s good to see other devices sporting it as well.
To set this up, head to the settings menu, and pair a new device. You can pair another Bluetooth device to your Chromecast, whether that is a Bluetooth remote, game controller or a pair of headphones. Unfortunately, Bluetooth is the only option for using headphones here. As there is no headphone jack on the Chromecast.
This means that you’re going to be able to watch the game without waking up your kids or significant other, as long as you don’t scream at the TV when your team turns over the ball.
Chromecast with Google TV
How much is Chromecast with Google TV?
Chromecast with Google TV is on sale now for $49.99.
It’s likely that it will be discounted during the holiday season, possibly down to $35-$40.
It’s right in-line with the competition from Roku and Amazon Fire TV. Their 4K models are also around $40-$50. Making it a lot more competitive than something like the NVIDIA SHIELD TV, which is almost as expensive as the Apple TV 4K.
Google offers the Chromecast with Google TV in three colors: snow, sand and sky. Which are basically white, kind of orange and light blue. There is no black Chromecast this year, due to the fact that Google made the Chromecast entirely out of recycled plastics. It would have been nice to have one that blended in with the back of your TV, but a 100% recycled Chromecast is definitely a better aspect.
Where can I buy the Chromecast?
You can buy the Chromecast with Google TV from the Google Store, Best Buy, B&H Photo, The Home Depot, Target and Walmart.
Other retailers will likely start selling the Chromecast with Google TV in the near future.
What comes in the box?
The packaging for the Chromecast with Google TV is pretty simple. It comes with the Chromecast, as well as the USB-A to USB-C cable and wall charger for charging. There is also the remote and two AAA batteries included. It’s quite surprising to see batteries included in the box, normally those are sold separately.
Google also went as far as to color-code the batteries that come with the Chromecast with Google TV. So the Snow model has white batteries, sky has blue batteries and so forth. It’s that attention to detail that makes Google, Google.
The post Chromecast With Google TV: Everything You Need To Know – Updated June 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Faces $267 Million Fine In France Over Manipulating Ad Market

Lawsuits against Google have no end, and in the newest case, French Competition Authority has accused Google of manipulating the ad market and prioritizing its ad marketplace.
The search giant must pay $267 million (€220 million) to the French government. According to the French watchdog, Google’s actions in the country have led to the weakening of publishers. In fact, Google’s advertising policies have created an unfair atmosphere in the advertising market.
“The investigation, carried out particularly quickly, made it possible to reveal the processes by which Google, relying on its considerable dominant position on advertising servers for sites and applications, favored itself over its competitors on both advertising servers and SSP platforms.” President of the French Competition Authority Isabelle de Silva noted in her statement. “These very serious practices have penalized competition in the emerging online advertising market, and have enabled Google not only to preserve but also to increase its dominant position.”
Google will pay the fine from the French ad marketplace lawsuit
Google also seems to have accepted this issue and has no objections to the vote. The company is committed to making changes to its advertising technology while paying the fine. Also, Google promised to provide “equal access to data related to outcomes from the Ad Manager auction.”
Moreover, Google wants to add more flexibility to its Ad Manager. According to the Legal Director of Google in France, Maria Gomri, the company is allowing publishers to “set custom pricing rules for ads that are insensitive categories and implementing product changes that improve interoperability between Ad Manager and third-party ad servers.”
Applying no restriction of publishers over negotiating specific terms or pricing directly with other sell-side platforms (SSPs) is promised. Also, providing them with more control is said to be done by Google.
Google recently encountered similar problems
This is not the first time that Google is facing fines for abusing market dominance. Only weeks ago, Italy’s antitrust watchdog made Google pay $123 million fines. The reason was Google didn’t allow Enel X Italia to release its JuicePass app for Android Auto.
In similar cases, Arizona’s attorney general found new documents over Google’s efforts for obscuring location tracking and making it difficult for users to turn off location. Moreover, the German antitrust watchdog recently accused Google of misusing data and violating competitive rules.
The post Google Faces $267 Million Fine In France Over Manipulating Ad Market appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

YouTube Adds Video Playback Speed Controls For Android TV

Android TVs are generally not among the first in line to receive new features or even updates. However, some progress is made in this direction, as YouTube is rolling out the video playback speed control feature for the Android TV app.
Notably, as per a report by 9To5Google, Google is deploying this new playback speed control feature for the YouTube Android TV app widely.
This is a server-side update. Meaning that you do not need to fiddle around the Google Play Store to manually update the YouTube Android TV app.
For those who don’t know, this feature is already available in the YouTube mobile app and website. The video playback control feature will allow the user to slow down or speed up a video on YouTube.
It could be beneficial for scenarios where you are watching a recipe video or a cooking video. You can simply increase the playback speed of the video and consume all the information speedily.
Well, that is just one scenario we have talked about. There are several other informative videos that, for some reason, are slow and are more enjoyable watching at increased speeds.
Video speed control is buried under the settings menu on the YouTube Android TV app
In order to check if your Android TV has received the server-side push for the YouTube app, you have to head over to the extended Settings menu, while playing a video.
After a few remote taps here and there, you will land on the video playback speed control feature. From here, you will see multiple options to adjust the speed of the video from 0.25x speed to 0.5x, 1.25x, 1.5x, and 2x speeds.
The setting you select for one video applies to other videos that you play as well. Not sure if you would want to watch every video on slowed or increased speeds. But that is there.
The feature is available on the YouTube app for Android TV, set-top box, and Chromecast. To be exact, this video playback controls feature is live for the YouTube Android TV app v2.13.08.
As already mentioned, this feature is not entirely new. It is only just now arriving for Android TV. This option previously debuted on the app for the app on LG, Samsung, and other TV platforms.
You can wait for the server-side switch or you can head over to the APK Mirror website and side-load the app on your Android TV.
The post YouTube Adds Video Playback Speed Controls For Android TV appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

What Is Google Stadia? Everything You Need To Know – Updated June, 2021

What is Google Stadia and how does it relate to Android? In short, Stadia is Google’s cloud gaming platform. As for its relation to Android, the Pixel 2, 3, and 4 are some of the Android devices you can play Stadia games on.
If you’re looking to learn more about Stadia and what it offers, we’ve laid out everything here to answer all your questions.
When is Google Stadia available to play on Android devices?
Stadia was launched on November 19 officially. As of launch day, there was support for the Pixel 2 and 2 XL, the Pixel 3 and 3 XL, the Pixel 3a and 3a XL, and the Pixel 4 and 4 XL.
As of February 18 of 2020, Google announced that support would be expanding to more Android smartphones. This includes the ASUS ROG Phone and ROG Phone II, the Razer Phone and Razer Phone 2, and various devices from Samsung.
The Samsung devices include the Galaxy S8, S8+, and S8 Active, the Galaxy S9 and S9+, the Galaxy S10, S10e, and S10+, the Galaxy S20, S20+, and S20 Ultra, the Galaxy Note 8, the Galaxy Note 9, and the Galaxy Note 10 and Note 10+.
These devices officially gained support on February 20, which is when you will be able to use them to play games on Stadia. The app can be installed on those phones now though.
At its OnePlus 8 event, OnePlus announced that its brand-new OnePlus 8 and OnePlus 8 Pro would also come with support for Stadia. As will some of its older devices. Support for this went live sometime around April 23.
Stadia also now works on iOS devices, including iPads.
Besides Android, how else can you play games on Google Stadia?
You can play Stadia games on desktops or laptops with a Chrome browser. This means Chromebooks, and even Windows-based budget laptop and desktop computers.
Basically if it’s a PC of some kind and it has a recent version of Chrome, you can play Stadia on it. Even on Mac.
In addition to computers and phones, you can also play Stadia games on Chromecast Ultra. Simply plug the device into a TV or monitor with an HDMI port and you’re good to go. After you complete the setup of course. Stadia also works on Android TV, although you do have to sideload it.
What are the requirements to play games on Google Stadia?
Now that the free Base tier of Stadia is available, the requirements for Stadia are that you have a compatible device and the minimum speed for internet. You can still be a Pro member if you like, but it’s no longer needed.
When it comes to controls, you can use the Stadia controller, DualShock 4, Xbox One gamepad, or similar Bluetooth controllers. Additionally you can also use a mouse and keyboard if you’re playing on PC. If you’re playing through Chromecast Ultra, you will need to use the Stadia controller.
Then there’s the network. According to Google, you will need at least 5Mbps down if you want to have 720p resolution at 60fps and stereo sound. Google recommends at least 10Mbps though.
The various network requirements for Stadia & associated quality
Google also says that you will need at least 20Mbps if you want 1080p, 60fps, HDR video and 5.1 surround. If you want 4K, you’ll need at least 30-35 Mbps.
Something to keep in mind is that experiences will vary. During the review period, many people had wildly different experiences with quality. Our review was based on a pretty decent experience, though visual quality was not 4K, even with over 200Mbps down. And there was a noticeable latency in some situations.
Lastly, you will also need to be a Stadia Pro subscriber to play games at launch. Google plans to change this in the future when it launches Stadia Base, the service’s free tier, which comes out sometime in 2020. If you’re a Founder or have the Premier bundle, then Pro comes with that for three months automatically.
How many games does Google Stadia have available?

On of launch day in November of 2019, Stadia had 22 games available for users to play. Although, there are a lot more now. Two of those games could be played at no cost since they’re part of being a Stadia Pro subscriber. Those included Destiny 2: The Collection, and Samurai Shodown (Samurai Shodown is no longer a Pro game for those who didn’t claim it).
In addition to those two games, you have access to other big hits like Red Dead Redemption 2, Shadow of the Tomb Raider, NBA 2K20, Assassin’s Creed Odyssey, Final Fantasy XV, and more.
Altogether there are now 103 games available on Stadia, including Darksiders Genesis, Borderlands 3, Dragon Ball Xenoverse 2, and Ghost Recon Breakpoint. There are more than 103 games if you count the DLC content and expansions as standalone games.
Some of the more recent titles to join the Stadia roster were DOOM (2016), West Of Loathing, SUPERHOT: MIND CONTROL DELETE, Rock Of Ages 3, PGA Tour 2K21, and the most recent – Spiritfarer from Thunder Lotus Games, which is the studio behind Jotun and Sundered.
If you’re into more challenging games, you can even try your hand at Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice, which launched back at the end of October alongside Watch Dogs: Legion.
The some of the newest games to launch on Stadia are Judgement, The Trails Of Cold Steel IV, Resident Evil 7, Outriders, and Darkside Detective just to name a few, all of which launched this month. And Legend of Keepers is launching on April 29.
As for the most recent games that have hit the service, Stadia just got Blue Fire on June 1. The Elder Scrolls Collection: Blackwood bundle was also recently added,
Is there any first-party content?
Not yet, no. It will though in the future. Google announced that it created a first-party studio called Stadia Games & Entertainment, located in Montreal.
It also wants to have a studio in the UK as well as Japan. It will however probably be a while before any first-party content is released for the service. That being said, this week on July 15, Stadia Games & Entertainment announced partnerships with multiple big-name studios for first-party content.
This includes partnerships with Harmonix, the studio behind Rock Band, as well as Until Dawn developer Supermassive Games, and Uppercut Games. So far there’s no word on what games the studios will be creating together. But this is likely the first hint at something that may be available for Stadia which is only available on Stadia. And not just as a timed exclusive, but for good.
Update:
Google has announced that it’s shutting down its first-party studios under Stadia Games & Entertainment. It says it will continue to develop any games from the studio that were “near-term,” but nothing beyond that. This of course could always change and Google could decide to scrap the near-term projects as well.
Jade Raymond has also exited the company and any developers that were part of SG&E will be moved into new roles.
Are there any free games?
Stadia will provide Pro subscribers with at least one free game per month, similar to PlayStation Plus.
As long as you subscribe to Stadia Pro, you will always be able to play those games. You do lose access though during anytime you aren’t subscribed.
You will also miss out on any free titles that are given out during any months your subscription is inactive.
Does Google Stadia work with mobile data?
Yes. Initially, Stadia did not work with mobile data and could only be played when connected to Wi-Fi. The only workaround for this was to tether your devices to your mobile phone so it was essentially Wi-Fi.
That’s no longer needed though. Earlier this year Stadia launched the Experiments feature in settings for the Stadia app. In it is an option for mobile data connections.
If you have this toggled on, you can play games on your smartphone using mobile data. Properly. That being said, it is available as an experiment. So that means Google has not launched the mobile data capability officially yet and it may not always function flawlessly.
Still, you can use it now. So experiment or not it is available which is a big step up.
What sorts of features does Google Stadia have?
Stadia in general has plenty of features that were advertised both that would be available on Android and other devices. Many of those features weren’t available when the service launched back in November of 2019. But throughout 2020 Google has made strides in bringing most of the promised features to the platform.
This includes things like playing on mobile devices that aren’t Pixel phones, as well as using mobile data for the internet connection needed to stream. Plus there’s a lot more.

Other features include things like Stream Connect, which is basically Stadia’s version of split screen and launched alongside Ghost Recon Breakpoint on December 18 (it is also now available in The Division 2), Crowd Choice, State Share, and one of the more exciting ones, Crowd Play.
With Crowd Play, gamers can hop into a game with their favorite streamers. The way it works is it puts you in queue if there’s a wait. Stadia will then tell you when it’s your turn to jump in. You can then automatically pop into the game you were just watching.
State Share launched alongside Crayta back at the end of June. And Crowd Choice and Crowd Play launched alongside games like Dead by Daylight and Super Bomberman R Online. Both of which released this Fall.
Stadia also now supports things like wireless Stadia controller connections for mobile and for Chrome. So there’s no longer a need to wire it with a USB. One of the most requested features though was family sharing.
Google officially added this in early November. So if you were eager to share your Stadia library with family and friends, it’s finally possible.
What are the benefits of Google Stadia?
There’s a pretty large list of benefits for this platform. For example, Stadia allows you to play games in the cloud, and because of this you don’t need to buy a bunch of expensive hardware.
That means you don’t need to spend hundreds on a console. Or upwards of a thousand or more for a really good gaming PC. You also don’t have to deal with downloads for games.
When you buy a new game you can simply log onto Stadia, and hit the play button. That is literally it. You can jump into games super quick and never worry about downloading patches or updates.
One of the best benefits though is playing AAA, big budget game titles on your smartphone. You do need a Pixel device for this right now, but eventually that will expand. The point is that you can now take your game to a new screen.
Perhaps you’re playing on the TV but then your better half wants to watch a show. No problem, simply pause the game and start where you left off on your Pixel device. Or in a Chrome browser. Stadia saves your game state too for around five to ten minutes, so you have time to grab a snack before you start playing again.
Another benefit is playing games at higher quality without the need for an expensive gaming rig. Now, this one is a little touch and go, as we didn’t get any 4K for games during our review testing. At least not when we tried it through our Chromecast Ultra.
But Stadia does claim to offer it, and some users have reported really high-quality graphics. So, your mileage may vary with this one.
Stadia now has Ubisoft+ access
There were already a handful of Ubisoft games available on Stadia. But now Ubisoft+ is available for subscribers if they want even more games from the Ubisoft library to dive into.
Ubisoft+ allows you access to additional games that weren’t launched on Stadia, including more Assassin’s Creed titles, Far Cry titles, etc. with more on the way in the future. This is an additional fee on top of your Stadia Pro subscription. Assuming you have one.
If you only subscribe to Stadia Base, then you can still subscribe to Ubisoft+ for a wider variety of games to play beyond the ones you buy.
Are there any downsides to Google Stadia?
That all depends on what you perceive to be a downside. There are some.
The one that most people can agree on is latency. Not everyone will notice it, but even those that are experiencing it can agree that this is a major pain point if it pops up and it’s bad enough.
In our review, we noted that there was noticeable lag in multiplayer gameplay during our sessions. Single player gameplay was great with no noticeable latency or input lag issues. Your best chance of avoiding this particular problem, is making sure you’re playing on a device that’s hardwired to your router.
Where can I buy Google Stadia?
Stadia is officially available in 14 different countries at the beginning of its launch from November 19.
This includes the US, UK, Germany, Finland and others. Though it would technically be possible to buy Stadia equipment and bring it to a country not on the list, the service wouldn’t be supported there.
The countries which currently have Stadia access
As for what storefronts you can make your purchases at, Stadia is available through the Google Store and bundles can now be purchased at various retailers. This means you no longer have to order online and have the Premier Bundle or Stadia controller shipped to you.
There is no definitive list of which retailers sell Stadia Premiere Bundles. So you will simply need to check around. That being said, other than the controller or the bundle, all other purchases for games and add-on content are done digitally through the Stadia app or web store.
Is Google Stadia right for you?
There are plenty of factors to consider when asking this question to yourself.
If you hate large game downloads, patch or update downloads, or expensive hardware, then you should probably think about buying into it. There were some notable issues that might make this something you should wait on for a little while.
Your network plays a lot into this. If you don’t have a very strong network, you may experience more lag and latency than others. Also worth considering is how you want to play. From your phone? As long as you have a Pixel, then it’s a good buy. We noted in our review that playing on the phone was an excellent experience.
Then again, Stadia is only the right choice for you right now if you want to play some of the games that are available. If you’re waiting on some specific titles, then you may want to wait. Then again, Stadia is now available in the free tier, so you could always check it out without paying the monthly fee for Pro.
Overall, Stadia is a great gaming option if it fits into your lifestyle. And there are many reasons why it can and should. Though some people had terrible experiences with the service initially after launch, it seems many more people are having positive ones. Especially now that it’s been out a lot longer.
The post What Is Google Stadia? Everything You Need To Know – Updated June, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Android Auto Version Of YouTube Music Gets A New Tab Interface

YouTube appears to have given the YouTube Music interface a slight update for the Android Auto version, adding tabs into the mix.
If you’ve never used YouTube Music on Android Auto before, or Android Auto at all for that matter, you might wonder why the tabs are needed. This breaks down to what is really just a cumbersome UI. As the UI without the tabs features a less user-friendly design than the one that seems to be rolling out to users right now.
It isn’t clear if all users are getting this update right away. So it’s possible that Google is pushing out the changes in stages. Like it does with many of its app updates.
The new YouTube Music tabs on Android Auto make for easier navigation

The main benefit of this change is the obvious one that it’s going to make things easier to navigate. Prior to the change, YouTube Music on Android Auto had one central home screen with different menus for everything.
There were three in total, which included home, last played, and library. With the tabs though, users will find that each section is more easily accessible, as the tabs for each one are laid out across the top of the UI. These names are unchanged, and there’s a fourth tab for music that’s stored on the device locally.
So you still have the same sections for music. But instead of being required to enter a different menu for each section, you now flip through tabs. As opposed to being taken to an entirely different screen. This should save users time in finding something that they want to listen to.
These appear to be the only changes made to the visuals. So most of the app will look relatively the same. Unfortunately the Android Auto version of the app still lacks what would be one of the most useful features. The ability to search for music.
Unlike the mobile version of YouTube Music, which does have a search button, the Android Auto version lacks this capability. Which means you’re limited to what you’ve recently played or what you make an effort to store in your library.
The post The Android Auto Version Of YouTube Music Gets A New Tab Interface appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

June 2021 Security Update Now Rolling Out To Galaxy Fold

Samsung‘s June 2021 Android security patch rollout has reached its first-ever foldable smartphone, the Galaxy Fold. The original Fold from 2019 is currently picking up the new update in France and the UK with firmware version F900FXXS5EUE2 and F907BXXS5EUE2 respectively. The rollout should expand to other markets in the coming days.
The latest software update for the Galaxy Fold doesn’t bring any new features apart from some stability improvements and this month’s security maintenance release (SMR) from Google and Samsung. Unfortunately, the two companies have yet to detail the contents of the latest SMR. So it’s unclear what all security vulnerabilities have been fixed. Google usually publishes the new security bulletin in the first week of the month. So we should get those details soon.
Galaxy Fold gets June 2021 security update
Samsung has consistently put other OEMs to shame with its security update rollout pace recently. The Korean firm starts rolling out the latest security patch to its devices even before we enter the new month. It has done so without fail for several months now, even beating Google to the race. This month was no different.
The June 2021 Android security patch first rolled out to the Galaxy S21 series last week, a good few days before we hit June. The Galaxy Z Flip 5G and the Galaxy S20 series joined the latest Samsung flagships soon. Several other Galaxy smartphones, including the Galaxy A50, Galaxy A71, Galaxy A52 5G, Galaxy Note 9, and the Galaxy S10 series have since picked up the latest security update. The Galaxy Fold is now joining the party as well.
If you own Samsung’s first-ever foldable smartphone, which debuted in late 2019 after some unfortunate turn of events early on delayed its market introduction, lookout for a new update soon. As said before, the update is currently rolling out to users in France and the UK. However, it should now be only a matter of time before Samsung brings this over the air (OTA) rollout to other regions.
You should receive a notification to download the latest OTA update once it becomes available for your phone. However, you can also manually check for updates from the phone’s Settings app. Scroll down to the Software update menu and tap Download and install. If there’s any OTA update pending, you’ll be prompted to download it on the next screen. We recommend you connect your phone to an unmetered Wi-Fi network to avoid incurring unwanted data charges.
The post June 2021 Security Update Now Rolling Out To Galaxy Fold appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

You Have To Earn The "Opportunity" To Buy The OnePlus Watch Cobalt

OnePlus is up to its old tricks again for the “opportunity” to buy its devices, this time with the OnePlus Watch Cobalt, which apparently requires an invite to make the purchase. If you’re new to the OnePlus brand, a little recap is in order.
Back when OnePlus first launched, it required users to get an invite to buy its first phone. The OnePlus One. Invites could be acquired in a number of different ways, all of them equally ridiculous. Then there was the infamous ladies first contest, which the company ended up pulling within a day due to understandable backlash.
OnePlus’ invite system went on for the first few generations of its phones. Though it did eventually end and the company then allowed people to buy devices like they would from a normal business. By giving that company money and hitting a buy button.
The OnePlus Watch Cobalt invite isn’t as ridiculous as past contests. But it’s still strange. Especially for a company in 2021 that’s been through numerous successful smartphone launches. But I digress.
If you want a OnePlus Watch Cobalt invite, you better be Sherlock Holmes
Despite the fact that no one should want a OnePlus Watch in general, let alone the Cobalt version, OnePlus is making it a challenge to snag its limited edition watch.
According to Android Police, the company is holding a clue hunt on Instagram. Those who want to buy the Cobalt watch will need to hunt down and find clues, like a modern day Sherlock Holmes trying to solve a mystery.
If you’re willing to go through all of that trouble to pick up a smartwatch that doesn’t work as intended, there’s a few caveats. First, you’ll need to be an EU resident. This isn’t a contest for consumers outside the EU.
Second, you’ll have a limited amount of time on June 7 to find a code through the code hunt on Instagram. If you manage to find a code, then don’t jump for joy just yet because it’s not over. Following the code hunt, you will have exactly one hour on June 17 to find the website link that OnePlus has hidden somewhere. If you find it, then you can input the code to buy the watch. At full price mind you.
It seems like an awful lot of work to buy something at full cost that still needs more development time. But if you’re up to the challenge, keep an eye on OnePlus’ Instagram account over the next few days.
The post You Have To Earn The „Opportunity” To Buy The OnePlus Watch Cobalt appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Best Cell Phone Plans – Updated June 2021

These days, wireless carriers are doing as much as they can to confuse customers, when it comes to its plans. At least that’s what it seems like. Offering unlimited data, but there are five different unlimited plans. It can be pretty confusing, and if you’re looking to jump ship to a new carrier, how do you know which is the best carrier has the best phone plans for your new Android smartphone?
Well we have done the homework, and here’s a breakdown of the plans offered by the major carriers (plus a couple of prepaid carriers for a well-rounded list), to help you make that decision. And find the best phone plans that fit your needs.
Below, you will find a table with the best phone plans from each carrier, so if you’re just looking for the best value, you’ll find it there. You can also check out all of the plans from each carrier further down. We’ve broken them down by individual and family plan pricing. The plans are mostly the same for individuals and families, with the only difference being price.
When it comes down to it, all of these carriers have the best phone plans, but there are a couple of things that you need to keep in mind when deciding which plan is right for you. How much data you use; which carrier has the best coverage where you live, work and play; and then which carrier has the price you want to pay. Google Fi and Xfinity Mobile are the cheapest here, but they may not have the amount of data you need. All important things to keep in mind here.
Best Phone Plans 2021 – By Carrier
AT&TGoogle FiT-Mobile
VerizonXfinity Mobile

 

Best Phone Plans Compared
In the table below, we have listed the best phone plans from each carrier. We came to the conclusion that each of these plans were the best based on a few factors. Like the price, and features that are included. Which is why you’ll see that Sprint has the most expensive plan (tied with Verizon at $80 per month), because it is the best value of the plans it offers.
We explain all of these plans more in-depth in each carrier’s category. So you can make a well-informed decision on which carrier you want to sign up with. Of course, once you have signed up with a particular carrier, it is actually pretty easy to switch plans. And many of these carriers will also prorate your plan, if you decide to switch in the middle of a billing cycle. Though, Google Fi and Xfinity Mobile won’t change that plan until your next billing cycle. But it’s still very easy to switch to a different plan on the same carrier, which is always a good thing. As your circumstances might have changed, or you might want to save some cash. And where carriers are always changing their offerings, the best phone plans may change.

Best Plan
Price
Where to Sign-Up
AT&T
Unlimited Starter
$65/month
Website
Google Fi
Flexible
$20/month
Website
T-Mobile
Magenta
$60/month
Website
Verizon
Play More Unlimited
$70/month
Website
Xfinity Mobile
Unlimited
$45/month
Website
AT&T
AT&T Store
Plans start at $65 for individuals; $35 for families
Check coverage in your area
Check out AT&T’s plans
AT&T is one of the larger carriers in the US, it’s currently second behind Verizon. It has some pretty decent coverage in the majority of the US and is working to roll out 5G now, which you can check it’s 5G coverage here – to see if your area has it yet.
For individuals, AT&T has three plans for unlimited data, which starts at $65 per month. Taxes and fees are not included in that price, and depending on where you live, that could put the total over $80 per month.
On the AT&T Unlimited Starter plan, which is $65 per month, you get unlimited talk, text and data in the US, Canada and Mexico. You also get standard streaming video – so no 4K video on this plan. As well as automatic fraud blocking and spam risk, finally there is unlimited texting from the US to 120+ countries. Now the AT&T Unlimited Extra is $75 per month, and it includes all of that plus 15GB of mobile hotspot per line, 5G Access and you won’t be slowed until you hit 50GB of data. Then there is the AT&T Unlimited Elite package for $85. This one includes everything in the Unlimited Extra package, but it ups the data usage to 100GB, adds in HBO at no extra charge and it also includes the ability for Signature Program members to save $10/month per phone line.
These are the same plans it offers for families, but unlike Verizon, you can’t mix and match. So everyone is on Unlimited Starter, or Unlimited Extra or Unlimited Elite. For two lines, the prices are $60, $65, and $75 per month/per line respectively. For three lines, the prices are  $45, $50 and $60 per month, per line respectively. And finally for four lines, it drops to $35, $40, and $50 per month per line.
Keep in mind that these prices do not include your phone. So if you do opt to buy a phone from AT&T on its NEXT program – where you’re paying monthly for it – that’s going to add to your total here. And for a family of four, that could really boost your amount per month.
AT&T Unlimited Plans
Google Fi
Google Fi
Plans start at $20 for individuals; $17 for families
Check coverage in your area
Check out Google Fi’s plans
Google Fi is a wireless carrier from Google that runs on three different networks – Sprint, T-Mobile and US Cellular. It can automatically switch between the three when one has better coverage in a certain area. And it will also automatically switch to WiFi when available – using the Google VPN to keep your data safe.
Google Fi does have 5G, but it is only in places that T-Mobile has rolled out 5G. Considering T-Mobile claims it is a “nationwide” 5G network, it’ll be available in most places throughout the US. You’ll also need a 5G device like the new Galaxy S20 lineup from Samsung, to get 5G on Google Fi. Speaking of phones, not all of them work on Google Fi in the same way. Pixel devices are “made for Fi” meaning that they work the best. Some features will be missing if you bring a Galaxy S20 over to Fi. But talk, text and data will work the same – it won’t auto-switch to different networks on its own though.
Essentially, there are only two plans available with Google Fi. There is the Flexible plan and Unlimited. Flexible is better for those that use less than 6GB of data per month. It is as low as $20 per month, which is for the text and talk. Data is then $10 per GB. So if you use 1GB, it’s $30, and so on. If you use more than 6GB, then “Bill Protection” kicks in and you won’t be charged more than $80 (+ taxes and fees). You can use this data in other countries too – up to 120 countries – and it’s 4G LTE, and priced at the same $10 per GB.
The other plan is the Unlimited plan. For $70 per month, you’re getting unlimited data – though Google notes that if you use 22GB in a single month, your speeds may slow down. You still get unlimited talk and text, as well as the ability to use talk, text and data in 120 countries. On top of that, you get 100GB in Google One, for free. If you are one that usually uses more than 6GB per month, then this is the better plan to get, as its $10 cheaper and you get 100GB of Google One storage too.
For families, Google Fi is pretty awesome too. You can add up to six lines, and the more lines you add, the cheaper the bill will be per line. Two lines drops to $18 for the Flexible plan and $60 for the Unlimited plan, per line. Three lines is $17 and $50, per line, respectively. And four lines is $45 and $17 per line, respectively.
Google Fi also allows you to easily see who on your plan is using the most data, this is pretty useful if you are on a family Flexible plan.
Google Fi Plans
T-Mobile
T-Mobile Store
Plans start at $60 for individuals; $26 for families
Check coverage in your area
Check out T-Mobile’s plans
T-Mobile sometimes gets a bad wrap for having not-so-great coverage, but the thing is, it is has been working for years to improve its coverage and network and has done so pretty successfully. But it’s still a good idea to check out its coverage in your area. It has also rolled out nationwide 5G, which you can check that coverage here.
Over at T-Mobile, there are basically three different plans to choose from. There are some add-ons you can add to your plan as well. But there are three basic plans.
There’s T-Mobile Essentials for $60 per month or (starting at) $26 per line for families. Then there is Magenta, which is $70 per month or $35 per line for families, and Magenta Plus, which is $85 per month or $43 per line for families.
Essentials only gives you, well the essentials. It is the only plan that does not include taxes and fees in the price, so you will need to do the math here, as it might not be cheaper than Magenta at $70, which includes taxes and fees in that price. Essentials offers unlimited talk, text and data. There is mobile hotspot but it’s caped at 3G speeds. You do still get T-Mobile Tuesdays freebies though.
With Magenta, taxes and fees are included in that price. You get unlimited talk and text, with up to 100GB of “Premium Data” basically after 100GB you may get throttled due to congestion. As well as 5GB of 5G mobile hotspot data (then its 3G), as well as T-mobile Tuesdays, unlimited texting and data in over 120 countries. In Canada and Mexico, you will get unlimited talk, text and data – with 5GB of that data being LTE. And finally, you get 1 hour of free in-flight WiFi and unlimited texting while flying.
In February 2021, T-Mobile unveiled a new Magenta MAX plan, which is exactly what it sounds like, the maxxed out plan. It offers unlimited premium data – meaning no slowdowns or throttling at all. Mobile hotspot is bumped up to 40GB of premium data. It also has unlimited 4K video streaming, instead of SD streaming, like on all of the other plans. Unlimited Gogo In-Flight Internet and 2X data speeds in over 200 countries. Netflix Basic is also included on single lines and Netflix Standard on all of the family plans. Which is pretty crazy. This will cost you $85/month for a single line, or $47/month per line on two or more lines.
There are also plans available for smartwatches and tablets at T-Mobile, starting at just $10 per month. So if you want to have 4G LTE (and soon 5G) on your tablet when you’re traveling, T-Mobile has you covered. Which can be very convenient actually, especially if you want to watch a movie you haven’t downloaded, on the train.
There are some good phone plans here from T-Mobile, some might say the best. But that all depends on what you need from your carrier.
T-Mobile Plans
Verizon
Verizon
Plans start at $70 for individuals; $35 for families
Check coverage in your area
Check out Verizon’s plans
Verizon is the largest wireless carrier in America, and it has the coverage to prove why it is. But, as is the case with any wireless carrier, you’re going to want to check out its coverage in your area before you decide to choose it.
Verizon currently has five unlimited data plans available. Ranging from $70 to $90 per month for a single line. Though, what’s nice here is that you are able to mix and match, so if you have a family of four with different needs, you can choose the plans that best fits each individuals needs.
The first one is Start Unlimited. This is $70 per month (though if you don’t buy a new phone from Verizon when you switch, it’s $80). This is the lowest-end unlimited plan. It offers 480p streaming and six months of Apple Music for free. While data is unlimited on this plan, you can be throttled at any time for network congestion.
Next up is Play More Unlimited at $80 per month. This offers up 25GB of “Premium Data”, meaning you won’t be throttled until you use that much data. You also get unlimited mobile hotspot, with 15GB of 4G LTE. Streaming is increased to 720p, and Apple Music is included – not just for six months, but for as long as you have this plan or higher, on Verizon.
Do More Unlimited is also priced at $80 per month. This plan makes some interesting changes from Play More Unlimited. It offers 50GB of Premium Data, unlimited mobile hotspot with 15GB of 4G LTE, but streaming is down to 480p. Apple Music is also only free for six months. And you get 500GB of Verizon Cloud Storage.
The most expensive plan is Get More Unlimited, for $90 per month. This offers 75GB of Premium Data, Unlimited Mobile Hotspot (30GB of 4G LTE), streaming is up to 720p quality, Apple Music Included and you get 500GB of Verizon Cloud Storage here.
It’s worth noting that Play More and Get More Unlimited plans come with Disney+, ESPN+ and Hulu for free – as long as you stay with Verizon. Do More unlimited will get you six months of Apple Music, six months of Disney+ and half price on unlimited connected device plans. Verizon has also added Apple Arcade and Google Play Pass to all of its Unlimited plans. Giving you six months for Start and Do More Unlimited plans, 12 months for Play More and Get More Unlimited plans.
Finally, Verizon has a plan for kids, called Just Kids. This plan can only be added an additional line to one that has one of the aforementioned unlimited plans. It offers 5GB of 4G LTE data, Safety Mode to Avoid Data Overages, 480p video streaming, Unlimited talk and text to 20 contacts and Verizon Smart Family Premium with Parental Controls.
There are some really good options here from Verizon, and which plans are best for you and your phone is going to depend on your usage. Particularly the Play More and Get More Unlimited plans, since you get the Disney+ bundle included for free.
Verizon Plans
Xfinity Mobile
Xfinity Mobile
Plans start at $12 per month, plus taxes and fees
Check coverage in your area
Check out Xfinity Mobile’s plans
For some, Xfinity Mobile might be the one with the best phone plans. As it offers some pretty simple options, that are also pretty inexpensive. The service has many similarities to Google Fi. In that it will automatically switch from WiFi to Mobile Data, even if it’s not your own WiFi. Xfinity Mobile utilizes Comcast’s own Xfinity WiFi hotspots, and where there are millions of customers using Comcast for Internet right now, there are a ton of hotspots available across the country. When Xfinity WiFi is not available, it goes back to Verizon’s network. So you’re going to get a really great network on Xfinity Mobile.
There are basically two plans with Xfinity Mobile. You can either Pay by the Gig or get Unlimited.
With Pay By The Gig, you are paying for $15 per month for the first Gig. 3GB is $30, 10GB is $60. So it’s actually cheaper than Google Fi.
The other plan is Unlimited. For $45 per month, you get unlimited data. Xfinity Mobile does say that users may experience slower speeds once they hit 20GB of data in a single month. Which is a decent amount of data for just $45 per month.
Equipment, taxes and fees are not included in these prices. Both plans included unlimited talk and text. And the best feature of Xfinity Mobile is the fact that you are able to mix and match. You can have two lines sharing 10GB of data and then one unlimited line for $105 per month. You won’t find another carrier that can get you three lines for $105 per month.
This is a great option if you don’t need the latest and greatest smartphones, or the fastest network around. This is because not every phone works on Xfinity Mobile. Many do, but there are some that won’t. So you may or may not be able to bring your own phone over to Xfinity Mobile and use it.
Xfinity Mobile Plans
The post The Best Cell Phone Plans – Updated June 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

June Is A Huge Month For GeForce NOW With 13 Games This Week

GeForce NOW is having a big month in June, as NVIDIA is adding a pretty large collection of games to the service this month.
Announced yesterday, NVIDIA is bringing what might be one of the biggest months for new releases that the service has ever had. And there are some pretty good titles that are available this week. NVIDIA has also announced the entire lineup of games coming to GeForce NOW in June. As opposed to piecemealing the lineup week by week, which is what it usually does.
That lets players plan out what they may want to play throughout the month so they can prioritize their game time. Something which is an invaluable trait these days, especially if you tend to be busy and get little game time. If that’s the case, then you want to make the most of the time you have. And that’s infinitely more possible if you know what your options are well in advance.
GeForce NOW gets 38 games in June, with 13 this week

GeFroce NOW getting 38 games in June is no small thing. And if you’re looking for something to dive into this weekend, you have 13 of those 38 options at your fingertips.
This includes a couple of bigger titles like Tom Clancy’s Ghost Recon Future Soldier, and Necromunda: Hired Gun. But there are a handful of other decent titles to consider as well. This includes Before We Leave, Creativerse, Empires of Angels IV, Hokko Life, Pro Cycling Manager 2021, Sniper Ghost Warrior Contracts 2, Thea: The Awakening, Tour De France 2020 and 2021, X3: Reunion, and finally Xuan Yuan Sword: The Gate of Firmament.
All of these titles were available as of yesterday officially, so you can jump into them right now if you wanted to.
And the rest of the month appears to be just as appealing. Featuring titles like Phantom Abyss, Star Base, and Amid Evil. A few more titles include Guilty Gear – Strive (if you like your fighting games), Roguebook, and Vikings – Wolves Of Midgard.
NVIDIA doesn’t mention which weeks in the remaining parts of the months these games are hitting the service. If you want to see the full list of the remaining games for June, you can see them all in the image below.

The post June Is A Huge Month For GeForce NOW With 13 Games This Week appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Dolby Vision HDR: Everything You Need To Know

If you’ve been looking at new TVs recently, then you’ve probably seen a new selling feature called Dolby Vision. This is a form of HDR, that most TVs support these days, and a lot of streaming services are now supporting and even shooting new content in. But Dolby Vision isn’t as cut and dry as being plain old HDR.
Dolby Vision can really improve the user’s viewing experience, but what really is it? Well, we are here to tell you all about Dolby Vision. And whether you need that feature on your next TV (or even your next smartphone).
What is Dolby Vision?
To put it simply, Dolby Vision is a form of HDR.
Now, to get more in-depth and into the weeds on Vision, it’s basically HDR10 but with the addition of dynamic metadata to the core HDR image data. This does also explain why TVs that have HDR10 support are able to add Dolby Vision by simply sending out a firmware update.
Dolby Vision features
This metadata will carry scene-by-scene instructions that the Dolby Vision-capable display can use so that it portrays the content as accurately as possible. TVs that are Dolby Vision-compatible, combine the scene-by-scene information received from the source, with the awareness of its own capabilities. This is in terms of brightness, contrast and color performance.
When it comes to HDR10, your TV only gets static metadata. Which is relatively basic information on the content being shown that applies to the entire movie or TV show. Meaning that it won’t adjust the picture throughout the movie or show, to give you the best picture possible.
Dolby Vision is more focused on pushing HDR to its technical limits, especially on the production side of things. This is why the minimum spec for Dolby Vision mastering requires the use of reference monitors with a contrast ratio of 200,000:1, peak brightness of 1000 nites, color range “approaching” the Rec 2020 standard and support for the SMPTE ST-2084 HDR format.
Does it deliver better picture quality?
Yes. Of course it does.
Now there are some variables to watching Dolby Vision on your TV though. First, your TV needs to support it, and secondly, the content you’re watching also needs to support it. If one or the other is not compatible, then you won’t get the full Vision experience.
The real question, however, is whether it is better than HDR10. On paper, yes. Because it does push HDR to its limits, even further than HDR10 does. But in a head-to-head comparison between Dolby Vision and HDR10, you won’t notice a night and day difference. There is a difference though. For example, Dolby Vision images contain more tone definition in bright areas. As well as more balanced, nuanced and natural colors right across the spectrum. There’s also better contrast range management and a great sense of detail.
The experience will also differ based on how you are watching Vision content. For example, on Blu-Ray, HDR10 actually looks better. But these days, most of us are going to be streaming, and that’s where Dolby Vision really looks impressive.

How can you watch Dolby Vision-compatible content?
As mentioned, you do need some Dolby Vision-capable hardware to watch content using Dolby Vision. In recent years, we’ve seen Dolby Vision adoption really increase. But you’ll be able to find TVs, Blu-ray players, receivers, and even mobile devices that support Dolby Vision. So it’s pretty easy to find something that supports it.
Now it’s worth mentioning that if you do use a Blu-ray player or a receiver in your home entertainment system, that it and your TV needs to support Dolby Vision. It’s great if your receiver has Dolby Vision, but if the TV doesn’t support it, you won’t get it. Or at least you won’t get the full experience. Which is rather unfortunate, but that is how these things work.
For Blu-ray players, Panasonic, Cambridge and Sony all have compatible models. Panasonic, Philips, Toshiba, TCL, and most other TV makers do also have Dolby Vision-compatible models. In fact, Toshiba has probably the cheapest one, in its 50-inch Fire TV model that is usually under $400.
Also interesting is that the Google Chromecast Ultra, Chromecast with Google TV, Apple TV 4K, Fire TV Stick 4K and Fire TV Cube all support Dolby Vision too.
Which brands do not support Dolby Vision?
There’s very few that don’t yet support Dolby Vision, but the biggest TV maker yet to support it is, Samsung. Which is a bit surprising, considering Samsung is one of the biggest TV makers worldwide. But, it’s likely only a matter of time until that happens. And since the majority of its TVs do support HDR10, it could be supported with just a simple firmware update.
Why hasn’t Samsung added support for Dolby Vision yet? Well it’s tough to say. But we do know that it does add in manufacturing costs, along with a licensing fee. Then there’s the fact that Samsung really trusts its own TV processing, as well as the capability of its own hardware. Considering Samsung does make some of the best display panels in the world, that’s not a big surprise.
Perhaps the biggest reason that Samsung is not using it, though is because it is backing the royalty-free dynamic metadata HDR system, HDR10+. This is developed by Samsung, 20th Century (Fox) and Warner Bros, as partners to license HDR10+ to other manufacturers. This is a very direct rival to Dolby Vision, and without the licensing fees, it’ll be cheaper and easier to add to other TVs.
Where can I find Dolby Vision content?
Most major film studios are not filming content in Dolby Vision. This includes Lionsgate, Sony Pictures, Universal and Warner Bros. However, that is only one portion in the chain of being able to watch Dolby Vision content. The next step is the streaming service. While most do support it, Netflix and Amazon Prime Video are the biggest supporters.
The majority of new content landing on Netflix and Prime Video are supporting Dolby Vision. As long as it was shot recently. Anything that is being licensed, that actually was filmed years ago, won’t be in Dolby Vision of course. Disney Plus and Apple TV+ are also using Dolby Vision.
Other streaming services like HBO MAX and Peacock are not yet supporting it. And part of that is because 4K content on its service is very sparse right now.
Some shows that you can watch now, in Dolby Vision include Daredevil, Jessica Jones, Luke Cage and Iron First, from the Marvel catalog on Netflix. There’s also originals like Lost in Space, Altered Carbon, Santa Clarita Diet, Stranger Things series two and Dynasty.
Amazon Prime Video doesn’t have as many titles as Netflix, but it does have a few worth checking out. like Jack Ryan, After Earth, Fury, Elysium, Men in Black 3 and The Amazing Spider-Man 2. Now you might be wondering why some older movies have support for Dolby Vision, that’s because it wasn’t shot originally with it, but has been remastered.
Disney Plus also launched with a rather large library of Vision content available. Most of the Marvel Cinematic Universe and Star Wars movies are available. As well as Pirates of the Caribbean.
Is it available on smartphones & tablets?
Yes, it is available on some smartphones and tablets.
LG was the first to adopt Dolby Vision on smartphones actually. Which may surprise some of you, but LG was known for pushing new technology that other companies would later adopt.
The LG G6 (launched in 2017) supported Dolby Vision HDR. But it is (and was) not the only model with it. Google and LG are the main Android smartphone makers that have adopted it. Samsung obviously (for reasons mentioned already) has not. Though, interestingly enough, they have added support for Dolby Atmos, for audio.
The iPhone X and later supports it, as well as the iPad Pro.
What are Dolby theaters?
It’s not just TVs that have support for Dolby Vision either. There are also Dolby theaters. AMC has a number of Dolby Cinemas throughout the US. And there is a dedicated theater in Los Angeles as well. The Dolby Cinema uses Atmos. As well as Vision. Giving you a great visual experience and a great audio experience.
If you haven’t tried watching a movie in a Dolby Theater yet, you should definitely try it. Once you do, you won’t want to go back to watching movies in a regular theater. If you are a member of the AMC A-List, you can actually watch movies in the Dolby Cinema as part of your subscription. This is great news, seeing as Dolby Cinema movies are generally a few bucks more. In my experience, they have been around $15-$18 depending on location. But with A-List, you can watch three movies per week for only $19.95 per month. So watch two movies and it pays for itself. Which is really cool.
Dolby Cinemas and theaters are likely to become a much more popular thing in the future too.
Dolby Vision IQ
What is Dolby Vision IQ?
So what’s next? Well there’s Dolby Vision IQ. Which was announced at CES 2020. This is essentially a development of Vision, which is designed to optimize how content looks according to the brightness of the room your TV is in.
This means that Vision content, regardless of its overall brightness, should be easier to watch. Unlike those last few episodes of Game of Thrones, which were very dark. And really only looked okay on an OLED TV.
Additionally, if you switch from a bright live sport to a darker TV show, the TV will be able to adjust accordingly, giving you the best picture possible.
Is Dolby Vision a must-have feature in my next TV?
Yes. If you’re looking for a good TV that you plan to keep for a few years, then Dolby Vision is a feature that you have to have on that TV. The good thing is that most TVs do support Dolby Vision already. Even cheaper ones. So this should’t be too hard to do, unless you had your heart set on a Samsung QLED TV.
Unfortunately, HDR has gotten super confusing over the past few years. As we now have HDR, HDR+, HLG, HDR10, HDR10+ and Dolby Vision. Just to name a handful, and it’ll likely get even more confusing too. But at this point, Dolby Vision and HDR10+ are the holy grail for HDR.
The post Dolby Vision HDR: Everything You Need To Know appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Razer Announces More Affordable Version Of Its Iskur Gaming Chair

Not all gaming chairs have to be super expensive, which is more or less the case with the Razer Iskur X. Razer’s latest gaming chair addition to its collection of lifestyle products.
The Iskur X is the second gaming chair that Razer has launched to date. Beginning first with the Iskur last year. With the Iskur, you’re paying a higher premium for more features. Like innovative lumbar support that’s built right into the back of the chair. Something which isn’t very common with gaming chairs.
Many gaming chairs do come with lumbar support, but it’s usually just a pillow that you can tie around the seat. That leads us to the new Iskur X. Which foregoes some of the more premium features of the Iskur in exchange for a lower price tag. Is that a good thing? That depends on you and what you want out of a chair.
The Razer Iskur X retails for a lower price of $399, but loses important features
The Iskur X does come in at a lower price, but you lose some of the best features that the Iskur has. Mainly the lumbar support. If you’re sitting down for longer periods of time, without lumbar support, you’re not doing your back any favors.
With the Iskur X, you’re losing the built-in lumbar support offered by the Iskur. You can buy a lumbar support pillow for an additional $50, but at that point you’re only $50 off from the regular retail price of the high-end model. The Iskur’s lumbar support is also adjustable while the pillow for the Iskur X is not. Worth noting though is that the pillow for the Iskur X does conform to the majority of the back just like the built-in support of the Iskur.
This is a pretty big step above most lumbar support pillows for other gaming chairs. Which are usually smaller and less supportive over all.
Razer still uses premium materials for this model
There are a few more differences between Razer’s new chair and its first one. Namely the 2D arm rests as opposed to the 4D arm rests. That said, Razer is still using plush, high-density foam for what it says will offer long-lasting comfort for even the most lengthy of gaming sessions.
The Iskur X also features a multi-function recline option, and the style is overall the same as the regular Iskur. So design-wise you’re not giving up anything. As it still features the same sleek styling that Razer tends to apply to all of its products.
The Razer Iskur X is currently only available from Razer’s own website. The Iskur however is available through Razer and through Amazon.
Iskur X
Iskur
The post Razer Announces More Affordable Version Of Its Iskur Gaming Chair appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Everything You Need To Know About Google Play Pass

Google Play Pass. What’s that, you might ask? Well, it’s a service that Google offers to Android users which gives unlimited access to content on Google Play. That’s the most basic explanation of what it is anyway.
But there’s a lot more to it than that. So we wanted to do a deep dive into what it is, what its features are, what it costs, why you’d want it and a whole lot more. If you’re at all interested in Play Pass, which you’ve likely seen presented to you inside the Google Play app on your Android smartphone, then this guide is for you.
As it’ll seek to explain all of that in as much detail as possible.
What is Google Play Pass?

Google Play Pass is a subscription service that you can access through your Android smartphone or tablet. You pay a single monthly fee and in return, Google gives you access to a curated collection of games and apps.
You can use these as much as you want and install them on additional devices. So long as the Google account you used to subscribe to the service is on those additional devices.
If you need a comparison, Play Pass is pretty similar to Apple Arcade. The main difference being that Apple Arcade is strictly for games and Google Play Pass includes apps too.
How much does Google Play Pass cost?
Google Play Pass has a monthly fee and an annual fee. So you can subscribe for the length of time that you prefer. Whether you plan to utilize the service’s benefits for an entire year or you’d rather have the freedom to cancel month by month, Google Play Pass lets you choose either one.
For one month, Play Pass will cost you $4.99. For one year, Play Pass will cost you $29.99. Subscriptions are also set up to auto-renew. So make sure that you keep that in mind if you’re ever considering a cancellation.
If you have a Google Play family account set up, you can also share Play Pass with up to five other people.
Where is Google Play Pass available?
You would think that Play Pass is available in every country where the Play Store is available. But that’s actually not the case. The service is available in a rather large number of regions though.
Altogether, the service is available in 90 regions. This includes the US, UK, Russia, Poland, Italy, France, Angola, Chile, and many others. You can find the entire list of available regions for Play Pass at this link.
Also worth noting is that if Play Pass is available in your region, you should be able to see the option to sign up for it in the Play Store on your device. Simply tap on your profile picture in the top right corner of the Play Store app, and Play Pass should be listed further down in the menu.
What apps and games are available on Play Pass?

Honestly, there are too many to list them all here. But you’ll be happy to know that the service as a whole offers access to hundreds and hundreds of apps and games. And Google is constantly adding more so things are always staying fresh.
Having said that, the service did start off a little bit slow. Now however things seem to have picked up and there’s a lot more on offer. Some of the most recent things added to Play Pass include games like Evoland 2, Botanicula, Crying Suns, Night Of The Full Moon, The Ramen Sensei, Pocket League Story, Laser Quest and many, many more.
If you’re interested in seeing everything Play Pass offers for yourself, head to the Play Pass section in the Play Store and tap on the Explore button. This will let you browse through the content that you get access to with your subscription.
What sorts of features does Play Pass have?
Really there aren’t many major features to speak of. You do get the ability to share the service with up to five people. And that’s really about it. What it has is pretty cut and dry. Pay a monthly fee, and get access to hundreds of apps and games.
Use and play them as much as you want as long as your subscription is active.
Does the content have in-app purchases?
No. All Play Pass content is completely free of in-app purchases. Which means you’ll never spend a single cent on anything. The thing is though that Play Pass will likely never include games that rely more heavily on micro transactions.
Then again, those types of apps and games are usually already free. The main benefit of Play Pass is that the games and apps that are included are premium games and apps. That would normally cost money if you wanted to install them. With Play Pass, you give up having to spend money on the individual installs for unlimited access with a subscription.
It’s a rather great deal if you use premium apps and play premium games a lot. There are some free games and apps included. These are likely to have at least one or two in-app purchases that would unlock the full versions of their content. But with Play Pass you get that at no charge.
How do I sign up?

Signing up is actually pretty easy to do. First you will need to open the Play Store on any supported Android device. Then, tap on your profile picture which can be found in the top right corner of the Play Store app.
This will bring up a menu with options like my apps & games, library, Play Protect, and Play Pass just to name a few. Tap on the Play Pass option and you’ll be taken to another screen that lets you “get started.” Tapping on the get started button will have you go through with setting up the subscription.
From there you can browse through all of the content that the service has available. Then just find stuff you like and install it onto any of your compatible Android devices.
Are there ads to deal with?
Not a single one. All apps and games in the service that would potentially have ads, are completely ad-free when you have a Play Pass subscription. This goes along with the lack of micro transactions. As you also avoid in-app purchases when you subscribe.
Again, this is mostly premium content. And a lot of premium content doesn’t have ads or in-app purchases anyway. So that’s something to keep in mind. The real strength of the service is getting access to premium content without having to buy each piece of content individually.
Are downloads shared between family members?
No. Google set things up so that any downloads are not shared between Play Pass subscribers. Since the service is tied to the individual emails of each person in the family group, downloaded games or apps go directly to that person’s device and no one else’s.
This will help prevent your device from being loaded up with games or apps you would never play or use.
Do I need an Android device to access the service?

Yes. Play Pass is only available for Android devices. Though, that does include both smartphones and tablets. Your device will need to run Android 4.4 or later, and have the Play Store version 16.6.25 or later for it to work.
Google doesn’t list that it works with Chromebooks, but a Chromebook is pictured on the official Play Pass landing page and users have reported it working well over a year ago. So your Chromebook should work just fine if you have one.
What happens to downloads if I cancel Play Pass?
Play Pass is a subscription service. While it’s active, you can download and use games or apps free of charge instead of paying for them. They’ll also be free of ads and of in-app/in-game purchases, as mentioned above.
If you cancel your Play Pass subscription though, you will lose access to those games or apps. You will however be able to continue using them for the remaining days of your subscription. In the event that the apps or games were free, they will stay ad-free for the same time frame.
Will games or apps ever be removed from the service?
Sometimes, yes. Google states that every so often games and apps may leave the Play Pass service. If this happens, usage is still there, not too unlike it is for the remaining days of your subscription after you cancel it.
If the game or app removed is free, then access can continue but ads will start appearing. Google says access can continue for “some time” if the content was paid, but eventually users will have to buy that content.
How do I manage my Play Pass subscription?
This is pretty simple as well. The same as any other subscription from the Play Store – from the menu. Subscriptions will be listed right under the library option in the user menu that you access from the top right corner of the Play Store app.
Just like with signing up, tap on your profile picture and payments & subscriptions will be the third option down. Tap on that to open the subscriptions menu and if you’re subscribed to Play Pass you’ll see it in the list. You can then cancel at any time from this location.
Are there any issues with the service?
The main issue is still the same one that Play Pass has had since it launched. Though it’s less of an issue now than it was back in the beginning – that there aren’t really that many games or apps available as part of the service. This will continue to change over time however. Google said in the beginning that it was committed to adding more games and apps to Play Pass every single month. And it’s done that so far.
Another problem is the quality of the content that is available. Some of the content included is lacking. However everyone’s tastes are different and some users will find the library of content in Play Pass to be just fine. Again, this is another thing that will improve over time as Google adds in more new stuff.
Can I sign up for Play Pass with a work or school account?
Unfortunately, no. Play Pass is only available to personal Google accounts and not those tied to work or school.
Why should I sign up for Google Play Pass?
This is mainly for people who use a lot of app content. And even more specifically for people who tend to gravitate towards the premium content. If that’s you and you’re tried of paying full price for each thing you download, this is an alternative way to get access to hundreds of premium games and apps.
In which case, that’s a good reason to sign up. Another good reason is if you have family members or friends that are part of your Google Play Family account. This allows everyone access to the Play Pass service for the same monthly fee that you’re already paying. Which means lots of free content for everyone involved. Sharing is caring, and sharing Play Pass with friends and family is a neat little gift.

The post Everything You Need To Know About Google Play Pass appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Galaxy A22, A22 5G Leaks Continue, Launch Just Around The Corner

Samsung has two new entry-level Galaxy A series smartphones in the works – the Galaxy A22 and Galaxy A22 5G. The phones have frequently appeared in leaks over the past few months but continue to elude the market. A major leak earlier today revealed pretty much everything we need to know about the Galaxy A22 5G, living very little to the imagination. Now another leak has followed suit, with detailed specs and high-res renders of the 4G-only Galaxy A22 as well.
To be honest, there’s not much left to know about Samsung’s upcoming budget phones anyway. Multiple leaks in the past have revealed it all one by one. But the latest leak brings it all together ahead of the impending launch.
Galaxy A22, A22 5G leaks have left little to the imagination
The Galaxy A22 5G will sport a 6.5-inch Full HD+ LCD screen with a 90Hz refresh rate. The latest report doesn’t talk about the display of the 4G variant but an earlier report suggested the phone will get a similar sized AMOLED panel with HD+ resolution. It will also reportedly feature a U-shaped notch at the center while the 5G variant has a V-shaped notch.
The two models also pack different SoCs under the hood. Samsung has equipped the Galaxy A22 5G with the MediaTek Dimensity 700 chipset. It’s a 7nm silicon that operates at up to 2.2GHz and comes with an integrated 5G modem for sub-6 GHz networks. The 4G variant, meanwhile, gets a less powerful MediaTek Helio G80 processor. This chipset is clocked at 2.0GHz and is also based on a more power-hungry 12nm architecture.
According to the report, Samsung will offer the Galaxy A22 with 4GB of RAM and 64GB or 128GB storage options. Earlier reports suggest its 5G-enabled sibling will also come in similar storage options but with up to 6GB of RAM.
The two phones also slightly differ in the camera department. The 4G-only Galaxy A22 features a quad rear camera setup with a 48-megapixel primary shooter, a 5-megapixel ultrawide lens, a 2-megapixel depth sensor, and a 2-megapixel macro camera. The front-facing camera is an 8-megapixel sensor.
The Galaxy A22 5G, on the other hand, gets only three cameras at the back. It misses out on the 2-megapixel macro camera. Samsung has relocated the LED flash inside the camera bump on this phone. The 4G variant has the flash unit placed under the square-shaped camera bump as there’s no room for it on the inside.
No under-display fingerprint sensor on the 5G variant
Another notable difference between the two variants of the Galaxy A22 is the position of the fingerprint sensor. While the Galaxy A22 5G has a capacitive scanner embedded in the power button on the side, its 4G-only sibling gets an under-display optical fingerprint sensor. Previous reports have suggested that the 4G variant will be the slimmer and lighter phone of the two.
The rest of the specs should remain unchanged though. Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi b/g/n/ac, NFC, USB Type-C port, and a 3.5mm headphone jack are the expected connectivity options. A microSD card slot, dual SIM support, Samsung Knox, Samsung Pay, Dolby Atmos audio, and Android 11-based One UI 3.x software is also part of the package.
Both models will also likely pack a 5,000mAh battery with 15W fast charging support. Interestingly, the latest report claims that the phones will come with a charging adaptor that only delivers 7.5W of power. That’s a bit surprising and unexpected from Samsung. We will have to wait for the official confirmation to find out how accurate this claim is. With the frequency of leaks in recent weeks, it appears an announcement for the Galaxy A22 and A22 5G from Samsung is just around the corner. We will make sure to update you as soon as the two phones break cover.

The post Galaxy A22, A22 5G Leaks Continue, Launch Just Around The Corner appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Motorola May Be Preparing To Relaunch Its Defy Phones Series

Motorola first introduced its Defy phones in 2010, and now it seems that the company is thinking about a relaunch for those rugged devices.
According to the 91mobiles, a new device from Motorola with the codename Motorola Athena appeared on Google Play Console and Geekbench. The marketing name could be Motorola Defy, which is reminiscent of those die-hard phones in 2010. The Defy was the first Android phone that came with dustproof and water-resistant capabilities.
Currently, there’s not much information about the Motorola Defy relaunch, and only a handful of leaks are around. First, the new Defy might consist of multiple phones with different specifications, as the tipster mentions the word “series” when referring to the Defy.
Although Motorola has a lot of fans in India, the Defy may go beyond the borders of the country. As the company seemingly plans to launch the phone in international markets. Target markets are unknown yet. However the Asian and developing countries will be an attractive target market for this phone.
Some specifications of the Motorola Defy relaunch are leaked
The target markets don’t seem to be the only information on hand about the Motorola Defy. According to the Google Play Console listing, the Defy will feature a Qualcomm Snapdragon 662 SoC and an HD+ display.
Android 10 and 4GB of RAM are other available specs of the device. Moreover, the information on Geekbench also reiterates the details of the Google Play Console data.
As per the current specifications, the Motorola Defy could be a mid-range phone with an affordable price that wants to appeal to those who are looking for a rugged smartphone.
If Motorola wants to revive the same Defy of 2010, it probably features dustproof and water-resistant capabilities along with other features like increased durability in case of drops from a longer fall. Of course, these are all speculations.
Motorola currently has a wide range of low to high-end phones in its lineup. Adding a rugged phone like the Defy series shows the company has targeted a specific group of customers who need such a phone.
There’s no mention of specific regions where this phone would be available, but chances are that Motorola would look to markets where it already launched previous phones in the series.
The post Motorola May Be Preparing To Relaunch Its Defy Phones Series appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Fitbit Sense/Versa 3 Update Brings Audible Assistant Responses

A new software update is now rolling out to the Fitbit Sense and Fitbit Versa 3 smartwatches. The latest FitbitOS release is “jam-packed” with new features and improvements, including easier access to your SpO2 data, audible responses from Google Assistant, heart rate notifications, and more.
Fitbit rolls out a new update to Sense and Versa 3 smartwatches

Fitbit’s latest smartwatches come equipped with a SpO2 sensor. Both Fitbit Sense and Versa 3 can track the level of oxygen in your blood. You can access your SpO2 data, including your nightly average and trends from the past week, from the SpO2 clock face as well as the Health Metrics dashboard. Now, with the latest update, all this data will also show up in the on-wrist Today dashboard.
The new update also brings audio responses for Google Assistant. The virtual assistant will now respond with both text and audio to your commands, though the latter is optional – it can be turned off. For example, if you ask Google Assistant to set an alarm, it will respond with: “Done. Your alarm’s set for tomorrow at 7 am,” along with the same text on the screen. Similarly, when you ask about your sleep, you’ll get a reply along this line: “Since yesterday, you slept a total of 8 hr and 15 mins.”
Next up, changing clock faces on your Fitbit smartwatch is getting a lot easier with the latest update. You no longer need to swipe through the app grid to find and open the Clocks app to swap your clock face. Instead, you can do that all right from the home screen. All you have to do is long-press your current clock face and it will open the Clocks app. You can then select a new clock face.
The latest FitbitOS release also brings new on-wrist celebrations for health and fitness goals. Whenever you achieve your goals, the device will cheer you up with full-screen celebratory animations.
Fitbit Versa 3 also gets heart rate notifications

Along with all the above-mentioned features and improvements, the Fitbit Versa 3 is also picking one more handy feature. If you have 24/7 continuous heart rate tracking enabled, your watch will send a notification whenever it detects an unusually high or low heart rate. Note that this feature is already available on Fitbit Sense.
The latest update for the Fitbit Sense and Versa 3 smartwatches is now rolling out to eligible units. If you own either of the two wearables, be on the lookout for this update in the coming days.
The post Fitbit Sense/Versa 3 Update Brings Audible Assistant Responses appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Razer Will Hold Its First-Ever Keynote At E3 This Year

With E3 2021 only a couple of weeks away now, companies are starting to announce their attendance, and this includes Razer. Earlier this week, Razer confirmed that it will be holding its very own E3 2021 keynote.
This will be Razer’s first time holding a keynote at E3, making the show this year an exciting one for both Razer and its fans.
If you’re a fan of Razer’s products, then your mind is probably teeming with possibilities on what it will announce at the upcoming show. Though Razer is obviously not giving out specifics, it is hinting at what to expect. Razer will be joining other large brands in the industry, including Xbox and Bethesda. Which will be holding their own E3 showcase on June 15. You can find out how to watch that here.
Razer will be a headlining keynote at E3 2021
Not only is this Razer’s first E3 keynote, but it’ll be a headlining keynote at the show. Which means whatever Razer has to show off will get a lot of attention. As for what that might be, a bulk of it is going to be hardware-related.
According to the company’s announcement, Razer CEO Min-Liang Tan will reveal some exciting new hardware. Razer says this new hardware will be “innovative” and feature its best-in-class technology. Razer also says that these products will “raise the bar for PC gaming.”
That doesn’t narrow down the possibilities for what the announcements could be about. As most of Razer’s products are for PC gaming. However Razer just launched its latest series of Blade laptops, so it’s likely that the announcement is about new peripherals.
Think keyboards, mice, headsets and more. Of course that doesn’t mean Razer won’t unveil new laptops.
If you’re looking to watch the Razer E3 2021 keynote live, you’ll be able to do so through E3’s official channels on YouTube, Twitch, Twitter, and Facebook. The keynote takes place on June 14 at 3PM PST.
Stay tuned after the show for a RazerStore Live event
If you’ve been following Razer’s announcements for the past year, then you’ve probably seen at least one RazerStore Live event. These are Razer’s own livestream shows held on its official channels where it announces new products and more.
Razer will be holding one of these directly after its E3 keynote. So you’ll want to set aside some time for that if you’re able. While this will have additional product reveals and hands-on presentations, it will also have some giveaways of cool Razer products. So this is a way for you to potentially come out of E3 with some winnings.
The post Razer Will Hold Its First-Ever Keynote At E3 This Year appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

HBO MAX with Ads: Everything You Need To Know

WarnerMedia has just launched its much anticipated second plan for HBO MAX. Now you can get HBO MAX with Ads, and it’ll cost a third less than regular HBO MAX would cost you. Making it just $9.99 per month. Of course the big differentiator here is that it does have ads. But there are a few other things that makes this different from the regular HBO MAX plan that is $14.99 per month. And we’re here to help you figure out which plan is the best for you.
HBO MAX has made quite a few changes over the past year, since its launch. As well as debuting some pretty incredible shows and movies. Including two reunions for Friends and The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air. Which has helped HBO MAX become a pretty popular streaming service in the US. And now that it is available for less, it’s going to grow its reach even further.
HBO MAX vs HBO MAX with Ads
As the name of the plan indicates, HBO MAX with Ads biggest differentiator is the fact that it has, well ads. But it’s not quite that clean cut.
There will be ads on some of the shows and movies available on HBO MAX. But not any of HBO MAX’s original programming. Basically anything that it has licensed from other studios – as well as Warner Bros. And you’ll also see ads if you pause playback. Which means that you won’t actually see a whole lot of ads on HBO MAX with ads. And that’s a pretty good user experience, to be quite honest.
The other big difference here, is new releases. Now this really only affects users for the rest of 2021. But those theatrical releases that are available on HBO MAX the same day that they come to theaters, won’t be available to those on the HBO MAX with Ads plan. So you’ll need to wait for them to actually come to HBO MAX a few months later on.
HBO MAX: Plans explained
Thankfully, HBO MAX has been pretty quick about getting its movies onto its platform after the theatrical release. Wonder Woman 1984 for example, hit HBO MAX in May, about five months after it landed in theaters. That used to take about a year to happen, or longer. So that’s good news.
WarnerMedia has also stated that it is committed to keeping the ad load pretty low on this plan. Management says that you’ll see less than four minutes of ads per hour, on average. Of course, different titles will have different amounts of ads. So you could end up seeing no ads at all.
There are two more differences here, which are still pretty minimal. But with HBO MAX with Ads, you won’t be able to download titles to watch offline. And you will be limited to streaming in HD. While the standard HBO MAX plan does offer 4K HDR (with Dolby Vision), though that is not available on every title. So also keep that in mind.
Is there a free trial?
Unfortunately, HBO MAX did kill off its free trial last December. Just before Wonder Woman 1984 hit the platform alongside its theatrical release. HBO MAX decided to get rid of the free trial so that users couldn’t just sign up for the free trial and watch Wonder Woman 1984 and then leave. Though, there’s still no committment for HBO MAX, and you can leave whenever you want. So that’s not a big deal.
However, WarnerMedia does offer a bunch of ways that you can get HBO MAX for free. So there’s that.
Can I get HBO MAX for free?
If you’re an AT&T subscriber, probably.
So AT&T has laid out who will get HBO MAX for free, and it’s the majority of its customers. Here’s how it breaks down for different AT&T customers:
If you have DirecTV Premier or Lo Maximo
If you have U-Verse U400, U450 or U450 Latino
If you have AT&T TV Choice, Xtra, Ultra or Optimo Mas plans
If you have AT&T TV Now
If you have DirecTV Choice, Xtra, Ultimate, Mas Ultra or Optimo Mas packages. (But you only get a year for free.)
Other plans may get it free for one month
If you have the AT&T Unlimited Elite wireless plan
These free HBO MAX offers range from one month to a year. So you won’t be getting it for free, forever, unfortunately. But that is long enough to decide whether you want to keep it. So there’s that.

Can I switch between the two plans?
Once you sign up for HBO MAX, you’ll be able to switch between the two plans, pretty much anytime. However, if you’re downgrading to save a few bucks each month, the change won’t actually take place until your billing cycle is up. Meaning that HBO MAX won’t pro-rate your account if you switch to the ads tier halfway through your cycle.
On the flip side, if you want to upgrade and download some titles before jumping on a plane, you can do that. And you’ll be charged the difference right away.
Is HBO MAX with Ads worth the $5 savings?
You might be wondering, if switching to this cheaper HBO MAX plan is worth the savings? And well, it might be. If you don’t care about watching movies the same day they hit theaters – which really only matters for about six more months – then, yeah it’s worth it.
WarnerMedia also making sure to keep the ad load pretty low on everything on HBO MAX helps to make this a much more attractive option too. The fact that you’ll see less than four minutes per hour of watch-time, is really incredible. Some ad-breaks on regular TV are over four minutes long. And by the looks of things, the ads are just between episodes, or at the beginning and end. Which isn’t really that annoying, when you think about it.
If $15 seems like it’s a bit much for HBO MAX, $10 probably seems a bit more palatable. Honestly, that’s just a dollar more than Netflix Basic – which is really Basic, by 2021 standards, to be quite honest. You can sign up for HBO MAX by hitting the link below.
Sign Up For HBO MAX
The post HBO MAX with Ads: Everything You Need To Know appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Don't Miss Your Chance To Pick Up Battlefield 4 For Free

Battlefield 4 is one hell of a game, and if you haven’t played it before, you can snag it for free thanks to Prime Gaming.
Prime Day is just around the corner and that’s going to bring a ton of great deals on stuff on Amazon. But it’s also going to bring a really great deal for gamers who like FPS titles. If you’re unfamiliar with Prime Gaming, it used to be called Twitch Prime following Amazon’s purchase of Twitch.
Every month, Prime Gaming rotates in and out a new set of deals on games and in-game items. And occasionally there’s a big game drop. Usually though, the full games you pick up for free aren’t large AAA titles. They’re mostly indies or older games.
Battlefield 4 is available for free on Prime Gaming from June 1
Though it’s hardly the newest game in the series, Battlefield 4 is still one of the better games. Normally it costs $19.99 if you pick it up from the Origin Store. But for the next couple of weeks it’ll cost you nothing but a little bit of your time to download and install it.
Since this deal is through Prime Gaming, you do need to be an Amazon Prime member to claim the game for free. If you’re not an Amazon Prime member, you can sign up for a membership through this link.
Also worth noting is that the code you get from this offer is for Origin. Which means you will need to download the Origin Store game client to your PC if you don’t already have it installed. If you do, simply punch the code in when you go to redeem a code inside of the Origin client and you’ll be able to download it right then and there.
In addition to grabbing Battlefield 4 at no charge, there are a ton of in-game items you can pick up through Prime Gaming right now as well. For example, Destiny 2 is still doing monthly loot drops that you can claim. You have until June 20 to claim Battlefield 4.
After that, the price through Origin will go back up to the normal $19.99 price.
The post Don’t Miss Your Chance To Pick Up Battlefield 4 For Free appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

CD Projekt Will Keep Its Promise To Make Cyberpunk 2077 Better

Cyberpunk 2077 improvements are still on the way, according to CD Projekt CEO Adam Kacinski. Which is excellent news for anyone that has been waiting on these improvements for Cyberpunk 2077 to drop. Assuming CD Projekt does actually keep its promise and make the game more of what players were expecting.
Cyberpunk 2077, for all its flaws and needed fixes, is a great game that is a hell of a lot of fun to play. But the title, which was anticipated to launch with much fanfare, was a big letdown for many fans. Mostly those on older Gen 1 versions of the PS4 and Xbox One. Those issues were so severe that Sony pulled the digital copy from its PlayStation Store and has yet to relist the game.
You can still find physical copies of it for the PlayStation consoles though. However now that the game has been out for almost six months, there are still a lot of things that need to be done to bring the game up to the level that was promised by the studio. And Kacinski says that it will keep that promise.
Cyberpunk 2077 will become the game that was promised with new improvements
Since the game’s release in December of 2020, Cyberpunk 2077 has received a handful of updates. Some bigger than others. But Cyberpunk’s best days are apparently ahead of it.
Kacinski says that CD Projekt is committed to making Cyberpunk 2077 a full game. And that the studio will live up to the promise that gamers received in January. Back at the beginning of this year, CD Projekt laid out a timeline of updates for the game. Some of which were the fixes that have already been applied.
Still to come though are things like the promised DLC content updates. Which are supposed to add new gameplay content. Players are still waiting on the PS5 and Xbox Series X / S upgrades as well. Although Kacinski doesn’t mention any of these things specifically, he does note that a large part (“nearly half”) of the studio’s team is still working on the game.
The main focus: ensuring that Cyberpunk 2077 “provides even better entertainment to gamers.” Even though that statement is vague, the message seems clear. CD Projekt is not entirely happy with the state of the game right now.
The post CD Projekt Will Keep Its Promise To Make Cyberpunk 2077 Better appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

OnePlus Nord CE 5G RAM, Storage, And Color Revealed

OnePlus has joined the club and started manufacturing its own line of mid-range smartphones. Branded the OnePlus Nord CE 5G, its latest device is set to launch soon. It’s also just been discovered how much RAM and what color consumers can expect to see with this device.
The OnePlus Nord CE 5G will have decent RAM and storage for a mid-range phone
This news comes from an Amazon quiz that took place for Indian users and was spotted by 91 Mobiles. It was a basic five-question quiz that had the OnePlus Nord CE 5G as the prize. It showed the Amazon listing for the phone right below. That listing, though it didn’t have an image, gave some solid information about the device.
It revealed that at least one variant will come with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. As for the color, it will be called “Charcoal Ink.” Since this took place on the Indian Amazon site, it’s not certain if this configuration will be exclusive to the Indian market or not.
These RAM and storage specs put into perspective just how far the smartphone world has come. Back in 2017, when the OnePlus 5 launched, a phone with 8GB of RAM was a top-tier, premium flagship. Now, in 2021, 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage are considered mid-range.
The OnePlus Nord CE 5G is set to launch in India first on June 6th. It will make its international debut on the 10th.
Other specs of the device have been revealed recently
Other important information about the OnePlus Nord CE 5G was spilled a few days ago, giving us insight into aspects such as the SoC and camera package. The RAM and storage news is the final puzzle piece needed to see what kind of device we’re dealing with.
For starters, the SoC that will be powering this device is going to be the Snapdragon 750 G. It’s a pretty well-rounded mid-range SoC that’s been powering a fair amount of devices. That, with the 8GB of RAM should make this a decently capable device.
The display will be a pretty good one. It’s a 6.43 AMOLED panel, which is a nice thing to see. This is the only OnePlus Nord to get an AMOLED display other than the original. Reports say that it will also have a 90Hz refresh rate.
On the camera front, we can expect the OnePlus Nord CE 5G to have three camera sensors. Right now, we only have information on the primary lens, however. It’s rumored to be a 64 MP sensor- other information like the aperture and the pixel size haven’t been revealed.
The OnePlus Nord CE 5G will be launching soon, so fans of the brand will have something to look forward to. Information like the price and battery capacity are still missing, but it will be revealed when it officially launches.

The post OnePlus Nord CE 5G RAM, Storage, And Color Revealed appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Chrome Labs Steps Closer To Your Chromebook With New Update

Google has now pushed its upcoming Chrome Labs features one step closer to completion for the Chromebook platform. That’s based on recent reports from Android Police, which spotted the feature now rolling out on the Dev Channel for Chrome OS.
The new feature acts as a way for users to gain early access to experimental features, hence the branding. But, unlike previous experiments, Chrome Labs makes the process easy. As previously reported, Chrome Labs doesn’t require users to navigate to Chrome’s hidden experiments menu. That’s typically tucked behind the entry of the URL “chrome://flags” in the Omnibox search bar.
Instead, the new feature places a beaker icon next to the search bar. A tap or click on that icon showcases available incoming features that shouldn’t cause too many bugs or glitches for users. And there, they can be toggled on or off.
What flags are currently housed in the Chrome Labs menu for Chromebook?
This release, unlike previous releases, applies more explicitly to Chrome OS. Google has already been testing the feature on Windows in Chrome Canary. But getting access to that is easier than on a Chromebook since, for a Chromebook, Chrome Canary can’t simply be downloaded. So this moving to the Dev channel, steps closer to bypassing the need to switch to a more beta, bug-ridden version of Chrome.
While everybody waits for a final release on the Stable Channel, if that ever happens, there are two experiments available via Chrome Labs on the platform. Those are Reading List and Tab Scrolling. Of course, on Chrome OS, users will need to completely restart their laptops before using either feature. Since Chrome is effectively the entire operating system.
Here’s how you can get this early
Now, most users will want to wait to see if this feature ever arrives on the Stable Channel. As noted above, other channels tend to be buggy. But they also often require a complete reset of the Chromebook in question when users decide to switch back to a more user-friendly, stable channel. For those that are already on the Dev Channel, however, gaining access will be easy.
Users simply need to navigate to “chrome://flags” and then search for Chrome Labs. Enabling that will require at least one reboot of Chrome OS.
The post Chrome Labs Steps Closer To Your Chromebook With New Update appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

MSI Is Launching A Pair Of True Wireless Earbuds For Gaming

True wireless earbuds designed specifically for gaming are not entirely new yet they are still less common, and now MSI is entering the space.
MSI recently revealed during its Computex 2021 event that it would be releasing a pair of true wireless earbuds made for gaming. And while they work for any sort of media, they’ll definitely be marketed towards gamers. And no doubt MSI has a few features planned that will cater to consumers in that segment.
Much like EPOS has done with its GTW 270 Hybrid, MSI’s earbuds (officially called the Immerse GH62) will feature a low-latency audio response. So they should provide a really great sound experience for games.
MSI hasn’t revealed the price or availability of its true wireless gaming earbuds
Unfortunately for eager buyers, MSI hasn’t revealed the most important details. Which are the availability and the price point of these new earbuds.
While we can’t speak to the availability, the price point is something that shouldn’t be hard to guess. If MSI wants to price these competitively, right around the $150 – $200 mark is the sweet spot. The two best pairs of true wireless earbuds for gamers that we’ve tried both sit at the $200 mark.
The Razer Hammerhead True Wireless Pro and the EPOS GTW 270 Hybrid. Assuming MSI bakes in similar features, the retail cost being somewhere around the price of those products is likely. But not necessarily guaranteed.
Also worth mentioning is that these may not even come to the US. Though many of MSI’s gaming laptops and other gaming products do. So there’s no reason to believe these won’t also.
The earbuds are “coming soon”
MSI didn’t give out any exact information on the launch date, but that doesn’t mean the Immerse GH62 are far off. The company says the earbuds are coming soon. Which may signify that a release could happen by the end of the Summer.
The earbuds will come in at least one color, and have the MSI Tiamat dragon logo on both earbuds. Naturally they also come with a wireless charging case. Though there was no mention of battery life.
MSI was also light on features, but it does state that the earbuds will provide accurate audio reproduction and clear voice recording. So these might be good for content creation and voice calls.
The post MSI Is Launching A Pair Of True Wireless Earbuds For Gaming appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Verizon Wants You To Know That Unlike Google, It Offers Unlimited Cloud Storage!

As most of you likely know, Google has ended the free unlimited storage for Google Photos and Docs. This was a feature that really set it apart from the competition, and many are upset about this change. However, that isn’t stopping competitors from reminding us about their own cloud storage plans. Verizon does offer unlimited cloud storage for $19.99 per month.
That’s actually a really good price for unlimited, since Google offers 2TB for $9.99 per month and 10TB for $49.99 per month. Verizon is touting that this can be shared with up to five users, and used on unlimited “eligible devices”.
You can use Verizon Cloud Storage to backup files on your phone or computer, use it for shared storage, and the ability to search across devices. It also has a few useful features like continuous backup, so you won’t need to worry about backing everything up yourself. And Private Folders, allowing you to keep some stuff private, instead of shared with others on your account.
Is Verizon Cloud Storage a viable competitor to Google Photos?
This really depends on how and what you use Google Photos for. If you just use it for backing up your photos, then it is definitely a good option. But if you like all of the other features that Google Photos has, like facial recognition, memories and such. Then you will have to stick with Google Photos.
It’s also worth mentioning that you do need to be a Verizon customer to use Cloud Storage. They should open it up to everyone, because unlimited storage for only $20 per month, is pretty incredible.
Verizon does offer a 30 day free trial with Cloud Storage, so you can try it out and see if it is worth it for you to use. After that, plans start at $5.99 per month for 600GB, $14.99 per month for 2TB and then $19.99 per month for unlimited. And there are also taxes added to that price.
Sign Up For Verizon Cloud Storage
The post Verizon Wants You To Know That Unlike Google, It Offers Unlimited Cloud Storage! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New KB articles published for the week ending 30th May, 2021

Tweet Products Title Published Date VMware App Volumes App Volumes Manager UI slow to respond in environments with large user counts (83806) 5/25/2021 VMware Cloud Foundation Patch File Checksum Validation error while upgrading SDDC Manager (83822) 5/24/2021 VMware Cloud Foundation Missing ESXi service accounts in SDDC Manager after Bringup (83837) 5/24/2021 VMware Cloud Foundation Adding … Continued

The post New KB articles published for the week ending 30th May, 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Android 12 Will Block Third-Party Share Sheets

Android 12 will not offer an option to replace the default Android Sharesheet. This refers to a menu at the bottom that pops out when you hit an in-app share button.
Android Sharesheet offers an array of sharing options, as well as ways to share something across. The UI of the Android Sharesheet looks different from app to the app because Google doesn’t force UI uniformity for the share sheet.
As a result, third-party apps and OEMs are able to customize the UI of the Android Sharesheet to their heart’s content. To completely avoid the Android Sharesheet, Android users can use third-party apps like Sharedr.
Android 12 blocks Android Sharesheet
These apps offer simpler, yet consistent UI that bypass Direct Share, which can be very slow to populate on some devices. It is worth noting that Direct Share received a notable performance boost in Android 11.
However, using a third-party sharesheet to replace Android sharesheet will be quite challenging in Android 12, according to XDA Developers. In its latest report, the site noted that Google will be restricting third-party apps from setting themselves as the default share sheet.

Sharedr developer recently opened a ticket on the AOSP bug tracker. The developer noted that the system no longer showed the prompt to pick between the Android Sharesheet and Sharedr on Android 12.
Moroever, the system opened the Android Sharesheet by default. A Googler responded to the issue, confirming that the behavior was intended and not a bid. This suggests that Google is not allowing third-party apps to replace the sharesheet in Android 12.
Google never wanted to allow apps to replace the sharesheet
The Google corporation employee told XDA Developers that the company never actually wanted to enable apps to replace the share dialog. Aside from that, the Googler pointed out that replacing the share dialog is harder than before.
It is worth noting that it wasn’t possible to implement the direct share part of the UI. Likewise, users couldn’t share the personal vs. work profile tabs in (Android) R. According to the Google employee, this isn’t practical to allow apps to replace.
It is still unclear whether Google will let app developers customize Android Sharesheet, which led to the conflicting user experience, to begin with. For example, Samsung smartphone users can enable or disable direct contact sharing.
Nevertheless, you will still be able to use Sharedr and other similar apps. Regrettably, users will need to carry out an additional step of selecting them as an app from the stock sharesheet.
The post Android 12 Will Block Third-Party Share Sheets appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New Update Further Improves OnePlus 9 Series Camera Performance

OnePlus has started rolling out a new update to the OnePlus 9 and 9 Pro, which brings further camera improvements. This update is marked as OxygenOS 11.2.6.6 for both smartphones, and it comes to Indian, North American, and European variants of the phone.
The update is rolling out as we speak, though it may take a couple of days to arrive to your phone. As per usual, this update is rolling out in stages, and it will arrive to your phone OTA (Over The Air).
The main focus of this OnePlus 9 series update are the camera performance improvements
The changelog OnePlus shared is separated into three categories, System, Camera, and Network. The ‘Camera’ section has the most entries, as the company is trying to further optimize the camera experience on the devices.
In regards to the camera performance, OnePlus improved the hidden operation logic of the camera’s top bar. On top of that, the noise reduction and sharpening effect of the rear camera has been optimized.
OnePlus also improved the focusing experience and brightness constancy in indoor scenes. The last camera entry claims that the accuracy of the auto white balance of the rear camera has been improved.
Now, when it comes to other changes, the company improved the charging experience. The power consumption has been optimized, while some known issues have been fixed, and the stability has been improved.
The network performance has been improved as well
The very last entry in the changelog says that the network performance has been improved. OnePlus did not share any details regarding that, though.
The main reason why OnePlus has been pushing out that many updates for the two devices is the camera performance. OnePlus overhyped the camera performance of the two phones, so the initial build left much to be desired.
The camera performance did improve thanks to these updates, but more can be done. We’ll see what this update does for the two phones.
The post New Update Further Improves OnePlus 9 Series Camera Performance appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Galaxy Z Flip 5G Gets May Security Update On Sprint's Network

The carrier-locked units of the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 5G in the US have finally started picking up the May 2021 Android security update. The Sprint version of the phone is currently receiving the new update with firmware version F707USQU2CUD9. Other carrier versions of the foldable should also join the party soon.
It’s well-known that the latest software updates usually reach the US-bound carrier-locked variants a little late than the international variants as well as unlocked units. That’s because carriers such as AT&T, Verizon, and T-Mobile, and Sprint (now part of T-Mobile) first test the new software independently before giving OEMs the green light to push it to the phones. This adds to the work for OEMs, delaying the rollout.
However, this is still a bit disappointing that carrier-locked Galaxy Z Flip 5G users had to wait this long for the May security update. It’s the last day of May. The unlocked Galaxy Z Flip 5G received this month’s Android security maintenance release more than a month ago.
Moreover, several Galaxy smartphones have already received the June security update as well. Even the international variant of the Galaxy Z Flip 5G itself has made the jump to next month’s security patch. Wish American wireless carriers could step up their software update game a bit.
Nonetheless, if you’re using a Galaxy Z Flip 5G on Sprint’s network, a new update might be waiting for you. Don’t expect any new features though. The latest update likely only brings security fixes for this month.
The May security patch contains fixes for three critical and dozens of moderate and high-risk vulnerabilities on Android OS. It also fixes 23 Samsung Vulnerabilities and Exposure Items (SVE). If you’re new to this term, SVEs are security vulnerabilities that only affect Samsung’s software, i.e. One UI.
May security update rolling out for Sprint’s Galaxy Z Flip 5G
Samsung may have started rolling out the June security patch to its devices. But if you own a carrier-locked Galaxy Z Flip 5G, you’re only about to get the May update now. Users on Sprint’s network should receive the new update anytime now, while those on other networks such as AT&T and Verizon should follow in the coming days.
To check for the update, open the Settings app, scroll down to the Software update menu, and tap Download and install. Since updates are released in batches over the air (OTA), it may take some time before the new firmware reaches every eligible unit. You may also receive a notification when the update becomes available for your phone.
The post Galaxy Z Flip 5G Gets May Security Update On Sprint’s Network appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

NVIDIA SHIELD TV 8.2.3 Update Brings New Security Patch & More

NVIDIA is rolling out a new update to its Android-based SHIELD TV lineup. The latest SHIELD Experience 8.2.3, which is based on Android 9 Pie with Android TV, introduces a new security patch along with some minor bug fixes and a couple of other improvements, including support for new accessories.
According to the official changelog, NVIDIA’s SHIELD TV products are making a jump to the April 2021 Android security patch with the latest update. The company is also promising improved reconnection for Control4 IP-based controllers.
SHIELD Experience 8.2.3 further adds support for new SCUF controllers, including SCUF Infinity4PS, SCUF Impact, and SCUF Prestige. Moreover, if you’re into Corsair gaming, you’ll be glad that SHIELD TV products now support select Corsair SLIPSTREAM WIRELESS peripherals. These include K57 RGB Keyboard, Dark Core RGB Pro Mouse, and Virtuoso RGB Wireless Headset. These accessories support a single USB receiver connection but require iCUE software on a PC or MAC.
NVIDIA SHIELD TV gets a new update
The latest software update for NVIDIA’s SHIELD TV lineup started rolling out over the weekend. However, some users were facing problems installing the new SHIELD Experience version. Clearing cached data on the device allowed the install to go through for some users.
NVIDIA, however, has now confirmed that the issue has been fixed. The issue reportedly only affected some SHIELD Pro (2019) models. A server-side update has been pushed to the affected units. SHIELD Experience 8.2.3 should now install cleanly on those devices as well.
NVIDIA provides excellent software support to its SHIELD TV products. They get regular software updates, adding new features, bug fixes, and support for newer peripherals. In August last year, the devices received a major SHIELD Experience 8.2.0 update introducing a massive amount of new functionality. SHIELD Experience 8.2.1 followed in November. It didn’t bring many new features but fixed some minor bugs from the previous release.
The SHIELD Experience 8.2.2 update in January this year then added support for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S controllers. Now, with the latest update, SHIELD TV users are getting a few more minor improvements.
As said before, SHIELD Experience 8.2.3 is still based on Android 9 Pie. It’s unclear if NVIDIA plans to ship Android 10 to its devices or will directly jump to Android 11. Anyways, the company has time and again put other OEMs to shame with its excellent software support. It now remains to be seen whether the next SHIELD Experience update also introduces a newer version of the Android OS.
The post NVIDIA SHIELD TV 8.2.3 Update Brings New Security Patch & More appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Ad Teases Under Display Camera For The Galaxy Z Fold 3

Samsung has recently released an ad in which it accidentally (perhaps intentionally) reveals the under panel camera of the Galaxy Z Fold 3. The ad’s title is “Life Opens up with Galaxy,” and it somehow teases Apple and iPhone. Samsung describes it with “technology with fewer boundaries and limitations.”
By the way, we have nothing to do with Samsung and Apple facings. We are looking for the new feature of the Galaxy Z Fold 3 spotted in this commercial. Samsung has dedicated the commercial to introduce its Galaxy life, and some foldable devices like Galaxy Z Fold 2 and Galaxy Z Flip 5G are visible in the video.
But in part of this video and a few seconds scene, we can see that the foldable device is bare of any front-facing punch-hole camera. This scene reinforces the rumors about featuring Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3 to an under-panel camera.
Galaxy Z Fold 3 may come with an under panel camera
Of course, using an under-panel front camera in the new generation of Samsung’s foldable devices is not first-hand news. One of the most reliable tech tipsters, Ice Universe, previously revealed Samsung’s plans for bringing an under-panel front camera to its Galaxy Z Fold 3.
Moreover, Earlier this month, some possible Z Fold 3 design images were leaked, which showed that an under-panel front camera was used. According to the tipster, Samsung plans to use this camera in the Fold’s main display.
The Korean company has been working on under-display camera technology for many years. They have even recently filed patents that prove their extraordinary progress in the development of this technology. Therefore, it should not be a surprise to see Galaxy Z Fold 3 with an under-display front camera.
Some possible specifications of Galaxy Z Fold 3
Galaxy Z Fold 3 is expected to launch in August 2021 at $1,999. So far, some specs have been leaked, but some details are still unclear. According to the information in hand, the Z Fold 3 may support a hybrid S Pen, which is good news. But the downside is the phone doesn’t have any storage for the stylus pen, and you may have to keep it in your pocket.
Moreover, recently some Galaxy Z Fold 3 camera specifications surfaced online. As per details, Z Fold 3 may experience significant camera improvements. Android 11, One UI 3.5, and 256GB of storage are other things we expect to see in Z Fold. Also, it may come with a Snapdragon 888 SoC and two battery units at 2,215mAh and 2,060mAh.
The post Ad Teases Under Display Camera For The Galaxy Z Fold 3 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Phone Comparisons: ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro

In this article, we’ll compare two rather compelling flagships that launched this year, the ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro. The OnePlus 9 Pro arrived back in March, while the ZenFone 8 launched earlier this month. These two phones do look kind of similar, to a degree, but they are quite different. The difference in size is quite substantial, and along with that, the in-hand feel as well. Their spec sheets are also quite different, actually.
There are many differences to note here, and these two phones also aim at different types of consumers, mainly considering their size difference. The ZenFone 8 will appeal to those of you in search of a compact flagship, while the OnePlus 9 Pro is at an entirely different end of the spectrum. The ZenFone 8 is also considerably more affordable in comparison, and that’s something many of you will take into consideration. We’ll compare their specs first, and then move to various other categories. Let’s kick off the ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro comparison, shall we.
Specs

ASUS ZenFone 8
OnePlus 9 Pro
Screen size
5.9-inch fullHD+ Super AMOLED flat display (120Hz refresh rate)
6.7-inch WQHD+ AMOLED LTPO curved display (120Hz adaptive refresh rate)
Screen resolution
2400 x 1080
3216 x 1440
SoC
Qualcomm Snapdragon 888
Qualcomm Snapdragon 888
RAM
6GB/8GB/16GB
8GB/12GB (LPDDR5)
Storage
128GB/256GB (UFS 3.1); non-expandable
128GB/256GB (UFS 3.1); Non-Expandable
Rear cameras
64MP (f/1.8 aperture, 0.8um pixel size, 26mm lens, PDAF, OIS)
12MP (ultra-wide, f/2.2 aperture, 112-degree FoV, 14mm lens, 1.4um pixel size, dual pixel PDAF)
48MP (Sony IMX789, f/1.8 aperture, 7P lens, OIS, EIS, 1.12um pixel size 48MP images, 2.24um pixel size 12MP images (4-in-1 binning), 23mm focal length)
50MP (ultra-wide, f/2.2 aperture, Freeform Lens, 7P lens, Sony IMX766)
8MP (telephoto, 1.0um pixel size, f/2.4 aperture)
2MP (monochrome)
Front cameras
12MP (f/2.5 aperture, 28mm lens, 1.22um pixel size, dual pixel PDAF)
16MP (Sony IMX471, 1.0um pixel size, EIS, Fixed Focus, f/2.4 aperture)
Battery
4,000mAh, non-removable, 30W wired charging, reverse wired charging
4,500mAh, non-removable, 65W wired charging, 50W wireless charging, reverse wireless charging
Dimensions
148 x 68.5 x 8.9mm
163.2 x 73.6 x 8.7mm
Weight
169 grams
197 grams
Connectivity
5G, LTE, NFC, Bluetooth 5.2, Wi-Fi, USB Type-C
5G, LTE, NFC, Bluetooth 5.2, Wi-Fi, USB Type-C
Security
In-display fingerprint scanner (optical)
In-display fingerprint scanner (optical)
OS
Android 11
ZenUI 8
Android 11
OxygenOS
Price
€599 / €669 / €799
$969 / $1,069
Buy
ASUS
OnePlus
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro: Design
Both of these phones are made out of metal and glass. They offer the so-called “glass sandwich” design. They’re both mildly curved on the back, towards the sides. To be quite honest, both phones are quite slippery in the hand, but the ZenFone 8 is much smaller, so it’s quite a bit easier to use. The fact that it’s so slippery is not that much of a problem. Regardless, using a case with both smartphones may be a good idea.

The ZenFone 8 is considerably shorter and narrower than the OnePlus 9 Pro, and it’s also a lot lighter (by almost 30 grams). The OnePlus 9 Pro is slightly thinner than ASUS’ offering, though. Both smartphones include a display camera hole in the top-left corner, and their physical buttons are placed on the right. The OnePlus 9 Pro also includes an alert slider on the right, unlike the ZenFone 8.
The OnePlus 9 Pro’s display is curved, while the ZenFone 8’s is flat. So, it all depends on what you prefer. That curved display does make the phone even more difficult to operate, considering its size and the fact it’s so slippery. Both phones feel really good in the hand, though, like quality products. The ZenFone 8’s design is a bit more understated, and the phone does deliver less camera sensors, and has a smaller camera island on the back. Choosing between the two is a matter of preference, you should primarily ask yourself if you want a compact flagship, or a large one.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro: Display
The ASUS ZenFone 8 features a 5.9-inch fullHD+ (2400 x 1080) Super AMOLED display. That panel offers a 120Hz refresh rate, and it supports HDR10+ content. This display has a max brightness of 1,100 nits, and it’s a flat panel. It has a 20:9 aspect ratio, which is actually in line with what the OnePlus 9 Pro offers. The Gorilla Glass Victus is included on top of this panel in order to protect it.
The OnePlus 9 Pro, on the flip side, comes with a huge 6.7-inch QHD+ (3216 x 1440) Fluid AMOLED 2.0 display. That is an LTPO panel, in other words, it offers an adaptive refresh rate (up to 120Hz). It does support HDR10+ content, and it also delivers 1 billion colors to your phone. It has a max brightness of 1,300 nits, so it’s a bit brighter than ASUS’ offering. This display is protected by the Gorilla Glass 5.
Are these displays any good? Well, yes, they’re excellent, actually. The OnePlus 9 Pro does offer a better display out of the two. The fact it’s an LTPO panel is only a plus, but it looks better in comparison. The difference is not big, though, as the display inside the ZenFone 8 is also excellent, and more than sharp though. You won’t notice it’s not a QHD+ panel at all. Both displays deliver excellent viewing angles, and both offer vivid colors, and deep blacks. Thanks to their high refresh rate, everything will be quite smooth on them as well, especially scrolling. There’s really not much to complain about here.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro: Performance
In terms of spec power, these two phones are at the top of the food chain. Both smartphones are fueled by the Snapdragon 888 SoC, which is the best and most powerful SoC Qualcomm has to offer. In addition to that, both phones are equipped with LPDDR5 RAM, and UFS 3.1 flash storage. Neither company skimped out on the latest technology, and all that, in combination with Android 11, results in truly excellent performance.
Both companies did a great job optimizing their phones to their respective UIs, ZenUI 8 and OxygenOS 11, respectively. Both phones also offer plenty of RAM (they come in several variants), and do perform great in every way. Regular, everyday, performance is great. You’ll have no issues opening / closing apps, browsing, consuming multimedia, taking pictures and videos, and so on. Both will do all that without breaking a sweat. We did not notice any notable issues in performance.
In regards to gaming, well, both are well-equipped. The OnePlus 9 Pro comes with a dedicated gaming mode, which evolved to become truly useful. The ZenFone 8, on the other hand, comes with some gaming software from the ROG Phone lineup, which only goes to its benefit. Both of these phones can turn into gaming machines in no time. You can run pretty much every game here (from the Play Store), no matter how powerful it is. Both of these phones can handle it, without a problem.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro: Battery
The ASUS ZenFone 8 comes with a 4,000mAh battery, while the OnePlus 9 Pro delivers a 4,500mAh battery pack. The OnePlus 9 Pro’s battery is noticeably larger, but so is its display, and its resolution. Neither of these two devices deliver the best battery life amongst flagships, but they’re not bad in that regard at all. The OnePlus 9 Pro’s battery life is much better now than it was at launch, as OnePlus’ updates did make a difference.
The ASUS ZenFone 8 offered really good battery life since it launched, during our initial review. Both of these phones can cross the 6-hour screen on time mark, with specific usage. If you’re not a gamer, or don’t use these phones for other processor-intensive tasks, you will be able to cross that mark. Your usage is different from ours, as everyone uses their phone differently, so do note that you may get considerably different numbers. Playing games does impact battery life quite a bit.
In regards to charging, well, the OnePlus 9 Pro has more to offer. The ASUS ZenFone 8 supports 30W fast wired charging, and reverse wired charging. The OnePlus 9 Pro, on the other hand, offers 65W fast wired charging, and 50W fast wireless charging. On top of that, it also supports reverse wireless charging. Both phones ship with charging bricks that can take full advantage of their charging speeds.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro: Cameras
The ZenFone 8 includes 64 and 12-megapixel units on the back, and a 12-megapixel camera on the front. On the back, you’ll find a wide-angle camera, and an ultra-wide angle unit. The OnePlus 9 Pro, on the other hand, has a 48-megapixel main camera, a 50-megapixel ultra-wide one, an 8-megapixel telephoto unit, and a 2-megapixel monochrome camera on the back. A 16-megapixel selfie camera is also included.

The results are quite interesting. The OnePlus 9 Pro camera performance was not that good at first, but OnePlus released a ton of updates since then, and things are much better now. The color science is really good on the OnePlus 9 Pro, and has an upper hand in that regard. The ZenFone 8 does handle dynamic range slightly better, though the difference is not that noticeable. Both phones can capture plenty of detail, and offer great ultra-wide camera performance.
The OnePlus 9 Pro images are a bit more saturated, and they will look better to most people. The ZenFone 8 does tend to capture more muted, but realistic shots in daylight. Both phones do a really good job in low light, with minimal levels of noise. They managed to allow plenty of light to enter the scene, even though the OnePlus 9 Pro still tends to crush blacks in some scenarios. The issue is nowhere near as pronounced as it was at first. Both camera setups are more than capable, and chances are you’ll be happy with the performance from both phones in that regard
Audio
The audio is excellent on both phones. ASUS went out of its way to include really good speakers in such a compact smartphone, and we’re really glad it did. The OnePlus 9 Pro also offers great speakers. Both setups provide really loud audio, with barely any noticeable distortion. The sound is sharp, and well-balanced as well. The bass is slightly better on the ZenFone 8, though, at least that’s something we’ve noticed.
The ZenFone 8 also has a 3.5mm headphone jack. That is something the OnePlus 9 Pro does not offer. If you hook up a good pair of headphones to either phone, you’ll get output that is more than satisfying. We really don’t have any major complaints about the audio, as both companies did a really good job balancing it. The bass is not too strong, while lows, mids, and highs are well-balanced in general.
The post Phone Comparisons: ASUS ZenFone 8 vs OnePlus 9 Pro appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Watch The Xbox And Bethesda E3 2021 Showcase

As Xbox fans likely know by now, Xbox will be teaming up with Bethesda for an E3 2021 showcase in just a couple of weeks, 16 days to be exact, and you may want to know how or where to watch it. Whether you’re at home, on the road, at work, school, or anywhere else, there are a handful of different ways to tune in and watch the Xbox and Bethesda E3 showcase to catch up on all the latest with the Xbox ecosystem.
Normally with these kinds of events there are one or two ways to view the content. But not this time. Not with Xbox. No, Microsoft wants to ensure that as many people as possible can view the event. And the company is off to a great start in that respect. Due to how many options you have for viewing.
Not everyone uses the same medium to consume content. So by adding additional mediums for viewers, less people will miss the show. The showcase doesn’t take place until the morning of June 13 at 10AM PST. However, we wanted to set up your viewing guide well in advance so you could be prepared for the big day.
But before we get into the different methods for viewing, let’s get a brief rundown of what the show may have in store for fans.
What to watch out for at the Xbox and Bethesda E3 showcase
For now, there’s no confirmation on any of the content that will be at the show. But we can speculate based on what we do know. Which is mainly who will be there and what hasn’t already been announced. As well as what hasn’t been heard from in a while.
With this being a showcase for Xbox and Bethesda, the large focus is going to be on games from those two. Focusing on Bethesda for a moment, there’s a chance there will be an announcement for a new Bethesda title at some point.
This could be something we haven’t heard of yet or it could be more details on a previously announced title. Since The Elder Scrolls VI is probably still many years away, one likely candidate for a detail reveal is Starfield. Bethesda’s new IP that is supposed to be exclusive to Xbox and Wind
There’s also a good chance that Bethesda will show off more content for The Elder Scrolls Online. Or even something to do with one of its many other big games. Expect there to be some information on smaller scale titles too. Not just Bethesda’s biggest franchises.
As for the Xbox side of things, it’s been a while since there’s been any new details on Bright Memory: Infinite. Which was a huge highlighted title for the Xbox Series X during its reveal. So that could make an appearance. Speaking of the Xbox Series X, this is the first E3 show from Xbox since the console was released. So there will no doubt be some Xbox Series X-exclusive games shown off.
There may also be more information on Halo Infinite and other big Xbox titles. Xbox has also confirmed there will be announcements relating to titles coming out of the Bethesda partnership, as well as content on Xbox Game Pass and releases for Xbox during the upcoming holiday season.
Where to watch the Xbox and Bethesda E3 showcase

There are four different places to watch the showcase. This way it’s much less likely you’ll miss anything that you may be interested in. That is unless you’re already busy and can’t devote the time to watch the whole 90-minute event. In which case you can always the whole thing later on through the same mediums.
You can find all four viewing methods listed below along with links to all those locations.
YouTube

Obviously this was going to be one of the main places where fans could view the showcase. YouTube is the go-to every single year for most big events like this. As it’s generally the benchmark for streaming video content.
If you’re planning to watch on YouTube, Xbox will be broadcasting a livestream of the showcase on its official YouTube channel. Which you can get to from the button below. While there’s nothing there now, expect a livestream video to pop up on the morning of the event.
YouTube
Twitch

Alongside YouTube, the other big platform for streaming video content is Twitch. And Xbox is definitely going to be broadcasting on Twitch.
This is another obvious platform since it’s mostly about games. If you prefer Twitch over YouTube for your gaming livestreams, then you can tune into the official Xbox channel on Twitch to catch the show. Twitch often does special promotions for viewers, too.
And while there hasn’t been any announced, it might be worth keeping an eye on as sometimes you can end up with in-game rewards for specific titles or just some cool merch or other gifts. While you won’t need to be a Prime Gaming subscriber to access the livestream here, it does have its benefits. As that’s another way to get special in-game content. If you don’t already have a Prime Gaming subscription, you can sign up for one at this link. And you can view the Xbox and Bethesda E3 showcase on Twitch from the button below.
Twitch
Twitter

One of the unlikely places to watch the showcase is going to be Twitter. This wouldn’t be the first time Twitter was used for a livestream event, but it’s not a typical platform that’s used for larger shows.
Still, if you don’t use YouTube and you don’t watch things on Twitch, Xbox will have a broadcast going on Twitter as well. And as you have probably already guessed, you can view the show at the official Xbox Twitter page. Expect the livestream to be a pinned post at the top of the feed. As Microsoft surely won’t want it to get lost in the midst of any other tweets.
The one cool thing about watching this on Twitter is that you’ll more easily be able to share the broadcast and talk about stuff with followers. So if that’s your thing, you may want to consider watching the showcase here over the other options. You can navigate to the Xbox Twitter page from the button below.
Twitter
Facebook

You may not think of Facebook as the place to go for watching livestreams. But don’t forget that Facebook Gaming is a thing and it’s continuing to grow its viewership. As such, Xbox will be holding a broadcast on its official Facebook page along with the other three platforms.
Facebook, like Twitter, has a fairly robust social setup for discussing content. So you can communicate with other viewers during the showcase, share the showcase with friends right in your Facebook feed, and more. Not to mention Facebook supports more interactive communication with stickers, GIFs, images and reactions.
So when something cool happens you can respond to these moments appropriately. If Facebook is your medium of choice for viewing the showcase, you can get to the official Xbox Facebook page from the button below.
Facebook
The post How To Watch The Xbox And Bethesda E3 2021 Showcase appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Samsung Survey Could Hint At Incoming Even Bigger Android Tablets

Samsung has apparently been polling users via a survey to see if they have any interest in Android tablets even bigger than the standard 8-, 10-, 0r 12-inch variety. That’s based on a recent report from 9to5Google, after the appearance of several posts on the topic on Naver. For clarity, that’s a social media site out of the company’s home region of South Korea.
In fact, the company appears to be gauging interest in tablets running the mobile OS as large as 14.6-inches. Putting the tablet at well over the standard size for large Android tablets. That, on average, maxes out at around 10-inches.
Aside from size what would bigger Samsung Android tablets look like?
The specs associated with the speculative tablet are just as impressive as its size, too. The company would be utilizing one of its OLED panels with a refresh rate of 120Hz. That would showcase an iteration of Android being driven by an unknown chipset. But that, in turn, would be backed up by up to 12GB of RAM and 512GB of storage. Underneath that, the company would be utilizing a 12,000mAh capacity battery with incredibly fast 45W charging.
Setting aside those obvious flagship leanings, the company also points to quad-speakers and dual-cameras, with one on front and back. S Pen support would also be included with the device. So it wouldn’t be too dissimilar to the current top-tier models of the Samsung Galaxy Tab S7+.
This would create as many problems as it potentially solves if Samsung ever releases it at all
Now, there are some questions that are raised by a tablet falling into this size category and running Android. Traditionally, Android tablets, Samsung or otherwise, haven’t gone bigger than 12-inches because the apps don’t work as well at scale — and it’s likely that will have impacted the results of the survey.
Specifically, because while some app makers are aiming for that market, most aren’t. Those that aren’t aimed there are scaled up by Android itself. So they end up looking stretched and disproportionate. In fact, this is also among the most prominent issues with larger Chromebooks running Android apps.
Bearing that in mind, Samsung isn’t likely to release a tablet in this size until, at the very least, its own apps support the larger display. And Samsung may ultimately scrap the idea depending on the results of the poll.

The post Samsung Survey Could Hint At Incoming Even Bigger Android Tablets appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Your Chromebook Will Soon Offer Better Protection Via Always-On VPN

VPN services go a long way toward making browsing and using online services safer and soon the Chromebook platform will offer the feature in an always-on format. That’s based on recent reports, highlighting the discovery of code changes in the Chromium Gerrit. In true Google fashion, the changes point specifically to a new, aptly-named “Always-on VPN” feature for Chromebook platforms.
VPNs have previously been available to use with Chrome OS. And they’ve been available for use with Android apps since Chrome OS 64. But this marks the first time that the features will appear in a dedicated system-level feature.
What does an always-on VPN do for Chromebooks?
For the time being, the changes have only been rolled out behind an experimental flag in the Chrome OS Dev and Canary Channels. But, once enabled, the menu associated with the new feature appears to almost be complete.
As shown in the image below, the flag adds a new Setting menu to the Settings app, dubbed “VPN.” And that’s where the VPN is managed. Users need to start by choosing a VPN service first. Then, deeper settings become available. Including the ability to turn on or off “Always-on VPN.”
That setting, as its name implies, keeps the VPN service running from startup to shutdown. But that won’t necessarily keep all users safe all the time. If the VPN becomes unresponsive or disconnects, under normal circumstances, users would still be able to browse. But without the protection offered by such services.
Chrome OS is going a step further with a secondary toggle to address that. Namely, by allowing users to block all network traffic to and from Android apps and the Chrome browser when a VPN isn’t connected. That should serve the dual purpose of both informing users when their VPN disconnects — since no data traffic will be available — and keeping users safe in the event that does happen.
When will this feature roll out to more users?
Now the next plausible update that could deliver this VPN feature won’t be until Chrome OS 92. The update to Chrome OS 91 will start on June 1 but that doesn’t leave the team behind this feature much time to complete it for rollout. And the feature freeze for Chrome 91 has long since passed.
Chrome OS 92 is slated to begin rolling out on July 27. So the timeframe there makes a bit more sense. That’s if Google doesn’t push back the release even further.

The post Your Chromebook Will Soon Offer Better Protection Via Always-On VPN appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Free Up Your Google One Storage

While every Google user gets 15GB of storage free from Google, in Google One, that storage can be used up pretty quickly. Since you’re getting 5GB of Gmail, 5GB of Google Drive and 5GB of Google Photos space. And now that Google has gotten rid of zero-rating for Google Docs (in Drive) and Google Photos, that storage is going to be more important than ever.
Thankfully, Google does provide a way for you to free up your storage. So those hundreds of spam emails no longer use up gigabytes of your storage. Or those large emails with large attachments don’t chew up all of your storage. And today, we’re going to show you how to clear it up.
How To Free Up Your Google One Storage on Android
You can free up your Google One storage on your Android phone pretty easily. Start by opening the Google One app – which should be pre-installed, if not, you can download it here.
 
Next, tap on Storage at the top.
Now, scroll down and tap on Free up account storage. 
Here you will see the amount of storage that is being used in each category. For example, Discarded items, Large items, other items, etc. So you can easily determine where to start, to free up some storage.
You can scroll through and see which category you want to use to free up storage. Then tap on them.

Select the items you wish to delete.
Then tap on the trash can icon, which will be at the top of the screen.

Now, you’ll need to tap on the checkbox to agree that you understand that these deleted items will not be recoverable. Once you delete them, they are gone forever.

Finally, tap Permanently Delete.

And that’s it. You can repeat those steps for each category, until you have freed up enough space. If you happen to use an iPhone or iPad, the method is pretty much the same. However, the Google One app is not pre-installed on iOS devices.
How To Free Up Your Google One Storage on Desktop
You can also free up your Google One storage on your desktop, via the website. And it’s also fairly simple.
Firstly, head to Google One’s website here.
Google One
Now click on Free up account storage
From here, you can look over the different categories, similar to how you would within the app. Then choose a category to start with.
Google One: Storage categories
Browse through everything in that category and make sure you do want to delete all of that stuff, then hit the trash can icon in the right corner.
Now click on the checkbox, which means you agree that you understand that these items can’t be recovered once they are deleted.
Google One: Delete items
Finally, click on permanently delete.
Of course, you can continue to repeat these steps until everything has been deleted, or you have enough space free in your Google One account.
Keeping your Google One account nice and tidy is more important than ever now, since Google has gotten rid of zero-rated storage. So your photos and Google Docs also take up space in your account. And while we all do get 15GB of storage free, that storage can be used up real fast.
The post How To Free Up Your Google One Storage appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Play Music On Spotify While You Game On PS5

One of the best features of the PS4 that came later in its life cycle was the ability to play music from Spotify while you game, and the good news is that it’s available on the PS5 too. Now depending on the game, you may want to listen to the in-game audio. And that’s perfectly fine, and in many cases encouraged. As in-game audio can sometimes be a major part of the experience.
In a number of situations it may even be crucial to the gameplay as well as more immersive. But, for the times when you don’t really care or the audio isn’t that important, why not chill out and game while you listen to some of your favorite tunes?
Sure, you could easily play music through a different device while you game. But this makes things way easier because you can control everything from one device. If you want to know how to set this up, it’s pretty simple and this handy guide will walk you through it.
How to play music from Spotify while you game on PS5
If you’ve never experienced this feature before, that’s understandable. It isn’t exactly one of the features that Sony highlighted a whole lot. At best it probably got its five minutes of fame and then disappeared into the background. Making way for more gaming-focused features.
But the possibility to listen to music from Spotify while you play games is still around even for PS5 owners. As Sony and Spotify saw fit to bring it forward to the new generation of consoles. Here’s how to get started with setting it up.
Start by downloading the Spotify app

First things first, and likely the most obvious step, get the Spotify app onto your PS5 by installing it from the media page. Click on the media page from the top, then make sure you highlight All Apps.
Scroll down using your DualSense controller or PS5 Media Remote and click on Spotify to bring up the download option. Click on download to install the app and that will get things going. Once the app is installed, launch it to sign in the initial time and then you’re good to go to use the app from there on.
As you will only need to sign in the first time (unless you log out), you can continue to launch and use it freely. Just like you would the mobile or desktop apps.
Launch Spotify and find music to listen to

This step is pretty self explanatory. Just head to Spotify and find something that you want to listen to while you play games. It could be any music you like, or something which you feel may fit the tone of the game the best. Playing a fighting game? Search for something high energy.
Once you’ve found something to listen to just hit play and continue on.
Launch a game

Now that you’ve got your music stuff sorted out, it’s time to find a game to play. Head back over to the game page by hitting the PlayStation button on your DualSense controller or PS5 Media Remote to bring up the command center.
Then just like you did for the Media page, scroll up to the top and click over to the game page. Find the game you want to play and launch it like you would any other time. If your music is already playing, then it will continue to play in the background as you launch and play games.
Manage playback from the command center

Sony and Spotify have worked out a really easy way to control playback of your music while you game. And there’s actually a couple of ways to do it. First bring up the command center by hitting the PlayStation button on your DualSense controller. Not the Media Remote this time (if you have one), as you won’t be using that to play games.
If the music is already playing, then you should see the Spotify card as the first card in the lineup. While the remaining cards will all be related to whatever game you’re playing.
From this point, you can actually just hit the Square button on the controller to pause your music. And pressing it again will resume playback. The other option is to click on the card with the Cross button and then from there you have access to all the media playback controls. Including the pause/play, fast forward, rewind, volume adjustment for the music, and options for shuffle, repeat, and saving songs.
Play games on PS5 while you manage Spotify music from your phone
Another thing worth noting is that you can play music from Spotify on your PS5, but manage the playback from your smartphone. To do this you will need to set up Spotify Connect. And once that’s done the controls for playback should pop up on your mobile device so long as the Spotify app is installed there too.
You can turn off in-game music for some titles
Not all games will support this, but if you want no distractions from your Spotify listening experience, you can turn off the in-game music entirely.
The only unfortunate thing with this feature is that there doesn’t seem to be a definitive list of games that have support. So you just have to try and see if it’s available when you play. If the game does support this feature, it will either turn the in-game music off for you automatically, or it’ll allow you to manage this yourself.
Some games of course will not allow you to turn off in-game music. In which case you may have to settle for hearing both at the same time.
Power on your PS5 using the Spotify app on another device

Sony has baked in a number of ways to power on your PS5 remotely, and as it turns out you can do this through the Spotify app on another device too. There are a couple of caveats.
First you need to have Spotify Connect set up. So make sure that’s out of the way first. You also need to have the Spotify app installed on another device. Like the mobile app for example. Lastly, you need to launch the Spotify app on the PS5 and go to the settings menu within the app.
There you will find the option for powering on your PS5 using the Spotify app on a different device. Click on that option and there will be a toggle you need to enable to turn this feature on.
Now, this will only work if your PS5 is in Rest Mode. Not when it’s fully powered off. So keep that in mind if you plan on using it. And that’s that! Now you can enjoy Spotify while you play your favorite games.
The post How To Play Music On Spotify While You Game On PS5 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Firefox 89 Android Brings Biggest UI Changes Yet, Easier Syncing

Firefox Android is now receiving an official update to version 89, delivering some significant UI and usability changes. And, according to recent reports, that includes at least one change that will make using Firefox on multiple devices and platforms easier.
That’s because the new interface, which Mozilla dubs “Proton,” moves the synced tabs out of the three-dot overflow menu. Instead, opting to place a new Synced tabs UI right next to the Private and other tabs in the tab switcher. Meaning that it’s easy to simply access the tab switching UI to the right of the URL bar and then simply select the Synced tabs section. From there, users can simply select tabs they have open on other synced Firefox browsers on other devices.
Additionally, Firefox 89 has altered the way multiple tabs are interacted with in the tab switcher. Now, users can simply long-press one tab and then tap to select multiple others.
Synced tabs aren’t the only thing changing in the Firefox 89 update
Now, tab syncing is something that’s already been in place for quite some time. And, in fact, it has helped Firefox maintain its competitiveness against other top browsers on Android. But this change isn’t only about tab syncing. It may just be the biggest Firefox update since the leap to version 79 from 68.
In addition to the syncing UI alterations, the new tab page has been reworked for easier readability. The favicon icons on that page are now larger and feature an additional pin icon. That icon shows which pages a user has added themselves. The ones without the pin icon are added dynamically by Firefox.
Icons and the flow of the menus are also new, as shown in the images below. With the ultimate goal of making the whole browser just feel more user-friendly.
Get it while it’s hot
The changes in question are each rolling out now. So, for those that want to check out the update to Firefox 89 on Android, that simply needs to be downloaded from the Google Play Store.
Firefox Browser

The post Firefox 89 Android Brings Biggest UI Changes Yet, Easier Syncing appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

USB-C Will Deliver Up To 240W Of Power Starting This Year

The USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF), the group that develops the USB technology, has announced a new upgrade to the USB-C standard. The latest USB-C 2.1 revision allows the connector to send up to a whopping 240W of charging power. That’s more than twice the amount of maximum power the USB-C standard currently accommodates (100W).
The USB-IF is calling this upgraded technology Extended Power Range, or EPR. It may arrive in devices in the second half of this year, the group said in a statement.
“One hundred watts has served a lot of purposes, but there are markets that could benefit from more power – things like gaming notebooks or maybe a docking station that can distribute more power to the things connected to it,” said USB-IF Chairman Brad Saunders.
USB-C could soon start powering beefier gaming laptops and monitors
The USB-C specification 1.0 arrived in August 2014. Over the years and with multiple revisions, it has replaced several other ports on various types of devices, thanks to its faster power and data delivery. It is now the primary power source for smartphones, tablets, some notebooks, and even PCs.
However, plenty of other power-hungry devices such as gaming PCs, dock stations, and high-resolution monitors still rely on older technologies like the barrel jack adapter due to their higher wattage demand. Some laptops can charge through both USB-C as well as the barrel jack port. But the former technology is not able to charge them at full speed due to its current 100W power delivery limit.
With the latest development, such devices will be able to draw up to 240W of power over a USB-C cable. This will allow OEMs to completely do away with the barrel jack adapter. That’s one less power cable on users’ table as well.
That said, the latest USB-C standard will require special cables to deliver 240W of power to the devices. The cables will need to support 50V at 5A of electric current to be compliant. The USB-IF is also requiring the specialized EPR cables to feature visibly identifiable marks so that end users can easily distinguish them. This change may also affect the look of the current lower-power cables that max out at 60W of power. They are now called Standard Power Range, or SPR. EPR will replace the 100W cables.
240W of power may be enough to power several current-generation high-end devices. However, it certainly won’t be enough for everything. Something like a laser printer requires a lot of power that a USB-C cable cannot supply just yet. But the latest development means the same cable will work on your phone, tablet, and PC.
The post USB-C Will Deliver Up To 240W Of Power Starting This Year appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here Are Your PlayStation Plus Games For June 2021

Sony has officially announced the PlayStation Plus games for June of 2021, and because it’s already May 28 and it’s a Friday, that means June’s new PlayStation Plus games will be ready to claim Tuesday June 1. Allowing you the entire month to make sure you claim them. That does mean you have to wait through the weekend. But the wait is only a few days. So you should have more than enough to fill that time before you dive into a new free title. Also worth noting is that one of the games is a pretty excellent grab.
If you didn’t claim the titles for May, which includes Battlefield V, do so as soon as possible. Because once Tuesday, June 1 comes around, it disappears. As for June, starting on the 1st, PS5 owners will get their fifth official PS5 game for free as part of PS Plus.
PS5 games, and we mean proper PS5 games that are designed for PS5, are still in somewhat rare company. So any new PS5 titles are a welcomed addition to the PS Plus lineup.
The PlayStation Plus games lineup for June includes Star Wars Squadrons
This isn’t the first time a big AAA game has made its way into the lineup. But this is a big deal no matter how you look at it. Because one of the three games PS Plus subscribers will get this month is Star Wars Squadrons. One cool feature of Squadrons is that the game has you play as both the rebels and the empire. So you get a chance to play as a fighter pilot for both sides.
Each one providing you with a unique story to follow as you see things from different perspectives. At the heart of the gameplay, you fly around space in X-Wings and Tie Fighters doing your best to shoot down your enemies. In addition to the game’s single player story, there’s also multiplayer combat which is likely to be the bulk of the game for many players once the single player campaign is over.
For PSVR owners, you can even play the complete game in virtual reality for a much more immersive experience.
Unlike Days Gone, which was one of April’s PS Plus games, Star Wars Squadrons isn’t part of the PlayStation Plus collection for PS5 owners. So if you do own a PS5, this is your chance to get Star Wars Squadrons for free. So you may at the very least want to claim it even if you don’t plan on playing it right away.
Don’t miss out on the other two games
In addition to Star Wars Squadrons, there are two more games to pick up for June that you will definitely want to snag. For PS4 owners, there’s Virtua Fighter 5 Ultimate Showdown. Which is the ultimate version of the latest game in the long-running Virtua Fighter franchise that’s been around since before the days of the original PlayStation.
Whether you’re a longtime fan or a newcomer to the Virtua Fighter series of fighting games, there’s a lot to love. Not the least of which is Virtua Fighter 5 Ultimate Showdown’s vast roster of playable characters. You might even need to practice a bit to hone your skills as you try to master the game’s complex combo system.
The special thing about Virtua Fighter 5 Ultimate Showdown being part of PS Plus for June is that it’s actually sticking around for two full months. As Sony says it will be available to claim for free until Monday, August 2. So you have a little extra time to snag this one. This game was also just announced this week, so this will be a completely new release for PlayStation owners and they can get it at no charge.
If you own a PS5, then in addition to the other two games you can also claim Operation: Tango for free.
In Operation: Tango, you’ll be able to team up with friends online and complete multiplayer spy missions to save the world. You can play with friends whether they’re on PS4 or PS5. So no one is left out here. Both players will however need a working microphone to play. So keep that in mind before diving in.
Starting from June 1, you can claim all of these titles. Remember, you can claim Operation: Tango and Star Wars Squadrons until Monday, July 5. While Virtua Fighter 5 Ultimate Showdown will be available until Monday, August 2. And for May’s free titles, you can claim Battlefield V, Stranded Deep, and Wreckfest: Drive Hard until Monday, May 31. So don’t miss out on those great titles if you haven’t already picked them up.

The post Here Are Your PlayStation Plus Games For June 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

What Is Amazon Luna? Everything You Need To Know

Luna is Amazon’s new cloud gaming service that was announced last year at the company’s product launch event. At a glance, it’s an answer to options like Stadia, GeForce NOW, Xbox Game Pass Ultimate, and Shadow.
What exactly is Luna, though? Should you care about the service and is it worth your time? Maybe one of the other cloud gaming services is a better fit?
In this guide we’ll walk you through exactly what Luna is and what it offers, so you can make the decision on whether or not you should be interested in it and give it a try.
What is Amazon Luna?

Luna is a cloud gaming service that is offered by Amazon. It was announced September 24, 2020, and is the company’s entry into the space that already contains major players like Stadia, GeForce NOW, Shadow, and Cloud Gaming with Xbox Game Pass Ultimate.
Amazon was rumored to be entering the cloud gaming space last year, but little was known about it back then. Now, a lot more detail has been shared about it. Including what it costs, what games you can play, and where you can play them.
There’s still a lot about Luna that Amazon is changing or adding. But now it’s possible to use the service. The idea is to offer people a slightly different model for cloud gaming than what’s currently available from competitors. Luna will offer a variety of different games from publishers you know and love. Some of them will be new and some of them will be a bit older.
The whole point of Luna, much like with Xbox Game Pass Ultimate and Stadia, is that you don’t need to download games. There’s no having to wait for games to install. you simply find a game you want to play and you launch it. Boom. Done.
If that sounds appealing to you, then you may want to consider keeping an eye on Luna and signing up to request access to it.
Sign up for Luna
What games are available on Luna?

Like Amazon says, Luna has something for everyone when it comes to games. As for what games are available, there’s actually a fairly wide variety of titles now. You’ll some of the biggest games of the last few years as well as some old favorites. Resident Evil VII: Biohazard – Gold Edition for example is available to stream.
There’s also more recently added titles like Immortals Fenyx Rising, Ride 4, Far Cry New Dawn Deluxe Edition, and even Ghostrunner. You can also find Abzu, Everspace, Monster Boy And The Cursed Kingdom, Bloodstained Ritual of The Night, and Ys VIII: Lacrimosa Of Dana. All of these are located in the Luna+ channel. Some of them are also titles which have been added to Stadia over the least few months.
The newest games to be added to Luna are the service’s games for June, which include Yakuza 0, The Falconeer, and Killer Queen Black.
So many of the games you see on Luna will be available through other cloud gaming options.
In addition to the Luna+ channel, there’s also the Ubisoft+ channel, which as you may have guessed is filled with a ton of different Ubisoft games. Far Cry New Dawn, The Division, The Division 2, and Watch Dogs are just a handful of the different available options. But there’s also some fairly recent titles like Immortals Fenyx Rising (mentioned above), and Assassin’s Creed Valhalla.
As Luna grows, more channels are likely to be added as well. Though at this time Amazon has not shared anything specifically. It does stand to reason however that as long as things continue to go well, Amazon will add more partners to the program and roll out channels for them which contain only their games. Access to these would also cost extra as it does with the Ubisoft+ channel.
What devices can I play on?
Amazon’s big thing here is letting you play games on the devices you already own. This is going to be limited to begin with, but it will hopefully start to expand soon.
Now that the service is open to some players, you’ll be able to access it on Fire TV (any TV or device that has Fire TV baked into it), Mac, iOS via web apps, and PC. The service is also now available on Android devices, which Amazon just launched back in December of 2020.
 

Hey @TheCodeB00K, as Raghu from Team Luna explains below, you won’t have to wait very long for Android support (or, like, at all). Play Luna with early access now: https://t.co/IU81kXZouU pic.twitter.com/aVDCbQcP64
— Amazon Luna (@amazonluna) December 15, 2020

How do I get access to the service?

At the moment Amazon has made Luna an invite-only service. This means you can’t quite yet sign up and create an account to play games whenever you want.
You can however sign up to request access, as it’s currently in a beta form. So long as you get an invite after requesting access, you can play games via the Luna+ and Ubisoft+ channels on the supported devices. There is one platform where you can access Luna without an invite at this point and it’s through Amazon’s Fire TV devices. Though not all Fire TV devices will be compatible.
Sign up for access will not guarantee you a spot to play. It is however your best shot right now at trying Luna out. As the beta continues, following its availability going live, Amazon will eventually open it up to more people. Perhaps anyone that cares to test it out.
If you’re interested in trying the service, make sure to request access by signing up.
Sign Up For Luna
How much does Luna cost?

The service is available at an introductory cost of $5.99 a month during the current beta period. This has also been the cost since the early access started back in 2020.
Since this is only the beta price though, it will probably cost more when it launches fully. When it’s open to everyone and not just those invited.
This is also the cost for the Luna+ channel only. If you want access to the Ubisoft+ channel, then it will cost you $14.99 a month for access. However, you do not have to subscribe to both. You can actually choose to subscribe to either the Luna+ channel or the Ubisoft+ channel. You can subscribe to both if you prefer though. And then have a lot more games to play.
What controllers work with the service?

Amazon supports a handful of different controllers and has since the service went into early access. This includes the Luna controller, the Xbox One wireless controller, and the DualShock 4.
You can also use a mouse and keyboard if you’re playing games on your PC. Which might be the preferred input method for some.
There will undoubtedly be more compatible controllers down the line, but in the beginning Amazon is starting small with the most popular and most used controllers out there. And it makes sense.
Now, that isn’t to say that other controllers won’t work. They might. But Amazon doesn’t list anything else as officially supported. So anything other than what was mentioned here may not work at all.
What features does Luna have?

You might be surprised at what’s available. Then again maybe not. Since this is Amazon-owned, it naturally has integration with Alexa.
You can ask Alexa to play games and it’ll launch the game you mention. Not unlike Google has done with Stadia and Google Assistant. Luna also has integration with Twitch. Another Amazon-owned brand.
You can watch Twitch livestreams on Luna and then from those streams launch into a game on the service yourself.
What sort of resolution does Luna support?
Amazon says that the service will support up to 1080p resolution for most games.
Some games will support up to 4K, but none of those are currently available on the service right now. Amazon says 4K is coming soon, so this is expected to pop up once the beta period is over. At the moment you can choose to play games at either 720p or 1080p. This can be changed in the settings menu once you’re logged into Luna.
What internet speed do I need?
The recommended internet speed is 10Mbps for your download speeds for everything that is streaming at 1080p.
If you’re going to stream in 4K, which isn’t available at the moment and probably won’t be during the beta period, you’ll need a minimum of 35Mbps download. As always though, the faster and stronger your internet connection, the better your streaming experience will be. So keep that in mind. Also note that streaming in higher quality will use up more internet bandwidth.
Currently, running games at 1080p will chew through about 10GB an hour according to Amazon. And about half of that if you’re streaming games at 720p.
Where is Luna available?

The service is pretty limited for the early access period.
To start, Luna will be available in the US only. This excludes Hawaii, Alaska, and any US territories. Amazon hasn’t announced any plans for expansion outside the US at the moment. Though it likely will expand after early access, and perhaps even during.
For right now, the mainland US is still the only available region where Luna is up and running.
Sign up for Luna
The post What Is Amazon Luna? Everything You Need To Know appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The PS5 DualSense Controller Has A Trick That Will Blow Your Mind

The PS5 DualSense controller is a wonderful piece of technology that can do some amazing things, but using the haptics to essentially play music is probably not on the list of features you thought it would have.
And yet, for some weird reason this is one of the controller’s capabilities. You read that right. The DualSense controller that comes with the PS5 can basically play music using the haptics motors inside. Spotted by The Verge, an old Reddit thread about this feature was discovered and I immediately had to test this for myself.
And, I wasn’t disappointed. That being said, temper your expectations if you have a DualSense controller and are going to try this as well. Because you probably won’t want this to replace your normal speakers. There’s also a little bit of setup involved to get this to work, and it seems it has to be done on a Windows 10 PC.
The PS5 DualSense controller can use haptics to play music on Spotify
Firstly, it seems this may only work with Spotify. Though, I haven’t tested this with any other music options. Second, is that it doesn’t work with the Spotify player from the website. It has to be the Spotify app for Windows 10. This I have tested, and when playing the same music tracks on both, only the app enabled the feature.
Having said all that, this really is something that you have to feel to realize how cool it is. Even if it may not be the best way to listen to music, it showcases just how complex the haptics inside the controller really are. And it’s kind of a testament to Sony’s engineering chops.
If you want to set this up for yourself, first make sure you have the Spotify Windows app installed. After that, plug the DualSense controller into your PC using the USB-C to USB-A cable that came with the PS5. Or any USB-C cable that you have lying around. Let it install the drivers. Once that’s completed, open your sound settings and change the output to the controller. Mine did this automatically so you may not have to do that either.
Next, launch the control panel app, click on the currently used audio output device, which should already be the DualSense controller, and click on the properties tab. Next check the box that says Speaker Fill and then apply the changes. Then click OK, close out the control panel, and restart the Spotify app.
You can actually hear and feel the music at the same time
To make this a little more useful, it’s also possible to listen to the music and feel the music simultaneously. Just plug any headset you have into the 3.5mm audio port on the controller and make sure the output source has the sound turned up in the sound settings menu.
If it’s muted, the haptics will do its part, but you won’t hear anything from the headphones. This is a wild way to listen to music on your PC, but it’s definitely something you want to experience if you have the ability.
The post The PS5 DualSense Controller Has A Trick That Will Blow Your Mind appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Amazon Luna Is Going Back To 80s Tokyo In June

Amazon Luna is continuing to pump out new games for subscribers, and the month of June is an exciting one as it takes players back to 1980s Tokyo in one of the titles.
If you’re familiar at all with this series, then you may have already guessed what it is. And if you were thinking of Yakuza 0, you’d be absolutely right. Now is your chance to see where it all began for Kiryu-chan.
The Dragon of Dojima will of course not be the only playable character in the game. Though he is the title’s main protagonist, you’ll also get to spend time as Goro Majima. Another favorite character that appears in many of the Yakuza games throughout the series.
Yakuza 0, like most Yakuza games, is an RPG. Though it isn’t turn-based like it is in Yakuza: Like A Dragon (one of our picks for the top 10 best PS5 games), you still have plenty of character development, skill upgrades, and equippable items and gear to help you along through your adventure. Plus, there’s a ton of stuff to do outside of the game’s main story quests. You’re going to want to get lost in all that content. Trust us.
There’s more coming to Amazon Luna in June than just Yakuza 0
Yakuza 0 is a great game. As it showcases the beginning of the story for one of the most fun RPG franchises out there. But it’s not the only game coming to Amazon Luna in June. So you definitely have more to look forward to.
Today Amazon announced that next month, Luna+ channel subscribers will also get access to two additional games. This includes The Falconeer, and Killer Queen Black. Both excellent titles in their own right.
Also worth noting is that there is a possibility that Amazon could add more games to Luna for the month. However it hasn’t announced any at this time. So these three may be the only new ones that subscribers get until July.
Having said that, as noted above there is a ton of content in Yakuza 0. It may even take you a couple of weeks or more just to get through everything in that game alone. So you shouldn’t have trouble filling your time while you wait for more titles.
The post Amazon Luna Is Going Back To 80s Tokyo In June appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Suunto's New Smartwatch Is Looking Like The Peak Of Its Lineup

Suunto this week announced a new smartwatch that is being added to its collection, the Suunto 9 Peak. Unlike the Suunto 7, the Suunto 9 Peak smartwatch doesn’t run on Google’s Wear OS.
That’s probably for the better if you want battery longevity. Because Wear OS has a track record for battery life that isn’t exactly “peak” performance. Well, if battery life is one of your main concerns with devices like these, there’s no worrying about that here. Suunto has seen to that.
The watch runs on Suunto’s own operating system which extends the battery life out to a more manageable state. Something that is likely to become an important factor with the use of the onboard GPS tracking. having said that, there are two ways to track your location. And each is tailored to a different experience with the watch.
The Suunto 9 Peak smartwatch lasts for up to 170 hours in Tour Mode
If you like long battery life, the Suunto 9 Peak will give you long battery life. That is if you use it in a specific mode. Tour Mode. Suunto claims that running the GPS tracking while in Tour Mode will keep the watch running for up to 170 hours. That time can obviously vary based on what other features you may be using.
Also worth noting is that if you use Tour Mode while using GPS tracking, you’re giving up some of the accuracy the watch GPS tracking provides without Tour Mode enabled. So there is a trade-off. Running the GPS without Tour Mode bumps the battery down to about 25 hours. So it’ll last up to a full day plus one hour.
That may not sound that great, but you have to remember that this is with full GPS tracking on the entire time. And without that, the battery life does last quite a bit longer.
Stay active with over 80 sport modes and more
Suunto makes smartwatches that are designed for active people. They’re heavily tailored to fitness, and are loaded with features that evoke that. With the Suunto 9 Peak, you get over 80 sport modes to ensure you can track just about anything you do to stay fit and healthy.
Whether that’s running, hiking, climbing, swimming, cycling, weight lifting etc. The watch also comes with a 1.2-inch display and it can be submerged up to 100 meters if you feel like taking a dip.
Suunto also states that the watch is extremely thin compared to its other options, due to the use of the grade 5 titanium for the case. The Suunto 9 Peak goes on sale June 17 for $570. So it won’t be cheap. You can pick the watch up from retailers like Amazon, or from Suunto directly.
Suunto 9 Peak

The post Suunto’s New Smartwatch Is Looking Like The Peak Of Its Lineup appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Fitbit Ace 3 Minions Edition Breaks Cover In A New Color

Fitbit Ace 3 is soon to get a Minions makeover and now a third, previously unseen color has broken cover. That’s based on a recently reported tweet from Twitter leaker SnoopyTech.
The color in question is arguably one that should have been present all along, or at least since Fitbit announced its tie-in partnership with the Despicable Me characters. That’s because this one just happens to be a fitting yellow, as opposed to the Despicable Blue and Mischief Black colors already seen. And, rather than utilizing yellow again for the buckle and strap loops, the company has opted for blue.
What else should be known about the Minions Fitbit Ace 3?
Now, like the other two color configurations — and as might be guessed from this partnership — Fitbit Ace 3 is a wrist-borne fitness wearable for children. And the new Minion Yellow-hued Fitbit Ace 3 bears the same engraved Minions characters in the wristband too. So it won’t be stepping too far away from those other gadgets, aside from the accent color change.
In fact, the wearable is even shown with a Minions-based watch face in the 360-degree render clip shared by SnoopyTech.
As to the tracker itself, Fitbit says the device is kid-ready and swim-proof on the durability side. With parental controls, sleep tracking, family challenges, and more on the motivation-to-be-active side. All with up to 8-days of battery life and the security to keep kids wearing the tracker safe.
When will this arrive?
For the time being, however, Fitbit has not provided a firm date with regard to when the Minions Fitbit Ace 3 will land. Or, for that matter, revealed the new, purportedly official Minion Yellow variant. As of this writing, the company’s website still shows only the Despicable Blue and Mischief Black variations. So it remains unclear whether or not a yellow version is in the works or when, exactly, they’d become available to buy.
 

Fitbit Ace 3 Minion Limited Edition in 360 pic.twitter.com/n7GR29i2IB
— Snoopy (@_snoopytech_) May 26, 2021

The post Fitbit Ace 3 Minions Edition Breaks Cover In A New Color appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New KB articles published for the week ending 23rd May, 2021

Tweet Products Title Published Date VMware ESXi PSOD Occurs on ESXi 6.7 & 7.0 When Using Multiple VLANs and Qlogic qfle3f driver prior to 1.1.14 (83785) 5/20/2021 VMware ESXi PSODs and VMFS Metadata Corruption Can Occur When Using Qlogic FC HBAs (qlnative driver) on ESXi 6.7 and 7.0 (83790) 5/20/2021 VMware ESXi ToolsRamdisk option is … Continued

The post New KB articles published for the week ending 23rd May, 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Top 20 articles for NSX, January 2021

Tweet NSX-T on VDS vMotion between VDS/VSS and NSX-T virtual switch VMs on an affected host lose network connectivity post host reboot or exiting maintenance mode in NSX-v 6.4.7 or 6.4.8 Windows VM with NSX Network Introspection driver lose TCP connectivity NSX-T Manager, Edge and Intelligence node log rotate has stopped Ports connected to N-VDS … Continued

The post Top 20 articles for NSX, January 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Phone Comparisons: ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5

In this article, we’ll compare the ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5. These are the best smartphones these two companies have to offer at the moment. The ASUS ZenFone 8 launched quite recently, actually, and it’s a rather interesting phone. It’s considerably smaller than most flagship smartphones out there at the moment, and yet it’s positioned above its larger sibling, the ZenFone 8 Flip.
The Google Pixel 5 launched last year, and even though it technically offers mid-range specs, it is Google’s flagship. Therefore, it makes sense to compare these two phones. On top of that, the phone is quite similar in size to the ASUS ZenFone 8, so… it makes even more sense to compare them if you consider that. We’ll start by comparing their specs, and then move to a number of other categories. That being said, let’s kick off the ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5 comparison, shall we.
Specs

ASUS ZenFone 8
Google Pixel 5
Screen size
5.9-inch fullHD+ Super AMOLED flat display (120Hz refresh rate)
6-inch fullHD+ OLED display (90Hz)
Screen resolution
2400 x 1080
2340 x 1080
SoC
Qualcomm Snapdragon 888
Qualcomm Snapdragon 765G
RAM
6GB/8GB/16GB
8GB (LPDDR4X)
Storage
128GB/256GB (UFS 3.1); non-expandable
128GB, non-expandable
Rear cameras
64MP (f/1.8 aperture, 0.8um pixel size, 26mm lens, PDAF, OIS)
12MP (ultra-wide, f/2.2 aperture, 112-degree FoV, 14mm lens, 1.4um pixel size, dual pixel PDAF)
12.2MP (f/1.7 aperture, 27mm lens, 1.4um pixel size, dual pixel PDAF, OIS)
16MP (ultra-wide, f/2.2 aperture, 1.0um pixel size, 107-degree FoV)
Front cameras
12MP (f/2.5 aperture, 28mm lens, 1.22um pixel size, dual pixel PDAF)
8MP (f/2.0 aperture, 24mm lens, 1.12um pixel size)
Battery
4,000mAh, non-removable, 30W wired charging, reverse wired charging
4,080mAh, non-removable, 18W fast battery charging, 18W wireless charging, reverse wireless charging
Dimensions
148 x 68.5 x 8.9mm
144.7 x 70.4 x 8.0 mm
Weight
169 grams
151 grams
Connectivity
5G, LTE, NFC, Bluetooth 5.2, Wi-Fi, USB Type-C
5G, LTE, NFC, Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi, USB Type-C
Security
In-display fingerprint scanner (optical)
Rear-facing fingerprint scanner
OS
Android 11
ZenUI 8
Android 11
Price
€599 / €669 / €799
$699
Buy
ASUS
Google
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5: Design
These two phones do feel different in the hand. That’s not exactly surprising considering that the ZenFone 8 is made out of metal and glass, while the Pixel 5 has a metal frame, but the back side is, well, a different story. The phone does have a metal backplate as well, but it’s covered by resin. Think of it as rubbery plastic, that’s the best way it can be described. It feels more like a quality piece of plastic than rubber, though, that’s for sure.

The Pixel 5 is considerably less slippery considering the material on its back. In case that’s important to you, there you go. Both phones have fairly thin bezels, though bezels on the Pixel 5 are uniform. The ZenFone 8’s bottom bezel is slightly thicker than the rest of its bezels. Both phones have a flat display, and a display camera hole in the top-left corner. All physical buttons are on the right side, on both smartphones. The placement is a bit different, though.
On the back, both have two cameras, and those cameras are placed in the top-left corner. The Pixel 5 also has a capacitive fingerprint scanner on the back, while the ZenFone 8 utilizes an in-display fingerprint scanner. The ZenFone 8 is slightly taller than the Pixel 5, while it is a bit narrower and thicker. The ZenFone 8 is also heavier than the Pixel 5, 169 grams vs 151 grams. Both are fairly light, though, compared to other flagship smartphones. Both also feel quite premium in the hand.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5: Display
Now, in regards to their displays. They have similar display sizes, and both include flat displays. The ZenFone 8 comes with a 5.9-inch fullHD+ (2400 x 1080) Super AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate. That panel does support HDR10+ content, and it offers 1,100 nits peak brightness. The panel is protected by the Gorilla Glass Victus, by the way. It’s a really nice display overall.
The Google Pixel 5, on the flip side, has a 6-inch fullHD+ (2340 x 1080) OLED display. That is a 90Hz panel, which does support HDR10+ content, just like the ZenFone 8’s display. The Pixel 5’s panel is protected by the Gorilla Glass 6. So, the Pixel 5 delivers a somewhat different display aspect ratio, while its refresh rate is also lower. It is worth noting that the Pixel 5’s panel does not get as bright as the ZenFone 8’s outdoors, which is something you should keep in mind, if you live in sunny areas. Both are visible, but the ZenFone 8 is brighter, for sure.
Both of these displays are good overall. They deliver great, vivid colors, and great viewing angles, as you’d expect. Their black colors are deep, the so-called AMOLED black colors. Both panels are more than sharp enough, so you won’t miss the fact they’re not QHD+, or something of the sort. Scrolling on the ZenFone 8 is smoother, no doubt, but the difference is not that noticeable. 90Hz refresh rate is a considerable improvement over 60Hz, and the difference between 90 and 120Hz is not that pronounced. So, that’s definitely not something that should pull you in the other direction.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5: Performance
The performance is great in both regards, though there are differences. Let’s talk about the specs first, though. The ASUS ZenFone 8 is fueled by the Snapdragon 888 SoC, the best Qualcomm has to offer at the moment. The Pixel 5 comes with the Snapdragon 765G, a mid-range chip that is quite capable. The ZenFone 8 does offer faster RAM and faster UFS storage as well.
How does that translate into performance, though? Well, the ZenFone 8 will open apps faster, and will generally be a bit faster in regards to performance. When it comes to regular, everyday tasks, though, the difference won’t be something that’ll bother you, and chances are many of you wouldn’t even notice the difference. The Pixel 5 is fast for basically all actions, it can open / close apps really fast, multitasking, consume multimedia without a problem, browse, and so on. The ZenFone 8 will be a bit faster overall, though.
ASUS did a great job with its ZenUI skin, as it’s really close to stock Android. The company even included some features from the ROG Phone in this handset, features related to gaming. Gaming will feel better on the ZenFone 8 if you plan to play some graphically-intensive titles. The Pixel 5 can run those games perfectly fine as well, though. All in all, the performance is great on both, but the ZenFone 8 does have a bit more power.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5: Battery
The ASUS ZenFone 8 has a 4,000mAh battery on the inside, while the Pixel 5 includes a 4,080mAh unit. Both phones will be more than enough in the battery department, for most of you, but the Pixel 5 does offer more in that regard. The Pixel 5 was one of the best battery life smartphones that we tested last year. The phone can easily cross that 6-hour mark, at least it was able to do so for us, and even the 7-hour screen-on-time mark, depending on your usage.
The ZenFone 8, on the other hand, can cross the 6-hour screen-on-time mark as well, but it won’t get you much further than that. Do keep in mind that your usage will most certainly differ from ours, though, so you may get entirely different numbers here. If you do play a lot of games, or do graphically-intensive tasks, you will feel that on your battery levels. Different people have different needs when it comes to smartphone usage, so… there’s no universal answer here.
In regards to charging, however, well, things are fairly different. The ZenFone 8 supports 30W fast wired charging, and reverse charging as well. It does not offer wireless charging. The Pixel 5 offers 18W wired charging, while it also supports 12W wireless charging. On top of that, reverse wireless charging is also supported, at 5W. So, it all depends on what you need. If you really need wireless charging, go with the Pixel 5. If you simply want faster charging, regardless of whether it’s wired or wireless, go with the ZenFone 8.
ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5: Cameras
When it comes to cameras, both of these phones have two cameras on the back, and one on the front. Both utilize a wide-angle main camera, and an ultra-wide angle secondary one. The implementations are fairly different, though. The ZenFone 8 has a 64-megapixel main camera, and a 12-megapixel secondary unit. The main camera is identical to the one from the ZenFone 7 series, but the results are a lot different. More on that later.

The Pixel 5, on the other hand, has a 12.2-megapixel main camera, which is fairly dated at this point, and a 16-megapixel ultra-wide camera. Despite the fact its main camera sensor is dated, Google’s software still shines here. Google’s camera algorithms are on another level, and this is still one of the best cameras in the market. Those algorithms also do a great job when it comes to ultra-wide photography.
The ZenFone 8 can compete, though, without a doubt. It offers better shots than its predecessor in every way, and the difference is huge. The ZenFone 7 was kind of mediocre in that regard, but that’s not the case here. Both the ZenFone 8 and Pixel 5 can capture really good dynamic range, and good, well-balanced pictures in good lighting. The Pixel 5 still does better when it comes to dynamic range, though. Low light images look great on both, and both do a good job at keeping noise at bay. Both can also pull out quite a bit of detail from the shadows, and do have special modes for low light photography.
Audio
In regards to audio, well, the ZenFone 8 does have an upper hand here. The phone not only has a 3.5mm headphone jack, that the Pixel 5 does not offer, but it offers better sound overall. The ZenFone 8 comes with stereo speakers that are actually quite great. They offer punchy sound, that is more than loud enough. The sound is well-balanced, and the distortion is nowhere to be found. It probably has the best speakers compared to phones that are similar in size.
The Pixel 5, on the other hand, has a very capable main speaker, but the problem is that its secondary speaker sits under the display. The sound does come out somewhat muffled because of it. It’s passable, but pales in comparison to what the ZenFone 8 has to offer. If you hook up a good pair of headphones to either phone, you’ll get really good sound out of both. Do note that you’ll need a dongle for the Pixel 5, though, or use Bluetooth.
The post Phone Comparisons: ASUS ZenFone 8 vs Google Pixel 5 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

You Can Now Use Microsoft's xCloud App To Turn Surface Duo Into A Handheld Xbox

Microsoft has added an Xbox gaming experience to its Surface Duo by updating the Xbox Cloud Gaming (xCloud) app for Android. With this update, xCloud dual-screen support will be added to Surface Duo.
According to a video teased by The Verge’s editor on Twitter, a virtual gamepad appears on one of the Surface Duo screens, and users can use the other screen to play the game. The buttons are virtual, and they don’t have the sense of physical buttons. Anyway, it is still an excellent feature for Xbox users who own a Surface Duo or are planning to buy one.
These touch controls are available for many games. Moreover, adding them to a dual-screen device can enhance the gaming experience of the device. After the news, more Xbox gamers will likely consider buying a Surface Duo. Of course, having touch controls on such a device is not a new invention, and we’ve previously seen it in Nintendo 3DS.
Moreover, we expect Samsung to add such a feature to its Z fold devices through a partnership with Sony and Microsoft.
If you own a Surface Duo and want to play an Xbox game on it, you can receive the latest update of the xCloud app through Google Play.
Adding an Xbox gaming experience to Surface Duo will be a huge upgrade
Another benefit is that you will have an exclusive screen for watching the game. Moreover, you don’t have to scroll your thumbs on the screen that might hinder your view of the game. This way, the need for third-party controllers is eliminated, and users don’t have to pay for them. Just open your dual-screen device and start gaming.
The Xbox Cloud Gaming app has gone through other updates to match Surface Duo and enhance the user experience. The updates include columned layouts and making it easier to move in menus and watch the screens’ content.
Folding phones and dual-screen devices are expanding their market. In the coming years, more devices with these features will be released. Therefore, we can expect companies to seek to improve the gaming experience on these devices.
The post You Can Now Use Microsoft’s xCloud App To Turn Surface Duo Into A Handheld Xbox appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Renders Of The Galaxy Tab S7 FE 5G Get Leaked

Samsung seems to be the only Android manufacturer that takes the tablet market seriously. We just got word that the company is going to be releasing the Galaxy Tab S7 FE 5G. This news comes from the Samsung support page.
The tablet is called the Galaxy Tab S7 FE 5G, and news of the device comes with renders
What would hot news be without detailed renders? We were hit by a slew of renders of the device on Twitter. They came via Roland Quandt, and they leave very little to the imagination. Most of the renders show the device with the case and keyboard in tow. We also see the welcome addition of the S Pen.
The overall design is pretty simple. It has rounded corners and a flat, boxy frame. The antenna lines on the frame lead us to guess that it’s going to be made of metal. The screen seems to take up most of the front, leaving a little bit of bezel to place your fingers.
The aspect ratio of the screen looks to be similar to that of 16:9. This will be a welcome addition to those who want to watch videos and consume other forms of content. Reading documents and books, however, will be more difficult compared to devices that have the 4:3 ratio aspect. We can expect Samsung to use its AMOLED technology for the display- the resolution and size have not been revealed yet.
The Galaxy Tab S7 FE 5G’s accessories will really add to the experience
We see the typical array of addons for a tablet. The case will come with a built-in kickstand that will keep the tablet propped up. The keyboard looks typical with the exception of the DeX button on the top right.
One of the main sellers of the accessories is the S Pen. We don’t expect any radically new functionality with this S Pen, but it’s still nice to have, especially if you plan on using this for art. What’s nifty about the case is that it has a dedicated slot for the S Pen within the kickstand.
The renders show us some different color options
Along with the renders showcasing the design and accessories, we also got renders that show off some colors. We’re not 100% sure if these are going to be the final selection of colors, so take this with a grain of salt. There are five colors shown in the renders.
We see a black color, a navy blue, a gray color, a greenish color, and a dull pinkish color. Samsung undoubtedly has some flashy artistic names for the colors.
These colors look like they will apply to both tables and cases. If they do, then you might have the option to mix and match the colors to your liking. This is all speculation at this point, however. The Galaxy Tab S7 FE 5G is wrapped up in the rumor mill, just like the Galaxy Z Fold 3.

The post Renders Of The Galaxy Tab S7 FE 5G Get Leaked appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Conti Ransomware Attacked 16 Healthcare Organizations, FBI Says

According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Conti ransomware has recently targeted at least 16 healthcare organizations in the United States, including first responder organizations. The FBI has also released a TLP: WHITE to help organizations on defending themselves against future threats.
“The FBI identified at least 16 Conti ransomware attacks targeting U.S. healthcare and first responder networks, including law enforcement agencies, emergency medical services, 9-1-1 dispatch centers, and municipalities within the last year,” the FBI Cyber Division noted in its announcement. “These healthcare and first responder networks are among the more than 400 organizations worldwide victimized by Conti, over 290 of which are located in the U.S.”
The Conti is a Ransomware-as-a-Service (RaaS) that Wizard Spider backs. Wizard Spider believes to be a Russian-based cybercrime group that launches similar attacks on organizations around the world.
The Conti ransomware can gain access to victim networks through malicious email links, attachments, or stolen RDP credentials.
Victims must pay the amount requested by the attackers within eight days. If victims don’t pay within this period, the attackers will contact the victims via Voice Over Internet Protocol (VOIP) or encrypted emails. The way Conti ransomware works is simple and similar to its other counterparts like Doppelpaymer.
Conti ransomware is targeting healthcare organization in the United States and worldwide
The United States healthcare organization are not the only victims of Conti ransomware. Ireland’s Health Service Executive (HSE) and Department of Health (DoH) faced a similar case that Conti attackers asked for a $20 million ransom.
Of course, the DoH was able to repel the attacks, but the HSE had to shut down its IT systems.
For technical guys, here are the Conti ransomware indicators according to the FBI’s announcement: “Conti actors use remote access tools, which most often beacon to domestic and international virtual private server (VPS) infrastructure over ports 80, 443, 8080, and 8443. Additionally, actors may use port 53 for persistence. Large HTTPS transfers go to cloud-based data storage providers MegaNZ and pCloud servers. Other indicators of Conti activity include the appearance of new accounts and tools—particularly Sysinternals—which were not installed by the organization, as well as disabled endpoint detection and constant HTTP and domain name system (DNS) beacons, and disabled endpoint detection.”
If you are an IT admin or security expert at a healthcare organization, note these indicators so you can protect your data from this ransomware. The FBI has asked all organizations attacked by Conti ransomware to share their information.
The post Conti Ransomware Attacked 16 Healthcare Organizations, FBI Says appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best Soundbars – Updated May 2021

If you’ve recently picked up a new TV, you probably think that the included speakers sound pretty good. Well, you’re wrong. Most TV makers are looking to make their TVs as thin as possible, and therefore the speakers take a hit. So getting a soundbar is definitely important. And we have the best soundbars listed here.
This list contains soundbars from JBL, Samsung, TCL, Sony, Sonos and many others. All of which are really great options.
Top 10 Best Soundbars
Whether you only have a hundred bucks to spend, or you can afford over a grand, there’s something here for everyone. Of course, the more you spend, the more functionality and the better the sound will be. For instance, there are a couple of Dolby Atmos soundbars on this best of list, however, they are not cheap.
This list gets updated monthly.
Product name
Cost
Where to buy
JBL Bar 5.1
$499
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
SAMSUNG HW-Q950T
$1,397
Amazon, Best Buy
TCL Alto 7+
$128
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony S100F
$98
Amazon
Sonos Beam
$399
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
Bose Soundbar 500
$549
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony Z9F 3.1ch Sound bar
$898
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Roku Smart Soundbar
$179
Amazon
Sonos Arc
$799
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
LG SN10YG 5.1.2 ch 570W High Res Audio Sound Bar
$1,299
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Polk Audio Signa S2
$149
Amazon
JBL Bar 5.1

Price: $499
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
The JBL Bar 5.1 is what I would call a “simplistic” sound bar. This is because it is a pretty inexpensive one, and doesn’t have a lot of the frills of more expensive soundbars, but it still has plenty of oomf to really shake your living room.
It comes with the soundbar, which is about the same length as a 40-inch TV. And it also has a wireless subwoofer, which is what will really make your house shake. The bass is very deep here. And it provides virtual surround sound. You can upgrade to the JBL Bar 9.1 for full on surround sound though.
This is what we’d call a “no-frills” soundbar. As it doesn’t have all of the latest technology like Chromecast, Dolby Atmos, etc. But it does give you some really great sound for the price.
JBL Bar 5.1 – Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
Samsung HW-Q950T Soundbar

Price: $1,397
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy
With the Samsung HW-Q950T soundbar, you’re getting a soundbar, plus a subwoofer and two satellite speakers. For true wireless surround sound. Which is something you’d expect at this price point.
Samsung has included true 3D Surround Sound, along with Dolby Atmos and DTS:X, giving you some incredible audio out of this system. It’s a huge upgrade for your TV, and at $1400, it definitely should be.
There is adaptive sound here, which will analyze your content to automatically deliver optimized sound, based on each scene. This is going to allow you to hear speech clearly even at the lowest volume.
Samsung has also included Amazon Alexa, allowing you to use this as an Echo, and play your music on your surround sound system by using your voice.
Smasung HW-Q950T – Amazon, Best Buy
TCL Alto 7+

Price: $128
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
The TCL Alto 7+ is one of the cheaper soundbars on this list, and one of the only in this price range that comes with a wireless subwoofer. It’s pretty surprising to see this come with a sub-woofer actually.
But the TCL Alto 7+ is pretty impressive, when it comes to sound quality. The bass is nice and deep, without drowning out the mids and highs. It does also have unrestricted IR support, so you can control it through your TV’s remote.
This is a pretty minimal soundbar from TCL, and it doesn’t have a flashy design. It’s also made for smaller TVs, like 32 and 40-inch TVs. Though it will work with others too.
TCL Alto 7+ – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony S100F

Price: $98
Where to buy: Amazon
Now this, is our cheapest soundbar on our list. It has a regular price of $129, but it is almost always $98 or less. Normally, soundbars that are under $100 are just crap. But that is not the case with the S100F.
It shouldn’t come as a surprise that Sony takes audio seriously. After all, they are a record label as well as a movie studio. So they want their content to sound good on their products. Even if they are “cheap”.
This does use HDMI ARC for connecting to your TV. So you can easily control it with your TV at the same time. Which is a really neat feature to have.
The bass one this one isn’t super over-powering like the others on this list. And that mostly comes down to the fact that this does not have a wireless subwoofer available. But it is a huge upgrade over your built-in TV speakers. Even at $100.
Sony S100F – Amazon
Sonos Beam

Price: $399
Where to buy:Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
The Sonos Beam is one of the more compact soundbars on this list, without sacrificing audio quality. And it is a perfect pick up if you already have Sonos speakers in your home.
With the Beam, you’re getting the choice of either Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant in your home, connected to your TV. This is a smart soundbar. It also works with the other Sonos speakers out there, so you can easily create a wireless surround sound setup, with the Sonos One, or the PLAY:5, or any of the other speakers that Sonos has. Which is a really incredible experience.
Sonos does really well with its sound quality too. With the bass being very bumpy, but not over-powering. And the mids and highs are still crystal clear. There is also an EQ built-in, that you can use to adjust the audio if you wish.
All of that fits into this package that can easily fill a room with sound, and doesn’t even come with a remote. Because it is completely controlled by your TV.
Sonos Beam – Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
Bose Soundbar 500

Price: $549
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
If you have used Bose products over the years, then you know, pretty much what to expect here with the Bose Soundbar 500. This soundbar is a pretty good option for those that want good audio quality, but don’t want a ton of bass in their soundbar.
The sound signature from Bose is very rich, and you can definitely hear that in the Bose Soundbar 500.
Additionally, this soundbar also comes with Amazon Alexa built-in. Making this like a huge Echo smart speaker that you can use to control your smart home speakers and such. It’s a really great all-around soundbar from Bose, which is why it has made it into our best soundbars list.
Bose Soundbar 500 – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony Z9F 3.1ch Sound bar

Price: $898
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony doesn’t just do cheap soundbars, like another option on this list. It does also do some premium soundbars like the Sony Z9F. This is a really good looking soundbar, with a wireless subwoofer included. It’s a 3.1-channel soundbar, which will provide you with some incredible sound.
It is 4K HDR capable. And it also includes support for Dolby Atmos and DTS:X, giving you a really incredible sound experience. You can also tune the audio to your liking, so if you want more bass, you can choose to do just that.
Amazon Alexa is built-in, so you can ask Alexa to stream music from Amazon Music Unlimited, Spotify, Apple Music and many other services. In addition to using it for audio from your TV.
Sony Z9F Sound bar – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Roku Smart Soundbar

Price: $179
Where to buy: Amazon
Here’s when we get into the fun soundbars on this list, that do more than just offer great sound. The Roku Smart Soundbar is exactly that. You can think of it as a soundbar, with a Roku built-in. That means that it does connect to your TV using HDMI ARC. But with this, you won’t need to buy a Roku, as all of that is inside this soundbar.
It comes with a Roku remote, so you can control it and your TV using this remote. It’s also going to provide some really great sound for your TV. This is a small-ish soundbar, but the sound is definitely not small. It can easily fill your room with sound. And it’s super simple to set up as well.
The Roku Smart Soundbar does also include support for up to 4K HDR. So if you have a 4K HDR TV already, then this is a great addition. As you can watch Netflix, Hulu, Amazon Prime Video, YouTube TV and more, via your soundbar. Which sounds kinda crazy when you say it out loud. But it’s true.
Roku Smart Soundbar – Amazon
Sonos Arc

Price: $799
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
If you’re invested in the Sonos ecosystem, then the Arc is a really good choice. But then again, why would you buy this over the Beam, which is half the price?
Two reasons. One, this has Dolby Atmos support – the first Sonos product to offer it. And two, it’s a larger speaker, with more audio. Making it better for larger rooms, and larger TVs.
The Sonos Arc can still work with a surround sound setup – using two Sonos One speakers, PLAY:5’s, etc. Which is one of the more compelling reasons to buy the Arc. It also offers up some really deep bass, with crystal clear mids and highs. Like the Beam, the Arc can also be controlled via the Sonos app. So you can adjust the EQ to your liking, and also group speakers together, much easier.
With Dolby Atmos and 3D sound available on the Sonos Arc, it makes it a really great soundbar to pick up. Even though the price is a bit tough to swallow.
It’s worth noting that the Arc is unavailable almost everywhere. Due to the pandemic, and how popular the Arc is, Sonos has had a hard time keeping it on store shelves. Just a heads up.
Sonos Arc – Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
LG SN10YG 5.1.2 ch 570W High Res Audio Sound Bar

Price: $1,299
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
This is a 5.1.2-channel soundbar with subwoofer from LG. But it can be expanded to 7.1.2-channels, with satellite speakers that are sold separately. Allowing you to expand it if you wish to do so, making it modular. One of the only soundbars on this list to do 7.1.2-channel.
It’s a hi-res audio soundbar, so you’re going to absolutely love the audio that comes out of this one. It also has 570W of power, which is a lot. When we talk about shaking the house with sound, this one can really do it.
In addition to hi-res audio, it also has Dolby Atmos and DTS:X support. So no matter your audio profile of preference, the SN10YG supports it. Giving you a really incredible soundbar and wireless subwoofer setup.
LG has also included the Google Assistant in this soundbar. So you can simply say “OK Google” and have it play your favorite music, turn on your TV and even control your smart home products. To name a few things. There’s also Casting ability available on the SN10YG, giving you the ability to cast music from your smartphone.
Overall, this is probably the best soundbar that you can pick up in 2020, though it is one of the most expensive so it should be. If you really care about audio and are an audiophile, then this is the soundbar to pick up this holiday season.
LG SN10YG – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Polk Audio Signa S2

Price: $149
Where to buy: Amazon
With the Polk Audio Signa S2, you’re getting a premium soundbar and included wireless subwoofer, without the premium cost.
It includes five powerful full-range drivers, that will deliver beautiful rich sound, with deep bass. It does not have Dolby Atmos, but does have Dolby Digital Decoding which is going to maximize the sound clarity and reduces voice delays.
The Signa S2 does not use HDMI to connect to your TV, instead it uses the optical port. And there is IR support so you can use your TV remote to control the audio on the Signa S2 soundbar.
You can wireless stream music directly from your smartphone, but not via Cast. Polk Audio has their own technology for this. So it’s not quite as good as the other speakers on this list, but at $149, you’re getting a whole lot of sound. And that is definitely good to see.
Polk Audio Signa S2 – Amazon
The post Top 10 Best Soundbars – Updated May 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here's Likely Why You Didn't See Stadia At Google IO

Earlier this week Google held its annual Google IO developer conference which had announcements on just about everything Google makes, except for Stadia.
Google’s cloud gaming service was nowhere to be found. And that might come as a little bit of a shock to some. Stadia is a Google product after all. And one that you might argue needs as much attention as possible right now.
The thing is, Google IO doesn’t really feel like the right place for any major Stadia announcements. Stadia was in fact at IO, although not in any major capacity. Save for an AMA session called Flutter In Production With Stadia and Google Pay, there were no big events or sessions about the product at all.
There’s likely a good reason for that too. One beyond the fact that IO is probably not the right fit. Here’s why I think Google didn’t bring Stadia to IO. I also want to preface things by stating that nothing in this post is any admission of knowledge of actual events. This is an editorial piece with predictions on where I personally think Stadia will show up next and why it didn’t really have a place at Google’s conference this week.
Stadia wasn’t at Google IO because Google was saving announcements for later
Much like Sony is doing by skipping E3 again this year to instead hold its own online event, Google probably skipped any Stadia announcements at IO so it can hold its own event for Stadia later on.
It already does this with Stadia Connect. Which is its online virtual event that it’s been holding for big Stadia announcements since before the product launched. It makes much more sense for Google to present things about Stadia at one of these. As opposed to a big three-day conference like IO.
It allows Google to focus entirely on Stadia without having to split its attention to other, more established products. Why divide time and attention when you can instead have a separate event for a single product?
With Stadia having its own event, like with Stadia Connect, it’s all about Stadia. Not about Stadia, and Google Maps, and Android, and Android TV, and Android Auto, and Wear OS etc. Google could have also had nothing to share about Stadia. But I think the more likely scenario is that it simply wanted to save everything for later. At a time when it made more sense to showcase more new features and upcoming releases.
Where we could see new announcements
Stadia announcement screencap DG
There’s a few different possibilities here. But, one of them makes more sense than the others and is probably the most likely. Assuming Google isn’t too worried about the difference in time between its last Stadia Connect event and any upcoming ones.
If you’re wondering about when and where Google may hold announcements for Stadia, I’d peg GDC 2021 as the most likely time. GDC 2019 is when Stadia was announced. The conference will be held virtually this year, so Google wouldn’t even have to physically be at a specific location.
It could easily pre-record (or livestream) any announcements for GDC and have them ready. It could have a Stadia Connect ready to happen alongside GDC but not necessarily as part of GDC. Google also had tons of development and other announcement videos at GDC 2020. And when you factor this in,  GDC 2021 makes the most sense.
A second possibility is that Google could have major Stadia announcements set for E3. Which is another big video game conference. Though this seems less likely given that GDC is where Google held announcements and sessions around Stadia the last two years.
The last possible scenario is that Google could forego both of these events and hold a Stadia Connect at a different time. Separate from these conferences.
What to expect
The possibilities could include anything from just game announcements to game announcements and a bunch of new features. That being said, if there are any big Stadia events coming up in the near future, expect them to be mostly about games.
Many of Google’s Stadia Connect videos have focused mainly on new games being added to the platform. This allowed Google to fill the time with exciting trailers. And a larger game library is something Stadia has always needed. That still holds true today, although the library of available titles has expanded a lot compared to Stadia’s first year.
There’s no guarantee of course that Google won’t have new features to announce. Or that it won’t have something else up its sleeve. With Stadia Games & Entertainment now shut down, Google did say that it will be focusing more on developing partnerships with third-party game studios.
Considering this, perhaps Google will share something along the lines of new partnerships with big studios. Though it’s anyone’s guess, really. I also think it’s important to temper expectations. Don’t go into any potential events expecting Google to announce anything and everything.
The post Here’s Likely Why You Didn’t See Stadia At Google IO appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

TikTok Takes Anti-Bullying Tools Nuclear With New Features

TikTok is taking its anti-bullying tools to a new level, with new features appearing from today in some regions. The latest features include the ability to not just filter comments or bring awareness to harassment and its impacts. Now, the app will reportedly let users delete comments and block others in groups. With as many as 100 comments or accounts being deleted or blocked all at once.
How will the new anti-bullying tools work and why are they being implemented?
Now, to block users or delete and report comments, users simply need to long-press a comment. Or, conversely, they can tap on the pencil-shaped icon in the top-left-hand corner of the UI. That will open up a window with even more options.
TikTok is implementing this new feature, as the source indicates, as the result of a strong presence of abuse on the platform. Cyberbullying and abuse related to that have increased significantly since the start of the Covid-19 pandemic. More specifically, that’s widespread issues centered around harassment and bullying prevalent with teens on the platform.
The latest move follows an already long list of actions taken by the social media giant, following similar actions taken by other companies in their own apps.  Not least of all, the company has recently ensured that comments can be set up to require approval before being posts. And prompts have been added to ask users to consider unkind comments more deeply before publishing them.
Additionally, the company has implemented filters on comments so that content creators don’t need to see the more abusive ones. And restrictions have been added to DMs, comments, and other features for those under the age of 18.
When will you see the new features?
As noted above, TikTok has already rolled out these features to “select markets” as of this writing. The company has not indicated exactly which markets those are. It also hasn’t provided a specific timeframe regarding when it will land in any particular market. But TikTok has said that users should see the new anti-bullying tools globally over the coming weeks. So it will be something to watch out for, for those who are using the top-rated social media service.

The post TikTok Takes Anti-Bullying Tools Nuclear With New Features appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Verizon Picks Up Two Budget Moto Smartphones & More

Verizon has three new budget-minded smartphones now available from the Nokia and Moto brands, including the Moto G Power, Moto G Play, and Nokia 2720 V Flip. Now, only two of these devices are Android handsets but each is certainly going to be worth a look. Especially for those who don’t have a lot of money to spend.
Moto G Power and Moto G Play bolster the Verizon budget Android line-up

The biggest announcement from Verizon today is going to center around the LTE-ready Moto G Power and Moto G Play. Namely, the carrier is now selling the latest iteration of both budget handsets. Of course, both phones are engineered to provide all-day battery life with a claimed up to 72-hours of use. And that’s stacking atop 21 and 22 days of standby, respectively.
The biggest differentiators are going to be centered around the designed purpose of each phone and the cameras. The Moto G Power, for instance, comes with a 6.6-inch IPS panel compared to the G Play’s 6.5-inch panel.
Both are at an aspect ratio of 20:9 and both are HD+ resolution Max Vision displays. But the Moto G Play is intended to provide more efficient performance with an octa-core Snapdragon processor clocked at 1.8 GHz. The Moto G Power is designed to keep battery life going while offering great camera features and more RAM to account for that. The latter phone ships with a Snapdragon 662 SoC with 4GB RAM and 64GB of microSD card expandable storage. That’s compared to the 3GB RAM and 32GB of expandable storage in the Moto G Play.
While the Moto G Play ships with a 5-megapixel selfie snapper and a dual-sensor, 13-megapixel-led primary camera, the Moto G Power comes with more. Namely, a triple-sensor array led by a 48-megapixel snapper and 8-megapixel selfie camera. The Moto G Power also packs both fingerprint and facial recognition-based unlocking.
Nokia 2720 V Flip is something else entirely, introducing smart aspects to the feature phone category

Conversely, for those who want something else entirely, Verizon has also picked up the Nokia 2720 V Flip. As the name might give away, this is actually not a smartphone. Instead, it’s a “classic” feature phone in a flip phone format. But there’s more to this phone than just being old-school.
While the keypad is a large design for those who eschew the smartphone trend, and there’s an emergency contact button included for those who might need it, the 2720 V Flip also packs two screens. Those are LCDs and set at 2.8-inches on the inside and 1.3-inches on the outside. Harkening back to a simpler time in mobile.
The real kicker is that this package is powered by KaiOS. Although storage and RAM are low here, at 4GB and 512MB, and while there’s only a 2-megapixel camera on the back, that means ready access to apps like YouTube and Google Maps. And, more than that, ready access to advanced apps built by Google for non-touchscreen devices, such as Google Assistant.
Pricing and availability
The more affordable of the new budget smartphones at Verizon are, of course, not the moto handsets. The 2021 Moto G Play, in Misty Blue, starts at just $149.99 or at $6.24 per month for 24-months. The Moto G Power, in Flash Grey, starts at $5 per month over 24 months with a new line. Or buyers can pick it up for $239.99 and buy it outright.
The Nokia 2720 V Flip starts at a much lower cost of just $3.33 per month over 24 months. Or it can be had for just $79.99 for those that want to pay the full cost for the Charcoal Black feature phone outright.
The post Verizon Picks Up Two Budget Moto Smartphones & More appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Samsung Plans To Sell 7 Million Foldable Phones In 2021

The foldable phone is really picking up speed this year. Seemingly ahead of the pack, Samsung is putting its foldable display technology into a handful of gadgets. according to The Elec that the Korean tech giant has a rather ambitious foldable phone sales goal for this year.
Samsung has a foldable phone sales goal of between 6 and 7 million units
Samsung is planning on the Galaxy Z Flip 3 being the main seller for the second half of 2021. According to sources in the industry, Samsung plans on selling 3 million units of just that phone. This makes up almost half of its 7 million unit goal for the year.
The clamshell form factor of the Z Flip line of devices makes an ideal device to use and pocket. On the other side of the coin, the Galaxy Fold 3 is the other phone that the company plans on selling this year. While it seems possible that this makes up the remainder of the sales goal, we don’t know if Samsung has any other devices up its sleeve.
Samsung showed off some exciting foldable display technology at Display Week a few days ago, and one of the devices that it showcased is a folding tablet. There’s no word on whether we’ll see this device this year, or at all, for that matter. If it does launch, this will make Samsung the king of the foldable.
The Galaxy Flip 3 looks like it will be a killer device
We’re getting closer to the official unveiling of the Galaxy Z Flip 3. There will undoubtedly be some improvements to the durability of the device. Dust and other particles making it under the display are still a major issue for foldable phones.
It’s rumored to have S Pen support, which is always a plus. This should help fill the gap left by the Galaxy Note series.  Other rumors point to a small external display that will display your notifications and messages. Along with the display, it appears that there will be a set of two cameras. This will be for those who want to get their selfies just right.
One large rumor is that it will come in at a price of $999. This will undercut all of the foldable phones that are available today.
Foldable phones have come a long way
Foldable phone technology has matured a lot since the Galaxy Fold and Huawei Mate X launched back in 2019. They seemed interesting, but people were asking questions about their durability. They received their answers in the form of displays dying left and right.
Samsung’s displays were being ruined by particles that would get stuck under the display. The Mate X’s displays were getting scratched and marked up from being an outward folding device. This made a lot of potential users turn away from folding phones.
This, however, didn’t stop manufacturers like Samsung, Motorola, Huawei, and Xiaomi from pushing the technology forward.
The post Samsung Plans To Sell 7 Million Foldable Phones In 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Netflix And Gaming May Just Be A Reality In The Future

Netflix is the go-to destination for many when it comes to looking for something watch, but when it comes to video games and something to play, that’s an entirely different story.
That may not be the case forever though. New ports indicate that Netflix is looking for someone to fill a role within the company to oversee a new division that oversees video games. Which suggests that Netflix is looking to widen its audience and its offerings.
The report comes from The Information (via Reuters). Noting that Netflix has had discussions on offering game bundles. The service already offers a wealth of content for film and TV. Spanning a very wide range of different genres. But gaming is something is has yet to tap into. Although that may change soon if the reports are accurate.
Video games may never be a part of Netflix, but it’s excited about interactive entertainment
The closest Netflix has gotten to video games on its platform is being involved with the creation of games for other platforms based on its original property. Specifically with Stranger Things, which does have its own game.
There’s also an interactive show on the service called Black Mirror: Bandersnatch, which lets the viewer decide the direction of the show based on choices. Similar to a choose your own adventure book. Netflix also made a statement to Tech Radar that it’s excited to “do more with interactive entertainment.”
The spokesperson doesn’t mention anything specifically about video games in any capacity. But it doesn’t deny the initial report either. So at the very least it appears there may be some truth to the possibility that it wants to expand into gaming.
Games would not feature advertising
While Netflix can neither confirm nor deny its intent to offer a gaming subscription of some kind, here’s what an offering like that might look like.
The report states that a Netflix video games offering would not contain advertising of any kind. So it would essentially be just like what it offers with film and TV. A monthly subscription that allows users unfiltered, unlimited access to everything it has to offer.
The post Netflix And Gaming May Just Be A Reality In The Future appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Don't Miss Out On Being One Of The First To Play PUBG New State

If you’re looking to get your hands on PUBG New State before anyone else, then you’ll need to be part of the Alpha. Luckily, PUBG Corp and Krafton Inc. just so happen to have one of those coming up for this new game.
PUBG New State was announced earlier this year, and is a completely standalone game from PUBG MOBILE. It will also be a mobile only game unless PUBG Corp and Krafton Inc decide otherwise at some point in the future.
PUBG New State will feature some similarities with PUBG MOBILE, but you won’t be getting the exact same experience, and the upcoming closed Alpha test will be a great chance to see what’s been cooking for this franchise. Alpha tests for this game were announced earlier this year, but exact dates weren’t announced at the time. Now they have been and the first test is coming up sooner than you might think.
The first PUBG New State Alpha test begins June 11
The first Alpha test is just around the corner as it begins on June 11 at 6PM PST. It’ll last for just a few days and end on June 13 at 8:59PM PST. So you won’t have long to check things out before it goes back into development.
As this is an Alpha test, players should expect there to be some issues. That doesn’t mean there will be many, or that they will be game breaking. Diablo Immortal is a pretty good example of that. However, the point of Alpha tests and Beta tests is to catch bugs and get feedback from players.
That way the development teams can work on anything that needs fixes and/or improvements. So, go into this with the notion that you may encounter a problem or two. You may be pleasantly surprised and encounter no issues at all. But, if there happens to be an issue you’ll be prepared.
You can sign up to participate right now
If you want a chance to participate in the Alpha test when it goes live, don’t forget to sign up. Which you can actually do right now.
Signups began at 12AM PST today, so they’ve been open for a while at this point. There’s no guarantee that the first people to signup will be the first to be let in though. And signups will continue until 8:59PM PST on June 6. So you have some time.
You may as well signup as soon as possible though as there’s no sense in waiting if you’re interested in being part of the test. You can apply to be a part of the Alpha at this link.

The post Don’t Miss Out On Being One Of The First To Play PUBG New State appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here's An Even better Look At The Upcoming Google Pixel 6 Pro

If last week’s Pixel 6 and Pixel 6 Pro leak wasn’t enough for you, then feast your eyes on these new renders of the Google Pixel 6 Pro. The leaked renders, and video, are courtesy of OnLeaks in partnership with Digit.
While the recreated renders from the first leak were pretty high quality, these new ones appear to be in slightly higher resolution. So you do indeed get a better look at the potential phone to be.
But the leak doesn’t showcase just the renders. It also mentions possible specifications. This includes a 6.67-inch curved glass display. And judging by the renders, the Pixel 6 Pro does appear to feature this detail. Having said that it’s important to remember that these are just rumors for now. But the rumors and the leaked information come from OnLeaks, which has a pretty good track record. So make of it what you will.
The new Pixel 6 Pro renders match up with the first leak

The first thing you’ll probably notice is that the renders from this leak match up with the ones from the first leak. That doesn’t guarantee that the design is accurate, but it certainly adds more weight to the claims.
Details like the centered, single punch hole camera stand out. But the more noticeable details are things like the raised triple camera array on the back. The design is largely different from Google’s past Pixel devices. At least where the rear camera setup is concerned.
It also shows that Google isn’t afraid to try something a little different. In addition to the rumored 6.67-inch curved glass display, the phone is also said to be 8.9mm thick if you don’t factor in the raised rear camera array. Which increases that thickness to 11.5mm.
Google is also thought to be using an AMOLED panel for the screen as well as implementing the use of its own chipset for this device. Taking into account the name and the design, it seems Google is looking to release a more premium Pixel smartphone. One that may be finally be worthy of the higher price tag of some of the past Pixel devices.

The post Here’s An Even better Look At The Upcoming Google Pixel 6 Pro appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

There's An Easy New Way To Load Your Google Messages Up With GIFs

Google Messages is making it way easier to pump your texts full of GIFs. Not just GIFs though. Emoji and stickers, too.
As spotted by 9To5Google, Google Messages has recently received a small update that lumps the GIFs, emoji, and sticker packs all into one spot. When you open up a chat, you’ll find that all three can now be found in side by side tabs. Before even tapping on the message box where you type, you can hit the emoji button and these tabs will pop up.
Prior to this change, GIFs and stickers in Google Messages would be located in the panel that pops up when you tap the “+” button. Now though, both of those are neatly tucked away with the emoji tab by hitting the emoji button. Which honestly makes sense. Given they kind of all fall under the same category.
Here’s what the new emoji picker looks like in Google Messages
Visually things don’t really look different, but just in case you were curious what the picker looks like you can view the changes below.
With GIFs and stickers having been moved to where emoji are found, the “+” button opens up the ability to share location, contacts, and attach files. There are also quick access buttons for Google Assistant so you can have Google search for places like restaurants. That way you can share them easily within a text.
All of this was available in the old picker. And it still is for those who don’t have the updated Google Messages app. But in the old picker you had to scroll up and down for things like attaching files or contacts, because there was just more stuffed in there than what could be seen without scrolling.
It’s not clear if the updated picker is available to all users. But if you have the most recent version of Google Messages then there’s a good chance you’ll see these changes.

The post There’s An Easy New Way To Load Your Google Messages Up With GIFs appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

GeForce NOW Subscribers Get Five New Releases This Week

This week GeForce NOW is delivering five new release titles to subscribers, including SnowRunner. This is a day and date release of the game, though it was officially launched on Steam a couple of days ago.
In total there are 17 new games coming to the platform this week. Five of which are new and upcoming PC titles. Of those five, three are already available. This includes the above-mentioned SnowRunner, as well as Siege Survival Gloria Victis, and Just Die Already. SnowRunner launched on PC on May 17, while Siege Survival Gloria Victis launched on PC on May 18. The latest so far though is Just Die Already which released today.
The two remaining new titles launch on PC this weekend. The first is 41 hours, which releases tomorrow, May 21. Lastly there’s Saints Row The Third: Remastered, which releases on Sunday May 22.
Drive huge vehicles and cross perilous terrain with SnowRunner and GeForce NOW
SnowRunner is finally on GeForce NOW which means you can take on difficult missions to deliver truckloads of product across dangerous terrain no matter where you are.
Described as a terrain simulator, SnowRunner lets you pick from a fleet of over 40 vehicles, while traversing everything from snow-covered mountains to iced over narrow roads. Pick up missions and complete your deliveries no matter the conditions.
Devolver Digital’s newly announced Phantom Abyss will be available on GeForce NOW Day 1

Today Devolver Digital announced a new title called Phantom Abyss, and it lands on GeForce NOW the same day it launches for PC.
It’ll be available later this Summer through Steam, however there is no confirmed release date yet. Phantom Abyss is an asynchronous multiplayer dungeon crawler where players must venture into danger-filled temples in attempts to claim valuable relics.
There are a number of interesting mechanics, like the ability to steal whips from fallen phantoms. Fallen phantoms are essentially the ghosts of players who tried and failed to clear the temple before you. Stolen whips can also provide both blessings and curses.
Temples are also procedurally generated and once a temple is cleared by a player it becomes sealed off. More or less immortalizing the player who made the clear.
Get access to 12 additional games today
In addition to everything else, there are 12 other games being released for GeForce NOW this week. All of them are available today too.
This includes Bad North, Beyond Good & Evil, Chess Ultra, Groove Coaster, Hearts Of Iron 2: Complete, Monster Prom, OneShot, Outlast 2, Red Wings: Aces Of The Sky, Space Invaders Extreme, Warlock: Master Of The Arcane, and WRC 8 FIA World Rally Championship.
The post GeForce NOW Subscribers Get Five New Releases This Week appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Is Getting Rid Of Android 12's Ultrawide Volume Slider

In the grand scheme of all of Google’s design decisions, the mega wide, super thick volume slider in the Android 12 beta has to be one of the most odd.
The brightness slider is nearly as wide, but not quite to the level of the volume slider. As one would have it Google seems to have mixed feelings about the volume slider too. Because it’s now being reported that the company wants to change the style by making it more narrow.
What’s interesting is that the volume slider in the Android 12 beta isn’t really that big. It’s not much wider than the one in Android 11. Or at the very least not noticeably so. The main difference is that the volume slider in the Android 12 beta has a different shape. That and the actual slider part takes up the entirety of the bar. Whereas the one in Android 11 is just a thin line.
And that seems to make it appear larger than it actually is. You can see comparisons of both volume sliders below. In any case, Google decrees that it needs a change.
Android 12 will end up with a much more narrow volume slider
According to XDA’s Mishaal Rahman, a future version of Android 12 will feature a smaller version of the slider. Both the entire bar and the slider portion itself are being made more narrow. So the slider should actually end up slimmer than it is in Android 11 when things are all said and done.
This will also be the look for the final release when Android 12 launches as a stable build later this year. Assuming Google doesn’t change its mind and alter things again before that.
The new Aesthetic blends both Android 11 and Android 12 together
While those on the beta will have to deal with the new volume slider for now, the visual change on the horizon will sort of be the best of both worlds. A slightly slimmer bar with a slightly slimmer slider that lies somewhere between Android and the current Android 12 beta.
It isn’t clear when exactly this new slider will arrive, but it will be sometime before the official release.

Another look at the slightly newer volume panel coming to #Android12 pic.twitter.com/wtbGIyYcuk
— Mishaal Rahman (@MishaalRahman) May 18, 2021

The post Google Is Getting Rid Of Android 12’s Ultrawide Volume Slider appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Twitter Verification Is Now Stupid Easy To Do

After putting a hold on verifying accounts, Twitter has announced today that it is back. And it is making it super simple to verify your account.
Previously, Twitter verification was a bit difficult, and there wasn’t really a set way to do it. There was talk about needing to wait for the @Verified account to follow you and then it’ll get you verified. Or you could pay (this was the shady method) to get verified.
Then we started seeing lots of popular accounts getting hacked for Bitcoin scams in 2018, like Elon Musk and Bill Gates’ accounts. So Twitter paused verification. But now it’s back, and it is super simple to get verified.
How can I get my Twitter account verified?
According to Twitter’s announcement today, it is very easy to start the verification process. There will be an option in your account settings, for you to get your account verified. Just tap on that option.
Then you’ll be asked to provide some information, like what category you fall into (government official, journalist, influencer, etc), and then providing identification.
Twitter says that the entire process should only take a couple of days. But, since it has just opened the flood gates (a bit), it may take longer, at least for now. Twitter has said that it is only making the setting available for a small number of accounts right now, to sort of battle the onslaught of verification requests that will be coming in.
This makes it very easy for Twitter verification to occur on your account. And for many, getting verified is definitely important. Especially those that are popular, so that other users know which account is really theirs. Seeing as we’ve seen a lot of parody and fake scamming accounts for popular people as of late. This is a way to combat that.
The post Twitter Verification Is Now Stupid Easy To Do appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 20 articles for NSX, April 2021

Tweet Product offerings for VMware NSX-T Data Center 3.1.x NSX-T admin password expired NSX-T VIBs fail to install/upgrade, due to insufficient space in bootbank on ESXi host Privilege Escalation Observed with Role Assignment Permissions NSX-T 3.1.1 NSX-T on VDS Direct upgrade to NSX-V 6.4.10 fails from NSX-V 6.4.2, 6.4.3, 6.4.4, and 6.4.5 versions Trending support … Continued

The post Top 20 articles for NSX, April 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Top 20 articles for EUC, April 2021

Tweet Supported versions of Windows 10 on Horizon Agent Including All VDI Clones (Full Clones, Instant Clones, and Linked Clones on Horizon 7) VMware Horizon ports and network connectivity requirements Black screen when logging in to Horizon virtual desktop(VDI) over PCOIP in Windows 10 Troubleshooting SSL certificate issues in VMware Horizon Accessing the Horizon View … Continued

The post Top 20 articles for EUC, April 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Android 12 Intros A Way To Stop Unused Apps From Wrecking Your Phone

Unused apps can eat up memory, put data at risk via permissions, and send unwanted notifications but Android 12 beta offers an easy fix. And that will likely apply to the final release of the firmware too. That’s based on a recent XDA Developers report highlighting the incoming feature in beta, following Google’s 2021 I/O event keynote.
So what does this change in Android 12 actually do with unused apps?
The new feature, which effectively puts apps into hibernation mode if they go unused in Android 12, is still very much in beta. As is the new Android version itself. But it still offers some key insights into how it might work at the final release.
Summarily, when apps are placed in a hibernation state, they no longer send notifications to users. As shown in the images below, those apps will also stop storing any temporary files. And the permissions associated with the app will be revoked.
Apps enter into the hibernation state when they aren’t used for a few months. Opening up the app afterward will remove it from that state. But the apps can also, at least in the beta form, be placed there manually. That’s via the App info page for the individual apps, found in Settings or with a long-press on the app’s icon in recent apps.
So, for those who like to keep their favorite tax app installed, for example, that can essentially be turned off throughout the year when it isn’t used. And that will free up space and resources while keeping the app more secure without the need to uninstall altogether.
Android 12 should arrive later this year, with this feature in tow
Android 12 is, of course, directly associated with this change as part of Google’s push for better device and app management. Specifically, when that comes to privacy, efficiency, and making any smartphone more individual to the user. That means that the new feature isn’t likely to arrive in the near future. But it should land around late August or early September. That’s for OEMs that keep it intact and based on the historical timeframe for release,

The post Android 12 Intros A Way To Stop Unused Apps From Wrecking Your Phone appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Won't Say If Current Smartwatches Get The New Wear OS

When it comes to the new Wear OS, one thing that’s as mystifying as all the new features is whether or not current smartwatches get an update to the software.
Google probably knows, but it isn’t telling. In a statement made yesterday, May 18, Google noted that right now it doesn’t have anything to share on that front, but that it “will have more updates to share on timelines once the new version launches later this year.”
Cryptic. Though, perhaps not really. Google isn’t trying to be coy or secretly give out any hints. It’s not teasing anything. It’s simply not saying anything about a new Wear OS update for current devices. If an update is even in the cards.
An update to the new Wear OS sounds reasonable
As reasonable as it may sound, it’s very possible Google won’t update any current watches to the new software. The fact is, at this point there’s just no telling what Google plans to do. Because it hasn’t confirmed anything at this point.
Nor have the two other brands that are involved with the partnership. Which are Fitbit and Samsung. There are at current, too many variables which could sway Google’s decisions one way or the other.
Including whether or not current and past devices have the hardware to support the new software in the first place. Having said all that, updating current devices is a reasonable prospect. Google says it plans to have the new Wear OS out later this year. Samsung’s upcoming watch that will run the new Wear OS will be one of the first devices.
And since it plans to share more information at some point, closer to the launch of the new Wear OS is when you can probably expect to learn whether or not your existing hardware will run on it.
Some watches will probably make the cut
While Google probably won’t send the update out to all current watches, it would be pretty unlikely that no current watches would be compatible. Of course which watches make the cut is still a mystery but it won’t be forever.
When the refresh does arrive, current users can expect better performance, better battery life, and probably a new look. The new Wear OS is due out sometime later this year. So keep an eye out for it if you already have a Wear OS watch or plan to buy one that launches with the new software.
The post Google Won’t Say If Current Smartwatches Get The New Wear OS appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

YouTube Music Is Coming To Your Wear OS Watch, With Features Intact

YouTube Music will finally be arriving on Wear OS, coming sometime later this year. That’s based on a recent blog post from Google, detailing the company’s recently announced update to the platform made during Google I/O 2021.
Of course, the company already unveiled its new partnership with Samsung on the OS. But this will mark the first time YouTube Music is available on the wrist-borne wearables operating system. And it isn’t just bringing easy music controls either.
Instead, Google says it’s working to ensure that even robust features such as smart downloads are available at launch. And that, at the very least, means that users should be able to listen to a wealth of media whether they’re presently connected to their smartphone or not.
This isn’t just about YouTube Music in Wear OS
Of course, Google isn’t focusing solely on YouTube Music either for this update. In fact, it plans to overhaul several other of its own apps such as Maps, Assistant, and Pay. Google Pay, in particular, is gaining new regions too, becoming available in an additional 26 countries alongside the redesign.
Conversely, Google’s acquisition of Fitbit has become more clear with the announcement too, well beyond just the addition of YouTube Music to Wear OS. Fitbit’s long-standing, highly-regarded health tracking features will be making their way over too. Including through-day health progress and on-wrist motivational celebrations when goals are passed.
All of which stacks atop new tools from a new Tiles API for easier tile-building for developers. To a new watch face design editor built by Samsung and more. Thanks, at least in part, to yesterday’s announcement that Tizen watches are effectively on the way out.
When exactly is this coming?
For now, Google has only more generally stated that YouTube Music, and the other app redesigns, are headed to Wear OS “later this year.” That doesn’t give end-users much to go on, to start. And there’s also no guarantee that any individual OEM or model will receive the update. But this is certainly just one among many changes that the platform has needed for quite some time.
The post YouTube Music Is Coming To Your Wear OS Watch, With Features Intact appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Bluetooth Scanning Won't Require Location Permission In Android 12 – Thanks To COVID-19 Tracing

In Android 12, apps that need Bluetooth Scanning won’t need to ask for location permissions. And this is actually a feature that came from the COVID-19 tracing apps that launched last year – at the height of the pandemic.
With the COVID-19 tracing apps, Google introduced an exemption that would allow apps to scan for Bluetooth, without needing to ask for permission to track your location. And now that is coming out to all of Android 12.
Basically, what this boils down to is, the fact that there will be less apps that need to ask for location permission. As it can simply ask for permission to “find, connect to, and determine the relative position of nearby devices”. And yes it is actually a new permission in Android.
Apps will need to update to use these new permissions
As you might expect, apps won’t be able to use this new permission automatically. Developers will need to update their apps to use the new Bluetooth Scan and Bluetooth Connect permissions.
Currently, the feature is technically live in the first beta, but since there are no apps that are compatible with these new permissions yet, you won’t really see this pop up yet. You won’t see it until apps are updated to use the Bluetooth Scan and Bluetooth Connect permissions.
It’s good news all around, as this means less apps are going to be using your location (which also saves some battery), when all they want to do is look for Bluetooth devices around you. Which is quite a few apps actually. You’d be surprised how many apps ask for location, just to look for nearby devices. So it’s a step in the right direction when it comes to privacy with Android 12.
This is just one of many changes in Android 12, and many of which are not even yet available in this first beta.
The post Bluetooth Scanning Won’t Require Location Permission In Android 12 – Thanks To COVID-19 Tracing appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Toast Notifications Will Have To Identify Their Maker From Android 12

Google has announced some big changes to Android 12 with Google I/O 2021 and toast notifications are reportedly included. Not only will the messages, which appear near the bottom of the screen when an app performs an action, get the Material You treatment. Meaning that they’ll take on the same color-shifting theming that other apps do, matching the wallpaper. They’ll also be easily identifiable by app icon.
So how do the toast notifications changes help Android 12 users?
The biggest benefit of having app icons appear in toast notifications, of course, is that identifies which app generated them. Prior to this change, in the current Android versions, the notifications could essentially appear at any given time.
That’s without that information and that makes it difficult to ascertain whether the notifications can be trusted. It helps users decide whether or not any additional action is needed too. Especially if they’re engaged with multiple apps that might send one. It potentially also makes it more difficult for would-be malicious apps to display them without identification. In effect, it makes toast notification information more useful, as has been a running theme at this year’s Google I/O 2021 event.
Android 12 is still months away, unfortunately
Android 12 has now officially been launched to the public beta phase of its rollout. That not only includes Google-branded handsets. But non-Pixel phones can install the update too. But that doesn’t mean users are necessarily anywhere close to having icon-laden toast notifications on their Android 12 handsets.
For now, the new icons are only appearing for some apps, with some other toast notifications still missing them. Additionally, some users are reporting severe issues with installation on non-Pixel handsets. So, for most users, the wait will likely continue through to the fall before this feature is readily available. And that’s only where OEMs keep toast notifications stock, as opposed to tweaking the UI for individual handsets.

The post Toast Notifications Will Have To Identify Their Maker From Android 12 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Samsung Won't Update Your Tizen Smartwatches Forever

Samsung will be partnering with Google for all of its future smartwatches, but it’s not completely giving up on Tizen yet and has plans for quite a few more updates.
This is of course limited to Samsung’s current smartwatches. Meaning the Galaxy Watch 3, Galaxy Watch Active 2, and any other more recent ones that are still receiving Tizen updates from Samsung.
In a dedicated post talking about innovation, Samsung confirms that current watches will receive updates for at least three more years. Samsung mentions that the “at least three years” is from the product launch. So if you have an original Galaxy Watch Active, it won’t be getting three more years of updates from today. This confirmation reinforces a couple of things.
For one, it means that current Samsung smartwatch owners aren’t being left out in the cold. Samsung is continuing to support them with new software for, quite honestly a rather lengthy period going forward. Especially considering how long some of the watches have already been out.
Secondly, it strengthens the reality that Samsung is phasing Tizen out and moving on.
Samsung Tizen software updates could last longer than three years
One key thing to pay attention to is that updates may last beyond three years. Samsung, in its post, says that updates to current Tizen OS Galaxy Watches will last for at least three years.
Which means there’s a possibility that updates could be released beyond that point. Samsung has been pretty good about software update support for many of its devices for a while now. So a long update lifespan for its popular wearables shouldn’t surprise anyone.
Also worth noting is that Samsung is likely (at least in part) committing to at least three more years of Tizen updates for one good reason. Because current Galaxy Watches running on the Tizen OS won’t be getting the update to Samsung and Google’s new unified wearables platform.
So, Samsung is doing right by its consumers by keeping the watches alive with new software and features for the OS they run on. The company doesn’t mention anything about features for these updates at this point. Which is to be expected. It probably has nothing specific to share.
Having said that, a new feature or two are surely on the horizon for some users. Provided the watch is new enough and has the software to support them.
The post Samsung Won’t Update Your Tizen Smartwatches Forever appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

You Can Install Android 12 Beta 1 On Non-Google Phones As Well

Google has announced Android 12 Beta 1 during Google I/O today. The company released that build for its Pixel smartphones, but it’s not limited to Google phones only, not at all. You can install Android 12 Beta 1 to a number of non-Google phones as well.
You can install Android 12 Beta 1 on some non-Google phones as well
Android 12 Beta 1 is available on a number of smartphones from ASUS, OnePlus, OPPO, Realme, Sharp, Tecno, TCL, Vivo, Xiaomi, and ZTE.
If you’re wondering whether your device is supported, well, you can easily find that out. All you have to do is tap this link, find the brand of your phone, and click the “Get the Beta” link for it.
Before you do that, though, make sure you’re logged into your Google account on that device. Needless to say, you need to be logged into the same Google account that you’re logged into your browser with, so that Google can check things out.
Android 12 Beta 1 is the fourth build of Android 12 Google released. The first three builds were marked as Developer Previews. Google’s Android 12 Beta builds are usually quite stable, but, it’s a beta build after all.
This build is not completely stable, as its name says
We would not recommend you to install this build on your daily driver. It can contain bugs and whatnot. As a reminder, a stable build for Android 12, at least for Pixel phones, will arrive in August.
Android 12 is refining the experience of the OS even further. Google has updated the animations, redesigned the UI to an extent, added a lot more color to the system, and much more. You can read more about the OS by clicking here.
In addition to that, the company also announced some new features for Google Photos during Google I/O, the same goes for Google Maps, Android Auto, and so on. Even the new Wear OS experience got announced.
The post You Can Install Android 12 Beta 1 On Non-Google Phones As Well appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google TPU v4 Puts Supercomputer Power In The Google Cloud

Google has kicked off Google I/O 2021, at least in part, with a new advancement for its Tensor Processing Unit — dubbed TPU v4. As might be expected, the newly announced and reported processor effectively breaks the mold when it comes to processing power. At least in terms of processing power available outside of supercomputers.
Just how powerful is the new Google TPU v4?
To say that the Google TPU v4 is more powerful would be a serious understatement. In fact, Google says that a single TPU v4 is twice as fast as version 3, announced in 2018. Arranged in a “typical pod,” comprised of more than 4096 v4 TPUs, the technology is capable of delivering over 1 exaflop. Put more simply, the company says that if around 10-million laptops around the world were all working in conjunction, it would “almost” match a single pod in terms of power.
Summarily, the new TPU, arranged in a pod, is the most powerful system yet created by Google. In fact, prior to the creation of the new Google chips, attaining an exaflop of power required a custom supercomputer.
Google is already using the new technology and will expand its use soon
Now, the new TPU v4 is actually already in use, at least at Google. The company says it already utilizes the technology in its own data centers. As to when Google Cloud customers will have access, the search giant hasn’t provided an exact date. But it does say more generally that they’ll be available “later this year.”
For now, the company says that it will soon have dozens of the newest pods in operation at its data centers. And points out that many of those will be operating “at or near” 90-percent carbon-free energy. Making the new system, at least with regard to Google’s own operations, one of the most efficient as well.
The post Google TPU v4 Puts Supercomputer Power In The Google Cloud appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Samsung Partners With Google To Usher In New Era Of Smartwatches

Google today announced a new partnership with Samsung that will usher in a new era of smartwatches. This hinges on the unified smartwatch platform for Android that Google announced during its I/O keynote.
Which will see the likes of future Fitbit devices as well as the Galaxy Watch 4 run on this new software. The new version of Wear OS as it were. What does that mean for Tizen? Well, it’s a little complicated. Then again it’s really not.
A Samsung spokesperson has confirmed that all future Galaxy Watches will run on this new unified platform. Meaning they’ll be running on the new version of Wear OS that it’s collaborating on with Google. Instead of Tizen. This will start with the Galaxy Watch 4.
Google and Samsung team up for new innovative smartwatches
Whether you’ve enjoyed Wear OS or you preferred Samsung’s Tizen, the future of smartwatches from both companies is about to be a lit brighter. Both companies are bringing the best of what each has to offer to this new wearable operating system.
This means Samsung’s enhanced performance and battery life, as well as its excellent navigation of the UI, and Google’s support for third-party apps. Together, the two companies hope to introduce new and innovative smartwatch technology that users can get excited about.
This means things like enhanced health tracking features, faster app load times, faster performance overall, and a Wear OS watch that last for more than a day. During the keynote, Google said users would have battery life to spare the next day.
Neither company mentioned any specifics, but perhaps users can finally look forward to Wear OS watches that can last for at least two days with average use.
Google’s own apps will get a refresh
In addition to the overall enhancement of the platform, Google will be refreshing its own applications. The Wear OS version of Maps, Pay, and more are getting a face lift to provide a new, more user friendly and intuitive design.
Once this software hits watches, users will get access to things like offline music playback and turn by turn navigation on the wrist. Google is introducing these changes throughout the year. It will start with the Maps navigation later in May. While the offline playback and Pay changes are landing sometime later in 2021.
Also coming later this year is a newly created Fitbit app for this new platform. So even if you don’t use a Fitbit device, you’ll still get the benefits of the app.
The post Samsung Partners With Google To Usher In New Era Of Smartwatches appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Android 12 Wants To Replace Your Car Keys

Android 12 basically wants to replace your car keys. Google has announced Android 12 during Google I/O, along with a number of changes it will bring. Some of those changes concern Android Auto as well.
First and foremost, Google announced that Android Auto spread to 100 million cars. That said, some new features are coming along with Android 12. If you have Android Auto in your car, you’ll probably want to reason.
Android 12 will act as a virtual car key… for some Android Auto cars
The most exciting news is that your phone may even be able to start your car. Well, you’ll need to have a right combination of a smartphone and a car in order to do that. Not everything will be supported.
Google said that it’s working with carmakers, such as BMW, in order to transform your phone into a virtual car key. That way, you’d not only be able to unlock it with your phone, but start it as well.
This would enable you to share access to your car with friends and family, if needed. Google said that the feature will land on its own Pixel phones, and Samsung devices first. It will start rolling out in the fall.
What’s interesting is that some combinations of phones and cars will use ultra-wideband technology, so you won’t even have to pull your phone out of your pocket. NFC will work fine as well, if ultra-wideband ends up being out of the question.
BMW and Ford were named by Google
Google called out BMW and Ford, so not all Android Auto cars will support it, at least not from the get-go. We’re sure that more and more car manufacturers will add support for the feature, though.
Needless to say, this feature would enable you to leave your car keys at home, basically. That would mean one less thing to carry around with you, and many people would probably be up for that.
We can already pay with our phones, and some of us even unlock our houses using our phones. Down the road, we may not even need keys at all.
The post Android 12 Wants To Replace Your Car Keys appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

New KB articles published for the week ending 16th May, 2021

Tweet Products Title Published Date VMware Cloud Foundation VCF upgrade pre-checks fail for vCenter Server and/or PSC health checks (83724) 13/05/2021 VMware Dynamic Environment Manager Dynamic Environment Manage(DEM) User File Type Association(FTA) Delay in Applying after Login. (83679) 10/05/2021 VMware HorizonRemove Security Scanners show HSTS header not present on Horizon Composer on port 18443 (83728) … Continued

The post New KB articles published for the week ending 16th May, 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Top 20 articles for vRealize Operations, April 2021

Tweet vRealize Operations 8.3 Security Patch for VMSA-2021-0004 How to Reset the Root Password in vRealize Operations vRealize Operations 8.2 Security Patch for VMSA-2021-0004 vRealize Operations 8.1.1 Security Patch for VMSA-2021-0004 How to Reset the Admin Password in vRealize Operations vRealize Operations 7.5 Security Patch for VMSA-2021-0004 vRealize Operations 8.0.1 Security Patch for VMSA-2021-0004 Replace … Continued

The post Top 20 articles for vRealize Operations, April 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Top 20 articles for Workspace One, April 2021

Tweet Upgrade Workspace ONE UEM before March 29, 2021 to support APNS over HTTP/2 CRSVC-18259 : Windows updates may adversely impact Workspace ONE UEM functionality including secure channel communication Workspace ONE Intelligent Hub is Here! How to renew an Apple Push Notification service (APNs) certificate Device enrollment issues with Workspace ONE [URGENT] Changes to Corporate … Continued

The post Top 20 articles for Workspace One, April 2021 appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

The Pentagon Is Tracking US Citizens Without Warrants Using Commercial Data

Engadget is reporting (via Vice News) that the Pentagon is tracking US citizens. The real issue with this is that the Pentagon is doing this without a warrant. This overall news is pretty troubling. Privacy is a big focus in today’s society. So knowing that our government is spying without permission is pretty harrowing.
The way the Pentagon is doing this is with the help of commercial data. According to Senator Ron Wyden, there is no due legal process in doing this. The information that the Pentagon is using comes from purchasing it from commercial sources. This includes mobile location and other data.
Senator Wyden had this to say: “I write to urge you to release to the public information about the Department of Defense’s warrantless surveillance of Americans. Now to be clear the Pentagon and other agencies have been purchasing location data for years. However, they aren’t doing it for no reason.
The reason for doing this is to track terrorist groups and more to keep the country safe. The idea is noble. But as Senator Wyden writes in his letter: “I have spent the last year investigating the shady, unregulated data brokers that are selling this data and the government agencies that are buying it.” Even with good intentions the means of reaching their doesn’t seem to be ethical.
The Pentagon is tracking US citizens without warrants is unethical
Not only is it unethical, but it is definitely illegal. Government agencies can not do this type of spying on American citizens. This is thanks to the Fourth Amendment. However, the intelligence part of the DoD is foregoing following these laws.
The Defense Intelligence Agency has been purchasing location data and other commercial data to do this. Now, if the Defense Intelligence Agency were to have warrants for these actions it would be legal. The US Supreme Court made that law in 2018. Having a warrant would justify the actions of the Defense Intelligence Agency.
Senator Wyden is calling the DoD out for this which is a good thing. But, what about other governmental agencies. Are other agencies doing the same thing, and if so how many more?
However, the DoD does have a reply to Senator Wyden to defend their actions. The DoD says that it is up to each agency to ensure it’s following the law. That is one statement that the Pentagon is giving.
Unfortunately, the Pentagon is keeping other statements redacted. Senator Wyden makes it clear that this information should be made public. He says it should only be hidden if it poses a risk to national security.
This isn’t the first time the government has been called out for warrantless monitoring of American citizens. The overall means for doing this makes sense. But, it is unquestionable that government agencies should adhere to the law as well.
The post The Pentagon Is Tracking US Citizens Without Warrants Using Commercial Data appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best Xbox Series X Games – Updated May, 2021

Whether you picked up the Xbox Series X or the Xbox Series S when both consoles dropped in November, they play the same games, but which are the best ones worth your time and money?
Which games for the Xbox Series X are the best may be a little bit subjective. But if you’re new to consoles or you’re just new to Xbox, or you’re buying games for someone else, the games in this list are definitely really good games that you’ll want to focus on.
The best Xbox Series X games will also change on a monthly basis as we update this list. As more games will come out and we’ll want to rotate in some of the other really good game titles. For now though, these are the best Xbox Series X games your money can buy.
Top 10 Best Xbox Series X Games – Summary
Below you’ll find a small table containing all of the games we’ve selected. Whether you’re short on time or just want to cut to the chase, the table below will list every game along with prices and links to buy them.
Below the table you’ll find each game in the list with longer descriptions as well as trailers and the same links to buy each game.
Game
Price
Where To Buy
Call Of Duty: Black Ops Cold War
From $45
Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Target, Microsoft
Immortals: Fenyx Rising
$40
Amazon, Microsoft
Assassin’s Creed Valhalla
From $45
Amazon, Best Buy, Microsoft
Outriders
$59.99
Amazon, B&H, Walmart, Best Buy, Microsoft
Watch Dogs: Legion
$30
Amazon, Microsoft
Mass Effect Legendary Edition
$60
Amazon, GameStop, Target, Best Buy, Microsoft, Walmart
Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 1 + 2
From $30
Amazon, Best Buy, Target, Microsoft
Gears 5
From $10
Amazon, GameStop, Walmart, Newegg, Target, Best Buy, Microsoft
Forza Horizon 4
From $20
Amazon, Target, Best Buy, GameStop, Newegg, Microsoft
Yakuza: Like A Dragon
From $40
Amazon, Target, Best Buy, Newegg, Microsoft
Call Of Duty: Black Ops Cold War
Price: From $45
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Best Buy, Target, Microsoft
Call Of Duty: Black Ops Cold War is the latest game in the Call Of Duty franchise, and is a sequel to the original Call of Duty: Black Ops.
You’ll see some familiar characters in the game and experience a great story campaign mode. Though you may choose to jump right into what is usually one of the best parts about Call of Duty games, the multiplayer.
The game also features the fan favorite Zombies mode, as well as plenty of unlockable new weapons and perks. Not to mention an all-new battle pass that you can pick up with each season of this game.
Immortals: Fenyx Rising
Price: $40
Where To Buy: Amazon, Microsoft
If you’re looking for a really fun open-world RPG game that has plenty of mythic themes and a lot of fun combat, look no further than Immortals: Fenyx Rising.
You play Fenyx, a demigod, attempting to save the Greek gods from impending doom. As an open-world action RPG you will have a ton of ground to cover in the exploration department. As you progress through the game you will get to level up your skills and outfit yourself with all kinds of new gear and weapons.
You will also unlock new abilities. And you might be surprised at how many different puzzles there are in this game for you to solve. Which could lead some rather meager rewards or something truly amazing to help you on your adventure.
If you’re seeking a close comparison to this game so you know what to expect from gameplay, think about Genshin Impact and Legend Of Zelda: Breath of The Wild.
Assassin’s Creed Valhalla
Price: From $45
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Microsoft
As Assassin’s Creed games go, AC Valhalla has it all. The most striking graphics to date of any AC game, a massive open world for you to explore, engaging combat. You name it, the game probably has it. The list goes on so to speak.
Assassin’s Creed Valhalla has you take on the role of Eivor. You can choose to make the character male or female, carrying on the tradition of Assassin’s Creed Odyssey.
While your lands are drying up, you’re finding it harder for your people to prosper. So you sail your people across the sea to England where you’ll raid and pillage to expand your influence.
The game features a complex and rich story rooted in history, the ability to grow your settlement, fishing, mini games where you play dice, drinking games, and flyting, where you can swap insults with another person in a competition. The game also has a photo mode of you like that sort of thing.
Assassin’s Creed Valhalla is packed full of stuff to do and many, many hours of awesome gameplay, which makes it one of the best games on Xbox Series X.
Outriders
Price: From $59.99
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H, Walmart, Best Buy, Microsoft
If you like games like Destiny 2, which is basically the looter shooter genre, you’ll probably love Outriders. While the two games aren’t entirely the same there are definitely some similarities.
From multiple playable class types to the ever increasing power from better gear drops and weapons, Outriders is packed full of things to chase. It has a pretty decent story too, although the combat and the gunplay is definitely the best part.
It supports gameplay in a single-player perspective or in multiplayer with up to two more players, for a total of three. It also supports cross-play completely. So if you play on Xbox Series X but your friend plays on PS5, you can team up together without issues.
Overall this is a really fun game for fans of shooters that have RPG elements.
Watch Dogs: Legion
Price: $30
Where To Buy: Amazon, Microsoft
This is the perfect game for people who like games similar to Assassin’s Creed but would rather have the gameplay be set in a more modern time.
Watch Dogs: Legion takes place in near future London, where you’re part of a resistance trying to save the city from the dystopian reality that it’s in. Throughout the game’s campaign you’ll have to rise up and join the ranks of the resistance, recruit people to join your cause, and fight back against the corporate overlords.
Once you finish the campaign there will be quite a bit of post-game and seasonal content to go through. You can also choose to dive into multiplayer content if you want to party up with friends and fight for the city together.
The game also features many playable characters. You can play as just about anyone and each character has their own backstory. Which means much of your game time can have a unique feel to it.
Mass Effect Legendary Edition
Price: $60
Where To Buy: Amazon, GameStop, Target, Best Buy, Microsoft, Walmart
A fan favorite series returns with the Mass Effect Legendary Edition. Complete with all three games wrapped up into one neat little bundle with updated graphics. The game also takes advantage of the faster load times of the Xbox Series X / S, and it supports Smart Delivery too.
Visuals are now enhanced to 4K so although it is the same game you like remember, it will definitely look a lot better than it used to. All three games are also included in a single launcher, so you can go through all the content without having to interact with three different games.
Speaking of content, the Legendary Edition includes all three base games, as well as over 40 DLC packs. The DLC includes both expanded game content and in-game items like weapons and gear. Whether you’re an old fan of the Mass Effect series or this will be your first time playing, there’s a lot to dive into and enjoy.
Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 1 + 2
Price: From $30
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Target, Microsoft
If you grew up with an original PlayStation or Xbox, you’re familiar with Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater and Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 2.
These were the defining games of a generation, starting from 1999 and moving into the early 2000s. Both titles have been completely remade with new HD visuals and are faithfully recreated works of the original games.
But there is plenty of new stuff too. Like new skaters alongside some old favorites, as you get the entire original roster. You can pull off the same tricks too. Score all new combos. And customize your skater with all kinds of gear.
Skate in familiar locations and brand-new locations too. With some crazy new landscapes to admire in the background. The game also features local and online multiplayer, so you can compete against your friends just like the old days or play against strangers online.
Aside from game content, one of the reasons this is one of the best Xbox Series X games is because it’s two games in one. While it did launch before the Xbox Series X, it’s compatible with the new console.
Gears 5
Price: From $10
Where To Buy: Amazon, GameStop, Walmart, Newegg, Target, Best Buy, Microsoft
Gears 5 isn’t an Xbox Series X title but it is optimized for it and it was only just released at the end of 2019. Which makes it a great option for this list because it is an excellent game and it’s probably the best priced out of any of them.
Being that it starts at just $10. Gears 5 is the most recent title in the third-person shooter franchise. With single player content, multiplayer PvP, co-op, and more.
There’s also a player vs environment mode where you’ll need to fight back hordes of enemies. Gears 5 features post-game and seasonal content as well. So if you play often enough watch out for these events to keep gameplay fresh and exciting.
If you like shooters, this is definitely one you should pick up. And because it’s available for as little as $10, it’s a great pickup alongside Call Of Duty: Black Ops Cold War.
Forza Horizon 4
Price: From $20
Where To Buy: Amazon, Target, Best Buy, GameStop, Newegg, Microsoft
Forza Horizon 4 is Microsoft’s exclusive racing franchise and this is the most recent game in the series.
It’s also probably one of the most beautiful racing games you’ll ever set eyes on. While it isn’t an Xbox Series X launch game, it is optimized for Xbox Series X. With support for better visuals and faster frames per second so you can bask in the glory that this game offers not only in its vehicle designs, but also in the landscapes. Which is really some of the best visual stuff to look at in this game.
Forza Horizon 4 features single player and online multiplayer content to go through. Along with seasonal content. The game also has dynamic seasons, with changing weather and visuals that change the pace and feel of each race. This also leads to newly unlocked events and routes to race in.
There are over 450 cars from 100 different manufacturers, with plenty of customization options to make your car look and drive and just how you want it to.
Speaking of customization, Forza Horizon 4 also features a custom route creator. You can make your own routes and share them with the Forza Horizon 4 community. Likewise you can also race other people’s created routes, and routes can be created anywhere in the open world landscape. Giving this game some pretty extreme replay value.
Yakuza: Like A Dragon
Price: From $40
Where To Buy: Amazon, Target, Best Buy, Newegg, Microsoft
Where to begin. Rounding out this list is Yakuza: Like A Dragon, the seventh mainline game in the franchise.
While it features many of the things players may love about the Yakuza series, it has a lot of new stuff and some changes that players have to look forward to. First off, it’s set in a brand new location that’s based on a district in Yokohama.
It also no longer features the same style of combat. Changing from the beat ’em up combat in really every other Yakuza game to a turn-based RPG style of combat. Yakuza has always been an RPG game, so this new style of combat for the series gives it a fresh coat of paint that makes things interesting and quite fun.
As it was just recently released at the tail end of 2020, it also comes with some really nice graphics. You also play a different main character, and have a range of new abilities to unleash on your foes like character summons, where you can summon things like a giant crayfish to help you attack.
You can also craft items, take on jobs, improve your life experience, and engage in legendary battles featuring more familiar characters, like Kazuma Kiryu. And of course there are a lot of other things to do in this game too. Such as new mini games.
If you want one game from this list that offers a megaton of content, Yakuza: Like A Dragon fits the bill quite nicely. And is definitely one of the best Xbox Series X games out right now, if not the best Xbox Series X game.
The post Top 10 Best Xbox Series X Games – Updated May, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Your Google Assistant Menu Has Changed, New Communication Feature

Google has now introduced some changes to the Assistant-related menu in its apps, in line with a new communication feature being added. That’s based on recent reports detailing the alteration, which renames “Voice and video calls” to “Communication.”
Now, that alteration can be found in the Google app and appears to be associated with an update to the app. But the communication menu should also appear just about anywhere Google Assistant settings are accessible. At least, that’ll be the case for everybody who sees the Google app update.
But the change isn’t just in the name, either. Alongside Call Providers, Video & Voice Apps, Device & Call Settings, and Your contacts, in that menu, there’s a new item. That’s dubbed “Broadcast” and, as its name implies, centers around settings for a specific Assistant feature added back in 2017.
What’s Broadcast and what does it do with Google Assistant communication?
Of course, the feature in question adds the ability to use Google Assistant to communicate with associated and linked devices so this menu change is to reflect that. More directly, that’s the ability to communicate directly with devices linked to a smart home or a family group.
Google is giving users two toggles inside that menu now. One turns on or off broadcasting more generally. That will apply to everybody, including those in the group. And it allows broadcasting to personal devices, including smartphones and tablets, rather than to smart speakers or displays.
The second setting option opens things up for those who prefer to do so. That’s aptly titled “Family broadcasting for guests” and its name gives away its function. It allows guest users to communicate with the smart home or family group via broadcasting too.
This could be a slow roll-out
Now, as of this writing, this change doesn’t appear to be hitting everybody all at once. That includes some Android Headlines devices and the source notes a similar trend. The implication is that this is a more gradual roll-out for the AI tool.

The post Your Google Assistant Menu Has Changed, New Communication Feature appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Get Help From Samsung With Fuchsia OS

Google has been working on developing Fuchsia OS for a few years now. Development has ramped up over the past year with rumors pointing to us seeing something this year. Now, according to 9To5Google, the company is getting a little bit of help from Samsung on the operating system.
Samsung will be sharing its file management system with Fuchsia OS
There are hundreds, if not thousands, of aspects to consider when developing an operating system. One such aspect is the file system. The file system is the code that manages how files are stored on the s